References - Botanical Research Institute of Texas

ABU-ASAB, M.S. and P.D. CANTINO. 1989. Pollen morphology of 

Trichostema (Labiatae) and its systematic implications. Syst. 

Bot. 14:359–369. 

_____ and _____. 1993. Phylogenetic implications of pollen 

morphology in tribe Ajugeae (Labiatae).Syst.Bot.18:100–122. 

ACHEY,D.M.1933. A revision of the section Gymnocaulis of the 

genus Orobanche.Bull.Torrey Bot. Club 60:441–451. 

ADAMS,R.P.1972. Chemosystematic and numerical studies of 

natural populations of Juniperus pinchotii Sudworth.Taxon 

21:407–427. 

_____. 1975. Numerical-chemosystematic studies of infraspecific 

variation in Juniperus pinchotii.Biochem.Syst.& Ecol.3:71–74. 

_____. 1986. Geographical variation in Juniperus silicola and J. 

virginiana in the southeastern United States: Multivariate 

analysis of morphology and terpenoids.Taxon 35:61–75. 

_____. 1993. Juniperus. In:Flora of North America Editorial 

Committee, eds. Fl. North Amer. 2:412–420. Oxford Univ. 

Press, New York and Oxford. 

ADAMS,W.P.1957.A revision of the genus Ascyrum (Hypericaceae). 

Rhodora 59:73–95. 

_____. 1962.Studies in the Guttiferae I.A synopsis of Hypericum 

section Myriandra.Contr.Gray Herb.189:3–51. 

_____. 1973. Clusiaceae of the southeastern United States. J. 

Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 89:62–71. 

_____ and N.K.B. ROBSON. 1961. A re-evaluation of the generic 

status of Ascyrum and Crookea (Guttiferae).Rhodora 63:10–16. 

AELLEN,P.and T. JUST. 1943. Key and synopsis of the American 

species of the genus Chenopodium L. Amer. Midl. Naturalist 

30:47–76. 

AHRENDT, L.W.A.1961. Berberis and Mahonia: A taxonomic 

revision. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 57:1–410. 

AIKEN,S.G.1981. A conspectus of Myriophyllum (Haloragaceae) 

in North America. Brittonia 33:57–69. 

_____and L.P.LEFKOVITCH. 1993.On the separation of two species 

within Festuca subg. Obtusae (Poaceae).Taxon 42:323–337. 

AJILVSGI, G.1979. Wild flowers of the Big Thicket. Texas A&M 

Univ. Press, College Station. 

_____. 1984. Wildflowers of Texas. Shearer Publishing, 

Fredericksburg,TX. 

AKEROYD, J.R.1993. Camelina. In: T.B. Tutin, N.A. Burges, A.O. 

Chater, J.R. Edmondson, V.H. Heywood, D.M. Moore, D.H. 

Valentine, S.M. Walters, and D.A. Webb, eds. Flora Europaea, 

2nd ed. 1:380–381. 

ALBRITTON,C.C.,JR. 1942.Dinosaur tracks near Comanche,Texas. 

Field & Lab. 10:161–181. 

ALEXANDER,E.J.1955. Thelesperma.N.Amer.Fl.II. 2:65–69. 

ALLEN, C.M.1992. Grasses of Louisiana, 2nd ed. Cajun Prairie 

Habitat Preservation Society, Eunice, LA. 

ALLEN,O.N.and E.K. ALLEN. 1981. The Leguminosae: A source 

book of characteristics, uses, and nodulation. Univ. of 

Wisconsin Press, Madison. 

ALLRED, B.W.and H.C. MITCHELL. 1955. Major plant types of 

Arkansas, Louisiana, Oklahoma and Texas and their relation 

to climate and soil.Texas J. Sci. 7:7–19. 

ALLRED,K.W.1981.Cousins to the south:Amphitropical disjunctions 

in southwestern grasses.Desert Pl.3:98–106. 

DLITERATURE CITED 

_____. 1982. Paspalum distichum L. var. indutum Shinners 

(Poaceae). Great Basin Naturalist 42:101–104. 

_____. 1984a. Studies in the Aristida (Gramineae) of the southeastern 

United States.I.Spikelet variation in A.purpurascens, 

A. tenuispica,and A. virgata.Rhodora 86:73–77. 

_____. 1984b. Morphologic variation and classification of the 

North American Aristida purpurea complex (Gramineae). 

Brittonia 36:382–395. 

_____. 1985a.Studies in the Aristida (Gramineae) of the southeastern 

United States. II. Morphometric analysis of A. intermedia 

and A. longespica.Rhodora 87:137–145. 

_____. 1985b. Studies in the Aristida (Gramineae) of the southeastern 

United States. III. Nomenclature and a taxonomic 

comparison of A.lanosa and A.palustris.Rhodora 87:147–155. 

_____. 1986. Studies in the Aristida (Gramineae) of the southeastern 

United States. IV. Key and conspectus. Rhodora 

88:367–387. 

_____ and F.W. GOULD. 1978. Geographic variation in the 

Dichanthelium aciculare complex (Poaceae). Brittonia 

30:497–504. 

_____ and _____. 1983. Systematics of the Bothriochloa saccharoides 

complex (Poaceae: Andropogoneae). Syst. Bot. 

8:168–184. 

AL-SHEHBAZ,I.A.1984. The tribes of Cruciferae (Brassicaceae) in 

the southeastern United States.J.Arnold Arbor.65:343–373. 

_____. 1985a.The genera of Thelepodieae (Cruciferae:Brassicaceae) 

in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 

66:95–111. 

_____. 1985b. The genera of Brassiceae (Cruciferae: Brassicaceae) 


66:279–351. 

_____. 1986a.New wool-alien Cruciferae (Brassicaceae) in eastern 

North America. Rhodora 88:347–355. 

_____. 1986b. The genera of Lepidieae (Cruciferae; Brassicaceae) 


67:265–311. 

_____. 1987. The genera of Alysseae (Cruciferae: Brassicaceae) 

in the southeastern United States.J.Arnold Arbor.68:185–240. 

_____. 1988a.The genera of Arabideae (Cruciferae: Brassicaceae) 


69:85–166. 

_____. 1988b. The genera of Anchonieae (Hesperideae) 

(Cruciferae: Brassicaceae) in the southeastern United 

States. J. Arnold Arbor. 69:193–212. 

_____. 1988c. The genera of Sisymbrieae (Cruciferae: Brassicaceae) 


69:213–237. 

_____. 1991. The genera of Boraginaceae in the southeastern 

United States. J. Arnold Arbor. Supp. Ser. 1:1–169. 

_____ and B.G. SCHUBERT. 1989. The Dioscoreaceae in the 

southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 70:57–95. 

ALSTON,R.E.and R.E. SCHULTES.1951. Studies of early specimens 

and reports of Ilex vomitoria.Rhodora 53:274–280. 

ALSTON,R.E.and B.L. TURNER. 1962. New techniques in analysis 

of complex natural hybridization.Proc.Natl.Acad.Sci.U.S.A. 

48:130–137.

1458 LITERATURE CITED/AMERICAN FORESTRY ASSOC. 

_____ and _____. 1963. Natural hybridization among four 

species of Baptisia (Leguminosae). Amer. J. Bot. 50:159–173. 

AMERICAN FORESTRY ASSOCIATION. 1996. 1996-97 National register 

of big trees. Amer. Forests 102:20–47. 

AMES,O.1910. Orchidaceae: Illustrations and studies of the family 

Orchidaceae, Vol. 4: The genus Habenaria in North America. 

Reprinted 1979 by Earl M. Coleman, Stanfordville, NY. 

AMMERMAN,E.1944.A monographic study of the genus Palafoxia 

and its immediate allies.Ann.Missouri Bot.Gard.31:249–277. 

AMOS,B.B.,P.M.HALL, and J.K.MCCOY.1998.Phytogeographical 

analysis of the Texas endemics. Manuscript in preparation. 

AMOS, B.B.and C.M. ROWELL, JR. 1988. Floristic geography of 

woody and endemic plants.In:B.B.Amos and F.R.Gehlbach, 

eds.Edwards Plateau vegetation:Plant ecological studies in 

central Texas. Pp. 25–42. Baylor Univ. Press,Waco,TX. 

ANDERBERG, A.A.1991. Taxonomy and phylogeny of the tribe 

Gnaphalieae (Asteraceae). Opera Bot. 104:1–195. 

ANDERSON,D.E.1961. Taxonomy and distribution of the genus 

Phalaris.Iowa State J. Sci. 36:1–96. 

_____. 1974. Taxonomy of the genus Chloris (Gramineae). 

Brigham Young Univ. Sci. Bull., Biol. Ser. 19:1–133. 

ANDERSON, E.1936. The species problem in Iris. Ann. Missouri 

Bot. Gard. 23:457–509. 

_____. 1954. A field survey of chromosome numbers in the 

species of Tradescantia closely related to Tradescantia virginia. 

Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 41:305–327. 

_____ and K. SAX. 1936. A cytological monograph of the 

American species of Tradescantia.Bot. Gaz. (Crawfordsville) 

97:433–476. 

ANDERSON, E.and R.E. WOODSON, JR. 1935. The species of 

Tradescantia indigenous to the United States.Contr.Arnold 

Arbor. 9:1–132. 

ANDERSON, L.C. 1970. Studies on Bigelowia (Astereae, 

Compositae).I.Morphology and taxonomy.Sida 3:451–465. 

_____. 1977. Studies on Bigelowia (Asteraceae). III. Cytotaxonomy 

and biogeography. Syst. Bot. 2:209–218. 

_____ and J.B. CREECH. 1975. Comparative leaf anatomy of 

Solidago and related Asteraceae. Amer. J. Bot. 62:486–493. 

ANDERSON, R.C.1990. The historic role of fire in the North 

American grasslands.In:S.L.Collins and L.L.Wallace,eds.Fire 

in North American tallgrass prairies. Pp. 8–18. Univ. of 

Oklahoma Press, Norman. 

ANDERS,B.and K. BREMER. 1998. To be or not to be—principles 

of classification and monotypic families.Taxon 47:391–400. 

ANDRES,T. 1987. Cucurbita fraterna, the closest wild relative and 

progenitor of C. pepo. Cucurbit Genetics Cooperative 

Rep.10:69–71. 

ANDREWS, E.G.and WINDHAM, M.D.1993. Pleopeltis.In:Flora of 

North America Editorial Committee, eds. Fl. North Amer. 

2:324–327. Oxford Univ. Press, New York and Oxford. 

ANDREWS,J.1984. Peppers, the domesticated capsicums. Univ. 

of Texas Press, Austin. 

_____. 1986.The Texas bluebonnet. Univ. of Texas Press, Austin. 

_____. 1995.Peppers,the domesticated capsicums,new edition. 

Univ. of Texas Press, Austin. 

_____. 1998. The pepper lady’s pocket pepper primer. Univ. of 

Texas Press, Austin. 

ANONYMOUS. 1994. Systematics agenda 2000: charting the biosphere.Technical 

Report.Systematics Agenda 2000,New York. 

APLET, G.H., R.D. LAVEN, M.B.FALKNER, and R.B. SHAW. 1994. 

Population and site characteristics of a recently discovered 

population of Croton alabamensis (Euphorbiaceae). 

Sida 16:37–51. 

APPEL, D.N.1995. Epidemiology of oak wilt in Texas. In: D.N. 

Appel and R.F. Billings, eds. Oak wilt perspectives: The proceedings 

of the national oak wilt symposium. Pp. 21–28. 

Information Development, Inc., Houston,TX. 

_____ and R.F. BILLINGS, eds. 1995. Oak wilt perspectives: The 

proceedings of the national oak wilt symposium. 


ARBER, A.1938. Herbals, their origin and evolution, 2nd ed. 

Cambridge Univ. Press, Cambridge, England, U.K. 

ARBER,E.A.N. and J. PARKIN. 1908. Studies on the evolution of 

the angiosperms: The relationship of the angiosperms to 

the Gnetales. Ann. Bot. 22:489–515. 

ARGUS, G.W.1986. The genus Salix (Salicaceae) in the southeastern 

United States. Syst. Bot. Monogr. 9:1–170. 

_____. 1997. Infrageneric classification of Salix (Salicaceae) in 

the New World. Syst. Bot. Monogr. 52:1–121. 

ARMADA,J.and A. BARRA. 1992. On Aloysia Palau (Verbenaceae). 

Taxon 41:88–90. 

ARNOLD,R.M.1981a.Population dynamics and seed dispersal of 

Chaenorrhinum minus on railroad cinder ballast.Amer.Midl. 

Naturalist 106:80–91. 

_____. 1981b.Weeds that ride the rails. Nat. Hist. 90:59–65. 

ARNOW, L.A.1994. Koeleria macrantha and K. pyramidata 

(Poaceae): Nomenclatural problems and biological distinctions. 

Syst. Bot. 19:6–20. 

ARRIAGADA,J.E.and N.G.MILLER. 1997. The genera of Anthemideae 

(Compositae; Asteraceae) in the southeastern United States. 

Harvard Papers Bot. 2:1–46. 

ARRIDGE,R.E.and P.J. FONTEYN. 1981. Naturalization of Colocasia 

esculenta (Araceae) in the San Marcos River,Texas. SouthW. 


ATWOOD, D.1975. A revision of the Phacelia crenulatae group 

(Hydrophyllaceae) for North America.Great Basin Naturalist 

35:127–190. 

ATWOOD,J.T.1986. The size of the Orchidaceae and the systematic 

distribution of epiphytic orchids. Selbyana 9:171–186. 

AUSTIN, D.F.(DANIEL). Personal communication. Specialist in 

Convolvulaceae and Cuscutaceae; Florida Atlantic Univ., 

Boca Raton. 

AUSTIN, D.F.1975. Bird flowers in the eastern United States. 

Florida Sci. 38:1–12. 

_____. 1976.Varieties of Ipomoea trichocarpa (Convolvulaceae). 

Sida 6:216–220. 

_____. 1978.The Ipomoea batatas complex—I.Taxonomy. Bull. 

Torrey Bot. Club. 105:114–129. 

_____. 1979a. Plant without beginning or end. Fairchild Trop. 

Gard. Bull. 34:17–19. 

_____. 1979b.Comments on Cuscuta—for collectors and curators. 

Bull.Torrey Bot. Club 106:227–228.

_____. 1980. Studies of the Florida Convolvulaceae—III. 

Cuscuta.Florida Sci. 43:294–302. 

_____.1986a.Convolvulaceae.In:Great Plains Flora Association. 

Flora of the Great Plains. Pp. 652–661. Univ. Press of 

Kansas, Lawrence. 

_____. 1986b. Cuscutaceae. In: Great Plains Flora Assoc. Flora of 

the Great Plains.Pp.661–666.Univ.Press of Kansas,Lawrence. 

_____. 1988. Taxonomy, evolution and genetic diversity of 

sweet potatoes and related wild species. In: Exploration, 

maintenance and utilization of sweet potato genetic 

resources, Proc. Planning Conf. Pp. 27–60. Centro Internacional 

de la Papa, Lima, Peru. 

_____. 1990. Annotated checklist of New Mexican Convolvulaceae. 

Sida 14:273–286. 

_____. 1992. Rare Convolvulaceae in the southwestern United 

States. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 79:8–16. 

_____. 1998 (in press). Parallel and convergent evolution in the 

Convolvulaceae. In: P. Mathews, ed. Biodiversity and 

Taxonomy of Flowering Plants, Calicut Univ., Calicut, India. 

_____, G.M. DIGGS, JR., and B.L. LIPSCOMB. 1997. Calystegia 

(Convolvulaceae) in Texas. Sida 17:837–840. 

AUSTIN, D.F.and Z. HUÁMAN. 1996. A synopsis of Ipomoea 

(Convolvulaceae) in the Americas.Taxon 45:3–38. 

AVERETT,J.E.1972.Two new species of Chamaesaracha (Solanaceae) 

from Texas. Sida 5:48–49. 

_____. 1973. Biosystematic study of Chamaesaracha (Solanaceae). 

Rhodora 75:325–365. 

_____. 1979. Biosystematics of the physaloid genera of the 

Solaneae in North America. In: J.G. Hawkes, R.N. Lester, and 

A.D. Skelding, eds. The biology and taxonomy of the 

Solanaceae. Linnean Society Symposium Series No. 7. 

Academic Press, London, England, U.K. 

AVERY, A.G., S. SANTINA, and J. RIETSEMA. 1959. Blakeslee: The 

genus Datura.Ronald Press Co., New York. 

AXELROD, D.I.1950. Evolution of desert vegetation. Publ. 

Carnegie Inst.Wash. 590:215–306. 

_____. 1979. Age and origin of Sonoran Desert vegetation. 

Occas. Pap. Calif. Acad. Sci. 132:1–74. 

_____. 1983. Biogeography of oaks in the Arcto-Tertiary 

Province. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 70:629–657. 

_____. 1985. Rise of the grassland biome, central North 

America. Bot. Rev. (Lancaster) 51:163–201. 

BABCOCK, E.B.1947. The genus Crepis. I,II. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 

21:1–197; 22:199–1030. 

_____. and G.L. STEBBINS. 1939. The genus Youngia. Publ. 

Carnegie Inst.Wash. 484:1–106. 

BACON, J.D. (JOHN). Personal communication. Specialist in 

Hydrophyllaceae; Univ. of Texas, Arlington. 

BACON,J.D.1974. Chromosome numbers and taxonomic notes 

in the genus Nama (Hydrophyllaceae). Brittonia 26:101–105. 

_____. 1984. Chromosome numbers and taxonomic notes in 

the genus Nama (Hydrophyllaceae). II. Sida 10:269–275. 

BAER,H.1979. The poisonous Anacardiaceae. In: A.D. Kinghorn, 

ed.Toxic plants.Pp.161–170.Columbia Univ.Press,New York. 

BAIJNATH, H.1975. A study of Cyperus alternifolius L., sens. lat. 

(Cyperaceae). Kew Bull. 30:521–526. 

AUSTIN & HUÁMAN/LITERATURE CITED 1459 

BAILEY, L.H.1922. The standard cyclopedia of horticulture, 6 

vols. MacMillan Company, New York. 

_____. 1925. VI. Rubus:Enumeration of the Eubati (dewberries 

and blackberries) native in North America. Gentes Herb. 

1:203–300. 

_____. 1929.The domesticated cucurbitas.Gentes Herb.2:63–115. 

_____. 1930a. Hemerocallis:The day-lilies. Gentes Herb. 2:143–156. 

_____. 1930b. Three discussions in Cucurbitaceae. Gentes Herb. 

2:175–186. 

_____.1932.NorthAmerican blackberries.Gentes Herb.2:271–423. 

_____. 1933. How plants get their names. MacMillan Company. 

Reprinted 1963 by Dover Publications, Inc., New York. 

_____. 1934. The species of grapes peculiar to North America. 

Gentes Herb. 3:151–244. 

_____. 1938.The garden of pinks.The MacMillan Co., New York. 

_____. 1941–1945. Species Batorum.The genus Rubus in North 

America I–X. Gentes Herb. 5(in 10 parts):2–918. 

_____. 1949. Manual of cultivated plants. MacMillan Publishing 

Co., New York. 

_____. 1961. Palmaceae [Palmae]. In: C.L. Lundell, ed. Flora of 

Texas 3:197–199.Texas Research Foundation, Renner. 

_____ and E.Z.BAILEY. 1976.Hortus third,a concise dictionary of 

plants cultivated in the United States and Canada. Revised 

and expanded by the staff of the Liberty Hyde Bailey 

Hortorium,Cornell Univ.MacMillan Publishing Co.,New York. 

BAILEY,V. 1905. North American fauna. U.S.D.A. Biol. Surv. No. 25. 

U.S. Government Printing Office,Washington, D.C. 

BAILEY,V.L. 1962.Revision.of the genus Ptelea (Rutaceae).Brittonia 

14:1–45. 

BAIRD, J.R.1968. A taxonomic revision of the plant family 

Myricaceae of North America, north of Mexico.Ph.D.dissertation, 

Univ. of North Carolina, Chapel Hill. 

BAIRD,V.B. 1942. Wild violets of North America. Univ. California 

Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles. 

BAKER, A.1993. Khat—out of the bag: Deployment leads to 

questions about Somalian drug. Fort Worth Star-Telegram. 

12 Jan 1993, Pp. 1,8. 

BAKER,E.T.1960. Geology and ground-water resources of Grayson 

County,Texas.Texas Board of Water Engineers,Bull.6013. 

BAKER,H.G.1986. Yuccas and yucca moths—a historical commentary. 


BALDON,P.A.(PAUL). Personal communication. Park Ranger and 

naturalist; leads native prairie restoration project at Cedar 

Hill State Park, Cedar Hill,TX. 

BALDWIN,J.T.and B.M. SPEESE. 1949.Cytogeography of Saururus 

cernuus.Bull.Torrey Bot. Club 76:213–216. 

BALL,C.R.1961.Salicaceae: Salix.In:C.L.Lundell,ed.Flora of Texas 

3:369–392.Texas Research Foundation, Renner. 

BALL,P.W.1990.Some aspects of the phytogeography of Carex. 

Canad. J. Bot. 68:1462–1472. 

BALLARD,H.E.,JR.(HARVEY). Personal communication. Specialist 

in Violaceae; Ohio Univ., Athens. 

BALLARD,H.E.JR. 1994.Violets of Michigan.Michigan Bot.33:131–199. 

BALLENGER,J.A., E. DICKSON,M.MEYER, and J.J. DOYLE. 1993. DNA 

sequence data and the phylogeny of the Leguminosae. 

Amer. J. Bot. 80:130–131.

1460 LITERATURE CITED/BALTZER 

BALTZER,E.A.1944. A monographic study of the genus Palafoxia 

and its immediate allies. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 31:249–277. 

BANKS,D.J.1966.Taxonomy of Paspalum setaceum (Gramineae). 

Sida 2:269–284. 

BARBER,S.C.(SUSAN). Personal communication. Specialist in Verbena 

(Verbenaceae) and Pyrrhopappus (Asteraceae);member 

of Oklahoma Flora Editorial Committee: Oklahoma City Univ. 

BARBER, S.C.1982. Taxonomic studies in the Verbena stricta 

complex (Verbenaceae). Syst. Bot. 7:433–456. 

_____ and J.R. ESTES. 1978. Comparative pollination ecology of 

Pyrrhopappus geiseri and P. carolinianus.Amer.J.Bot.65:562–566. 

BARBOUR,M.G.and N.L. CHRISTENSEN. 1993. Vegetation. In: Flora 

of North America Editorial Committee, eds. Fl. North Amer. 


BARKER, W.T. 1986a. Portulacaceae. In: Great Plains Flora 

Association. Flora of the Great Plains. Pp. 187–190. Univ. 

Press of Kansas, Lawrence. 

_____. 1986b.Sapotaceae.In:Great Plains Flora Association.Flora of 


BARKLEY,F.A.1937. A monographic study of Rhus and its immediate 

allies in North and Central America including the 

West Indies. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 24:265–498. 

_____. 1961. Anacardiaceae. In: C.L. Lundell, ed. Flora of Texas 


BARKLEY,T.M.(THEODORE). Personal communication.Specialist in 

Asteraceae, especially Senecio and Packera,and flora of the 

Great Plains; spent career at Kansas State Univ., Manhattan; 

currently on Flora of North America Editorial Committee 

and Research Associate at the Botanical Research Institute 

of Texas, Fort Worth. 

BARKLEY, T.M. 1957. Generic key to the sumac family 

(Anacardiaceae). Lloydia 20:255–265. 

_____. 1962. A revision of Senecio aureus Linn. and allied 

species.Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci. 65:318–408. 

_____. 1978. Senecio.N.Amer. Fl. II. 10:50–139. 

_____. 1981. Senecio and Erechtites (Compositae) in the North 

American flora: Supplementary notes. Brittonia 33:523–527. 

_____. 1985a.Generic boundaries in the Senecioneae.Taxon 34:17–21. 

_____. 1985b.Infrageneric groups in Senecio,s.l.,and Cacalia,s.l. 

(Asteraceae: Senecioneae) in Mexico and Central America. 


_____. 1986.Asteraceae.In:Great Plains Flora Association.Flora of 


_____. 1988. Variation among aureoid senecios of North 

America: a geohistorical interpretation. Bot. Rev. 54:82–106. 

_____, B.L. CLARK, and A.M. FUNSTON. 1996.The segregate genera 

of Senecio sensu lato and Cacalia sensu lato (Asteraceae: 

Senecioneae) in Mexico and Central America.In:D.J.N.Hind 

and H.J.Beentje,eds.Compositae:Systematics.Proceedings 

of the International Compositae Conference, Kew, 1994. 

(D.J.N. Hind, Editor-in-Chief ), Vol. 1. Pp. 613–620. Royal 

Botanic Gardens, Kew. 

BARKLEY,T.M. and A. CRONQUIST. 1978. Erechtites. In: N. Amer. Fl. II. 

10:139–142. 

BARKWORTH, M.E.1990. Nassella (Gramineae: Stipeae): Revised 

interpretation and nomenclatural changes.Taxon 39:597–614. 

_____. 1993. North American Stipeae (Gramineae): Taxonomic 

changes and other comments. Phytologia 74:1–25. 

BARNEBY,R.C.1952. A revision of the North American species of 

Oxytropis.Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. 27:177–312. 

_____. 1964. Atlas of North American Astragalus. Mem.New 

York Bot. Gard. 13. I:1–596, II:597–1188. 

_____. 1977.Daleae imagines.Mem.New York Bot.Gard.27:1–891. 

_____. 1991. Sensitive Censitae, a description of the genus 

Mimosa Linnaeus in the New World. Mem. New York Bot. 

Gard. 65:1–835. 

_____ and E.C. TWISSELMANN. 1970. Note on Loeflingia 

(Caryophyllaceae). Madroño 20:398–408. 

BARNEBY,R.C.and D. ISELY. 1986.Reevaluation of Mimosa biuncifera 

and M. texana (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae). Brittonia 

38:119–122. 

BARNEBY,R.C.and B.A. KRUKOFF. 1971. Supplementary notes on 

American Menispermaceae. VIII. A generic survey of the 

American Triclisieae and Anomospermeae.Mem.New York 

Bot. Gard. 22:1–90. 

BARNES,P.W.1986. Variation in the big bluestem (Andropogon 

gerardii)-sand bluestem (Andropogon hallii) complex along 

a local dune/meadow gradient in the Nebraska Sandhills. 

Amer. J. Bot. 73:172–184. 

BARNHART, J.H. 1916. Segregation of the genera in 

Lentibulariaceae. Mem. New York Bot. Gard 6:39–64. 

BARRETT, S.C.H. 1988. Evolution of breeding systems in 

Eichhornia (Pontederiaceae): A review. Ann. Missouri Bot. 

Gard. 75:741–760. 

BARRINGER, K.1997. Aristolochia. In:Flora of North America 

Editorial Committee, eds. Fl. North Amer. 3:45–50. Oxford 

Univ. Press, New York and Oxford. 

_____ and A.T. WHITTEMORE. 1997. Aristolochiaceae. In: Flora of 


3:44. Oxford Univ. Press, New York and Oxford. 

BARTH,F.G.1985. Insects and flowers: The biology of a partnership. 

Translated by M.A. Biederman-Thorson. Princeton 

Univ. Press, Princeton, NJ. 

BARTHLOTT,W. and D.R. HUNT. 1993. Cactaceae. In: K. Kubitzki, J.C. 

Rohwer, and V. Bittrich, eds.The families and genera of vascular 

plants,Vol. II. Pp. 161–197. Springer-Verlag, Berlin. 

BASKIN,J.M., K.M. SNYDER,and C.C. BASKIN. 1993.Nomenclatural 

history and taxonomic status of Echinacea angustifolia, E. 

pallida,and E. tennesseensis (Asteraceae). Sida 15:597–604. 

BASSETT,I.J.1966.Taxonomy of North American Plantago L.,section 

Micropsyllium Decne. Canad. J. Bot. 44:467–479. 

_____. 1973.The plantains of Canada. Research Branch Canada 

Dept. Agri. Monogr. 7:1–47. 

_____ and C.W. CROMPTON. 1968.Pollen morphology and chromosome 

numbers of the family Plantaginaceae in North 

America. Canad. J. Bot. 46:349–361. 

_____, _____, and D.W. WOODLAND. 1974. The family Urticaceae 

in Canada. Canad. J. Bot. 52:503–516. 

BATES,D.M.1968.Notes on cultivated Malvaceae.2. Abelmoschus. 

Baileya 16:99–112. 

_____, L.J. DORR, and O.J. BLANCHARD,JR. 1989. Chromosome 

numbers in Callirhoe (Malvaceae). Brittonia 41:143–151.

BATES,D.M., G.J. ANDERSON, and R.D. LEE. 1997. Forensic botany: 

Trichome evidence. J. Forensic Sci. 42:380–386. 

BATES,D.M., R.W. ROBINSON,and C. JEFFREY, eds.1990.Biology and 

utilization of the Cucurbitaceae.Cornell Univ.Press,Ithaca,NY. 

BAUM, B.R.1966. Final research report for the United States 

Department of Agriculture:Monographic revision of the the 

genus Tamarix.Dept. of Bot. Hebrew Univ., Jerusalem, Israel. 

_____. 1967.Introduced and naturalized tamarisks in the United 

States and Canada (Tamaricaceae). Baileya 15:19–25. 

_____. 1968. Delimitation of the genus Avena (Gramineae). 

Canad. J. Bot. 46:121–132. 

_____. 1977. Oats: Wild and cultivated, a monograph of the 

genus Avena L. (Poaceae). Monogr. 14:1–463. Biosystematics 

Research Institute, Canada Department of Agriculture, 

Research Branch, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada. 

_____. 1978. The genus Tamarix. The Israel Acad. Sci. and 

Humanities, Jerusalem, Israel. 

_____. 1991. Proposal to conserve the name Avena fatua L. for 

the common wild oats (Poaceae).Taxon 40:132–134. 

_____ and L.G. BAILEY. 1986.Taxonomy of the North and South 

American species of Hordeum section Hordeastrum.Canad. 

J. Bot. 64:1745–1759. 

_____ and _____. 1989. Species relationships in the Hordeum 

murinum aggregate viewed from chloroplast DNA restriction 

fragment patterns.Theor. Appl. Geneti. 78:311–317. 

_____ and _____. 1990. Key and synopsis of North American 

Hordeum species. Canad. J. Bot. 68:2433–2442. 

BAUMGARDT,J.P.1982. How to identify flowering plant families. 

Timber Press, Portland, OR. 

BAYER,R.J.1984. Chromosome numbers and taxonomic notes 

for North American species of Antennaria (Asteraceae: 

Inuleae). Syst. Bot. 9:74–83. 

_____. 1985. Investigations into the evolutionary history of the 

polyploid complexes in Antennaria (Asteraceae: Inuleae). II. 

The A. parlinii complex. Rhodora 87:321–339. 

_____, L. HUFFORD, and D.E. SOLTIS. 1996.Phylogenetic relationships 

in Sarraceniaceae based on rbcL and ITS sequences. 

Syst. Bot. 21:121–134. 

BAYER, R.J.and G.L. STEBBINS. 1982. A revised classification of 

Antennaria (Asteraceae: Inuleae) of the eastern United 

States. Syst. Bot. 7:300–313. 

BEAL,E.O.1956.Taxonomic revision of the genus Nuphar Sm.of 

North America and Europe. J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 

72:317–346. 

_____. 1960.The Alismataceae of the Carolinas.J.Elisha Mitchell 

Sci. Soc. 76:70–79. 

_____, J.W. WOOTEN, and R.B. KAUL. 1982. Review of the 

Sagittaria engelmanniana complex (Alismataceae) with 

environmental correlations. Syst. Bot. 7:417–432. 

BEAMAN, J.H. 1957. The systematics and evolution of 

Townsendia (Compositae). Contr. Gray Herb. 183:1–151. 

BEARDSLEY, R.L.and E.T. BROWNE, JR. 1972. Lathyrus aphaca L. 

new to Tennessee and the southeast. Rhodora 74:155. 

BEATTIE,A.J.1985.The evolutionary ecology of ant-plant mutualism. 


_____, D.C. CULVER, and R.J. PUDLO. 1979. Interactions between 

BATES ET AL./LITERATURE CITED 1461 

ants and the diaspores of some common spring flowering 

herbs in West Virginia. Castanea 44:177–186. 

BEATLEY, J.C.1973. Russian-thistle (Salsola) species in western 

United States. J. Range Managem. 26:225–226. 

BEAUCHAMP, R.M.1980. New names in American acacias. 

Phytologia 46:5–9. 

BEETLE, A.A.1941. Studies in the genus Scirpus L. III. The 

American species of the section Lacustres Clarke. Amer. J. 

Bot. 28:691–700. 

_____. 1942. Studies in the genus Scirpus L. IV. The section 

Bolboschoenus Palla. Amer. J. Bot. 29:82–88. 

_____. 1943. Studies in the genus Scirpus L. VI. The section 

Schoenoplectus Palla. Amer. J. Bot. 30:395–401. 

_____. 1947. Scirpus.N.Amer. Fl. 18:481–504. 

_____. 1950.Bulrushes and their multiple uses.Econ.Bot.4:132–138. 

BEHNKE, H.-D. and T.J. MABRY, eds. 1994. Caryophyllales: 

Evolution and systematics. Springer-Verlag, New York. 

BELCHER,R.O.1956.A revision of the genus Erechtites (Compositae) 

with inquiries into Senecio and Arrhenechthites.Ann. Missouri 

Bot. Gard. 43:1–85. 

BELL,C.R.1949.A cytotaxonomic study of the Sarraceniaceae of 

North America. J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 65:137–166. 

_____. 1963. The genus Eryngium in the southeastern United 

States. Castanea 28:73–79. 

BELL, N.B. and L.J. LESTER. 1980. Morphological and allozyme 

evidence for Sabatia formosa (Gentianaceae) in the section 

Campestria.Amer. J. Bot. 67:327–336. 

BELL,P.and C. WOODCOCK. 1983. The diversity of green plants. 

Edward Arnold, London, England, U.K. 

BEMIS,W.P.,A.M. RHODES,T.W.WHITAKER, and S.G. CARMER. 1970. 

Numerical taxonomy applied to Cucurbita relationships. 

Amer. J. Bot. 57:404–412. 

BENHAM,D.M.1992. Additional taxa in Astrolepis.Amer.Fern J. 

82:59-62. 

_____ and M.D. WINDHAM. 1992. Generic affinities of the starscaled 

cloak ferns. Amer. Fern J. 82:47–58. 

_____ and _____. 1993. Astrolepis. In:Flora of North America 



BENSON, L. 1940. The North American subdivision of 

Ranunculus.Amer. J. Bot. 27:799–807. 

_____. 1948. A treatise on the North American Ranunculi. 

Amer. Midl. Naturalist 40:1–261. 

_____. 1954. Supplement to a treatise on the North American 

Ranunculi. Amer. Midl. Naturalist 52:328–369. 

_____. 1969. Cactaceae. In: C.L. Lundell, ed. Flora of Texas 


_____. 1979. Plant classification, 2nd ed. D.C. Heath and Co., 

Lexington, MA. 

_____. 1982. The cacti of the United States and Canada. 

Stanford Univ. Press, Stanford, CA. 

BENZ,B.(BRUCE). Personal communication. Specialist in ethnobotany 

and the evolution of corn. Has taught at the Univ. of 

Guadalajara; currently Assistant Professor of Biology at Texas 

Wesleyan Univ.and Research Associate at Botanical Research 

Institute of Texas.

1462 LITERATURE CITED/BERGER 

BERGER,A.1924.A taxonomic review of currants and gooseberries. 

New York Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 109:1–118. 

BERLANDIER, J.L.1980. Journey to Mexico during the years 

1826–1834. 2 vols. (translated by S.M Ohlendorf et al.; introduction 

by C.H. Muller). The Texas State Historical Association, 

Austin. 

BERNARD,J.M.1990. Life history and vegetative reproduction in 

Carex.Canad. J. Bot. 68:1441–1448. 

BICKNELL, E.P.1895. The genus Sanicula in the eastern United 

States, with descriptions of two new species. Bull. Torrey 

Bot. Club 22:351–361. 

_____. 1901. Studies in Sisyrinchium–IX. The species of Texas 

and the southwest. Bull.Torrey Bot. Club 28:570–592. 

BIDDULPH,S.F.1944. A revision of the genus Gaillardia.Res.Stud. 

State Coll.Wash. 13:195–256. 

BIERNER,M.W.1972.Taxonomy of Helenium sect. Tetrodus and a 

conspectus of North American Helenium (Compositae). 


_____. 1989. Taxonomy of Helenium sect. Amarum (Asteraceae). 

Sida 13:453–459. 

_____. 1990. Present status of Amblyolepis (Asteraceae: 

Heliantheae). Madroño 37:133–140. 

_____ and R.K. JANSEN. 1998. Systematic implications of DNA 

restriction site variation in Hymenoxys and Tetraneuris 

(Asteraceae, Helenieae, Gaillardiinae). Lundellia 1:17–26. 

BIRDSEY, M.R.1951. The cultivated aroids. The Gillick Press, 

Berkeley, CA. 

BIRDSON,D.and L. FORMAN,eds.1992.The herbarium handbook, 

revised ed. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, England, U.K. 

BIRGE,W.I. 1911.The anatomy and some biological aspects of the 

“Ball Moss,” Tillandsia recurvata L. Bull. Univ.Texas 194:1–24. 

BITTRICH,V. 1993.Caryophyllaceae.In:K.Kubitzki,J.C.Rohwer,and 

V. Bittrich, eds. The families and genera of vascular plants, 

Vol. II. Pp. 206–236. Springer-Verlag, Berlin. 

_____ and U. KÜHN. 1993. Nyctaginaceae. In: K. Kubitzki, J.C. 

Rohwer,and V.Bittrich,eds.The families and genera of vascular 


BLACK, G.A.1963. Grasses of the genus Axonopus. Advancing 

Frontiers Pl. Sci. 5:1–186. 

BLACK,R.W.1989. Rangers in Korea. Roster of 14th Co., P. 318. Ivy 

Books, Random House, New York. 

BLACKWELL,W.H. 1990.Poisonous and medicinal plants.Prentice 

Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ. 

_____, M.D. BAECHLE, and G. WILLIAMSON. 1978. Synopsis of 

Kochia (Chenopodiaceae) in North America. Sida 

7:248–254. 

BLAKE,S.F.1916.A revision of the genus Polygala in Mexico,Central 

America, and the West Indies.Contr.Gray Herb.47:1–122. 

_____. 1918. A revision of the genus Viguiera.Contr.Gray Herb. 

54:1–205. 

_____. 1924. Polygalaceae. N. Amer. Fl. 25:305–379. 

BLANEY,C.1995.Who ya gonna call? BioScience 45:746–747. 

BLANKINSHIP, J.W.1907. Plantae Lindheimerianae. Part III. Rep. 

(Annual) Missouri Bot. Gard. 18:123–223. 

BLOCK, E.1985. The chemistry of garlic and onion. Sci. Amer. 

252(3):114–119. 

BLOMQUIST, H.L.1955. The genus Xyris L. in North Carolina. J. 


BOGIN,C.1955. Revision of the genus Sagittaria (Alismataceae). 

Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 9:179–233. 

BOGLE,A.L.1969.The genera of Portulacaceae and Basellaceae in 

the southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 50:566–598. 

_____. 1970. The genera of Molluginaceae and Aizoaceae in 


_____. 1974.The genera of Nyctaginaceae in the southeastern 

United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 55:1–37. 

_____. 1986. The floral morphology and vascular anatomy of 

the Hamamelidaceae: Subfamily Liquidambaroideae. Ann. 

Missouri Bot. Gard. 73:325–347. 

BOGLER,D.J.and B.B. SIMPSON. 1995.A chloroplast DNA study of 

the Agavaceae. Syst. Bot. 20:191–205. 

_____ and _____. 1996. Phylogeny of Agavaceae based on ITS 

rDNA sequence variation. Amer. J. Bot. 83:1225–1235. 

BOGNER,J.and D.H. NICOLSON. 1991. A revised classification of 

Araceae with dichotomous keys.Willdenowia 21:35–50. 

BOGUSCH,E.R.1929.A new Phlox from Texas.Torreya 29:135–136. 

BOHAC,J.R., P.D. DUKES, and D.F. AUSTIN. 1995. Sweetpotato. In: J. 

Smartt and N. W. Simmonds, eds. Evolution of Crop Plants, 

ed. 2. Pp. 57-62. Longman Group, Ltd., London. 

BOHS,L.and R.G. OLMSTEAD. 1997. Phylogenetic relationships in 

Solanum (Solanaceae) based on ndhF sequences. Syst. Bot. 

22:5–17. 

BOIVIN, B.1944. American Thalictra and their Old World allies. 

Contr. Gray Herb. 152:337–491. 

BOLD,H.C.,C.J.ALEXOPOULOS, and T. DELEVORYAS. 1987. Morphology 

of plants and fungi.Harper & Row Publishers, New York. 

BOLICK,M.R.1985. Cladistic analysis of Iva:A case in point.Taxon 

34:81–84. 

BOLLI,R.1994.Revision of the genus Sambucus.Diss.Bot.223:1–223 

BOLTON, H.E.1914. Athanase De Mezieres and the Louisiana- 

Texas frontier 1768–1780. 2 vols. Arthur H. Clark Co., Cleveland, 

Ohio. 

BOMAR,G.W.1983.Texas weather. Univ. of Texas Press, Austin. 

BONATA, M.M., ed. 1995. American women afield: Writings by 

pioneering women naturalists. Texas A&M Univ. Press, 

College Station. 

BOOKMAN,S.S.1981.The floral morphology of Asclepias speciosa 

(Asclepiadaceae) in relation to pollination and a clarification 

in terminology for the genus. Amer. J. Bot. 68:675–679. 

BOOM,B.M.1982.Synopsis of Isoëtes in the southeastern United 

States. Castanea 47:38–59. 

_____. 1996. Societal and scientific information needs from 

plant collections. In: T.F. Stuessy and S.H. Sohmer, eds, 

Sampling the green world: Innovative concepts of collection, 

preservation, and storage of plant diversity. Columbia 

Univ. Press, New York. 

BOOTHROYD, L.E.1930. The morphology and anatomy of the 

inflorescence and flower of the Platanaceae. Amer. J. Bot. 

17:678–693. 

BORNSTEIN, A.J.1997. Myricaceae. In: Flora of North America 


Univ. Press, New York and Oxford.

BOROWSKI, M.,W.C.HOLMES, and J. SINGHURST. 1996. Phyllostachys 

aurea Riv. (Gramineae: Bambuseae) in Texas. 


BORROR, D.J.1960. Dictionary of word roots and combining 

forms. Mayfield Publishing Co., Palo Alto, CA. 

BOSLAND,P.W.1993. Capsicum:A comprehensive bibliography. 

The Chile Institute, Las Cruces, NM. 

BOUFFORD,D.E.1997a.Fumaria.In:Flora of North America Editorial 



_____. 1997b. Urticaceae. In: Flora of North America Editorial 



_____ and S.A. SPONGBERG. 1983. Eastern Asian-eastern North 

American phytogeographical relationships–A history from 

the time of Linnaeus to the twentieth century. Ann. 


BOUGHTON, L.L.1931. Croton capitatus as a poisonous forage 

plant.Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci. 34:no page number given. 

BOULOS,L.1972–74. Révision systématique du genere Sonchus 

L. Bot. Not. 125:287–319; 126:155–196; 127:7–37, 402–451. 

_____. 1976. Sonchus. In:T.B.Tutin, V.H. Heywood, N.A. Burges, 

D.M. Moore, D.H.Valentine, S.M.Walters, and D.A.Webb, eds. 

Flora Europaea 4:327–328. 

BOWDEN, W.M. 1959a. Cytotaxonomy of Lobelia L. section 

Lobelia.I.Three diverse species and seven small-flowered 

species. Canad. J. Genet. Cytol. 1:49–64. 

_____. 1959b.The taxonomy and nomenclature of the wheats,barleys 

and ryes and their wild relatives.Canad.J.Bot.37:657–684. 

_____. 1960a.Cytotaxonomy of Lobelia L.section Lobelia.II.Four 

narrow-leaved species and five medium-flowered species. 

Canad. J. Genet. Cytol. 1:11–27. 

_____. 1960b. Cytotaxonomy of Lobelia L. Section Lobelia. III. L. 

siphilitica L.and L. cardinalis L.Canad.J.Genet.Cytol.2:234–251. 

_____. 1961. Interspecific hybridization in Lobelia L. Section 

Lobelia.Canad. J. Bot. 39:1679-1693. 

_____. 1964a.Cytogenetics of Lobelia ×speciosa Sweet (L.cardinalis 

L. × L. siphilitica L.). Canad. J. Genet. Cytol. 6:121–139. 

_____. 1964b. Cytotaxonomy of the species and interspecific 

hybrids of the genus Elymus in Canada and neighboring 

areas. Canad. J. Bot. 42:547–601. 

_____. 1982.The taxonomy of Lobelia ×speciosa Sweet (L.cardinalis 

L. × L. siphilitica L.). Canad. J. Bot. 60:2054–2070. 

BOX,T.W.AND F.W. GOULD. 1959. An analysis of the grass vegetation 

of Texas. SouthW. Naturalist 3:124–129. 

BOYD, J.W., D.S. MURRAY, and R.J. TYRL. 1984. Silverleaf nightshade 

(Solanum eleagnifolium) origin,distribution,and relation 

to man. Econ. Bot. 38:210–217. 

BOYLE, W.S.1945. A cytotaxonomic study of the North 

American species of Melica.Madroño 8:1–26. 

BRACKETT, A.1923. Contributions from the Gray Herbarium of 

Harvard University. New Series—No. LXIX. I. Revision of the 

American species of Hypoxis.Rhodora 25:120–147. 

BRADFIELD, H.H.1957. The petroleum geology of Grayson 

County, Texas. In: Joint Activities Committee of the Dallas 

Geological and Geophysical Societies. The geology and 

BOROWSKI ET AL./LITERATURE CITED 1463 

geophysics of Cooke and Grayson counties, Texas. Pp. 

15–49. The Dallas Geological Society and The Dallas 

Geophysical Society, Dallas,TX. 

BRADLEY, C.E.and A.J. HAAGEN-SMIT. 1949. The essential oil of 

Pectis papposa.Econ. Bot. 3:407–412. 

BRADLEY, T.R. 1975. Hybridization between Triodanis perfoliata 

and Triodanisbiflora(Campanulaceae). Brittonia 27:110–114. 

BRAGG,T.B.1995. The physical environment of Great Plains grasslands.In:A.Joern 

and K.H.Keller,eds.The Changing Prairie,North 

American Grasslands.Pp.49–81.Oxford Univ.Press,New York. 

BRAINERD, E.1911. The caulescent violets of the southeastern 

United States. Bull.Torrey Bot. Club 38:191–198. 

_____. 1921. Violets of North America. Vermont Agric. Exp. Sta. 

Bull. No. 224. 

BRANDBYGE,J.1993.Polygonaceae.In:K.Kubitzki,J.C.Rohwer,and 



BRANDEGEE, K.1894. Studies in Ceanothus. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. 

4:173–222. 

BRANDENBURG,D.M.,J.R.ESTES, and S.L.COLLINS. 1991a.A revision 

of Diarrhena (Poaceae) in the United States. Bull.Torrey Bot. 

Club 118:128–136. 

BRANDENBURG, D.M., J.R. ESTES, and J.W. THIERET. 1991b. Hard 

grass (Sclerochloa dura,Poaceae) in the United States. Sida 

14:369–376. 

BRASHIER, C.K.1966. A revision of Commelina (Plum.) L. in the 

U.S.A. Bull.Torrey Bot. Club 93:1–19. 

BRAWAND,H.1984. Characteristics of the soil of Coit Meadow, a 

relict area of Blackland Prairie in Collin County, Texas. 

Wrightia 7:257–265. 

BRAY,W.L. 1901.Ecological relations of the vegetation of western 

Texas. Bot. Gaz. (Crawfordsville) 32:99–123, 195–217, 262–291. 

BREEDEN,J.O.1994.A long ride in Texas:The explorations of John 

Leonard Riddell.Texas A&M Univ. Press, College Station. 

BREMER, K.1994. Asteraceae cladistics & classification. Timber 

Press, Portland, OR. 

_____, A.A. ANDERBERG,P.O.KARIS, and J. LUNDBERG. 1994. Tribe 

Eupatorieae (Chapter 23). In: Asteraceae cladistics & classification. 

Pp. 625–680.Timber Press, Portland, OR. 

BRETTING, P.K.1983. The taxonomic relationship between 

Proboscidea louisianica and Proboscidea fragrans 

(Martyniaceae). SouthW. Naturalist 28:445–449. 

_____ and S. NILSSON. 1988. Pollen morphology of the 

Martyniaceae and its systematic implications. Syst. Bot. 

13:51–59. 

BRICKELL, C.and J.D. ZUK, eds. 1997. The American Horticultural 

Society A–Z encyclopedia of garden plants. DK Publishing, 

New York. 

BRIDGES,E.L.and S.L. ORZELL. 1987. A new species of Xyris (sect. 

Xyris) from the Gulf Coastal Plains. Phytologia 64:56–61. 

_____ and _____. 1989. Additions and noteworthy vascular 

plant collections from Texas and Louisiana, with historical, 

ecological and geographical notes. Phytologia 66:12–69. 

BRIDSON,G.D.R. and E.R.SMITH. 1991. B-P-H/S.Botanico-Periodicum- 

Huntianum/Supplementum. Hunt Institute for Botanical 

Documentation, Carnegie Mellon Univ., Pittsburg, PA.

1464 LITERATURE CITED/BRISKE & ANDERSON 

BRISKE,D.D.and V.J. ANDERSON. 1992. Competitive ability of the 

bunch grass Schizachyrium scoparium as affected by grazing 

history and defoliation.Vegetatio 103:41–49. 

BRITTON,N.L.1891.The American species of the genus Anemone 

and the genera which have been referred to it. Ann. New 

York Acad. Sci. 6:215–238. 

_____. 1930. Krameriaceae. N. Amer. Fl. 23:195–200. 

_____ and J.N. ROSE. 1905. Crassulaceae. N. Amer. Fl. 22:7–74. 

_____ and _____. 1919–1923.The Cactaceae:Descriptions and 

illustrations of plants of the cactus family, 4 vols. Publ. No. 

248. Carnegie Institution of Washington, Washington, D.C. 

_____ and _____. 1928. Mimosaceae. N. Amer. Fl. 23:1–194. 

_____ and _____. 1930. Caesalpiniaceae. N. Amer. Fl. 23:201–349. 

_____ and _____. 1937. The Cactaceae: Descriptions and illustrations 

of plants of the cactus family,4 vols.Reprinted from 

the original Carnegie Institution of Washington printing, 

Publ. No. 248, 1919–1923. Scott E. Haselton, Abbey San 

Encino Press, Pasadena, CA. 

_____ and _____. 1963. The Cactaceae: descriptions and illustrations 

of plants of the cactus family. Republication of the 

1937 edition in 4 vols. bound as 2 vols. by Dover Publications, 

Inc., New York. 

BRIZICKY,G.K.1961a. The genera of Turneraceae and Passifloraceae 


42:204–218. 

_____. 1961b. The genera of Violaceae in the southeastern 


_____. 1962a. The genera of Rutaceae in the southeastern 


_____. 1962b. Taxonomic and nomenclatural notes on 

Zanthoxylum and Glycosmis (Rutaceae). J. Arnold. Arbor. 

43:80–93. 

_____. 1962c.The genera of Simaroubaceae and Bursuraceae in 


_____. 1962d. The genera of Anacardiaceae in the southeastern 


_____. 1963a. Taxonomic and nomenclatural notes on the 

genus Rhus (Anacardiaceae). J. Arnold Arbor. 44:60–80. 

_____. 1963b. The genera of Sapindales in the southeastern 


_____. 1964a. The genera of Celastrales in the southeastern 


_____. 1964b. The genera of Cistaceae in the southeastern 


_____. 1964c. The genera of Rhamnaceae in the southeastern 


_____. 1965a. The genera of Vitaceae in the southeastern 


_____. 1965b. The genera of Tiliaceae and Elaeocarpaceae in 


_____. 1966a.The genera of Sterculiaceae in the southeastern 


_____. 1966b. On the typification of Malvastrum. Taxon 

15:311–315. 

_____. 1968. Herissantia, Bogenhardia,and Gayoides (Malvaceae). 

J. Arnold Arbor. 49:278–279. 

BROCK, J.H.1994. Tamarix spp. (salt cedar), an invasive exotic 

woody plant in arid and semi-arid riparian habitats of western 

USA. In: L.C. de Waal, L.E. Child, P.M.Wade, and J.H. Brock, 

eds. Ecology and management of invasive riverside plants. 

Pp. 27–44. John Wiley and Sons, Chichester, England, U.K. 

BROOKE,J.1848,1849.From a collection of 22 letters (originals and 

transcriptions) written from 1848–1860 by Dr.John Brooke,one 

of the first settlers of Grayson County,Texas.In the collection of 

the Red River Historical Museum, Sherman,TX. 

BROOKS,A.B.1937. Castanea dentata.Castanea 2:61–67. 

BROOKS, R.E.1977. Poison ivy and poison oak in Kansas. Bull. 

State. Bio. Sur. Kansas 4:1–38. 

_____. 1982. New combinations in Delphinium and Rhus. 

Phytologia 52:8. 

_____. 1986a.Lamiaceae.In:Great Plains Flora Association.Flora of 

the Great Plains. Pp. 708–740.Univ. Press of Kansas, Lawrence. 

_____. 1986b. Campanulaceae. In: Great Plains Flora 



_____. 1986c. Caprifoliaceae. In: Great Plains Flora Association. 

Flora of the Great Plains. Pp. 823–832. Univ. Press of Kansas, 

Lawrence. 

BROWN,B.C.1950. An annotated check list of the reptiles and 

amphibians of Texas. Baylor Univ. Press,Waco,TX. 

BROWN,G.D.1956. Taxonomy of American Atriplex.Amer.Midl. 


BROWN,G.K.and G.S.VARADARAJAN. 1985.Studies in Caryophyllales 

I:Re-evaluation of classification of Phytolaccaceae s.l.Syst.Bot. 

10:49–63. 

BROWN,L.E.1984.Carex rosea (Cyperaceae), Trifolium lappaceum 

(Fabaceae) and Aira caryophyllea (Poaceae) new to Texas. 

Sida 10:263–264. 

_____. 1993. The deletion of Sporobolus heterolepis (Poaceae) 

from the Texas and Louisiana floras, and the addition of 

Sporobolus silveanus to the Oklahoma flora. Phytologia 

74:371–381. 

_____ and S.J. MARCUS. 1998. Notes on the flora of Texas with 

additions and other significant records. Sida 18:315–324. 

BROWN,L.E.and C.D. PETERSON. 1984. Carex rosea (Cyperaceae), 

Trifolium lappaceum (Fabaceae), and Aira caryophyllea 

(Poaceae) new to Texas. Sida 10:263–264. 

BROWN,R.W.1956. Composition of scientific words. Smithsonian 

Institution Press,Washington, D.C. 

BROWN,W.V. 1952. The relation of soil moisture to cleistogamy 

in Stipa leucotricha.Bot. Gaz. (Crawfordsville) 113:438–444. 

_____ and G.E. COE. 1951. A study of sterility in Hilaria belangeri 

(Steud.) Nash and Hilaria mutica (Buckl.) Benth. Amer. J. Bot. 

38:823–830. 

BROWNING,J.,K.D. GORDON-GRAY, and S.G. SMITH. 1995. Achene 

structure and taxonomy of North American Bolboschoenus 

(Cyperaceae). Brittonia 47:433–445. 

BRUHL,J.J.1995.Sedge genera of the world:Relationships and a 

new classification of the Cyperaceae.Austral.Syst.Bot.8:125–305. 

_____, L. WATSON, and M.J. DALLWITZ. 1992. Genera of 

Cyperaceae: Interactive identification and information 

retrieval.Taxon 41:225–234.

BRUMMITT, R.K.1965. New contributions in North American 

Calystegia.Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 52:214–216. 

_____. 1981. Further new names in the genus Calystegia 

(Convolvulaceae). Kew. Bull. 35:327–334. 

_____. 1988. Report of the committee for Spermatophyta: 35 

(proposal 808).Taxon 37:444–450. 

_____. 1989. Report of the committee for Spermatophyta: 36 

(proposal 856).Taxon 38:299–302. 

_____. 1997.Taxonomy versus cladonomy, a fundamental controversy 

in biological systematics.Taxon 46:723–734. 

_____ and C.E. POWELL,eds. 1992. Authors of plant names: A list 

of authors of scientific names of plants, with recommended 

standard forms of their names including abbreviations. 

Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. 

BRUMMITT, R.K.and M.S.M. SOSEF. 1998. Paraphyletic taxa are 

inherent in Linnaean classification—a reply to Fruedenstein. 

Taxon 47:411–412. 

BRUNK, S.K.1997. The Ruidoso plane crash—the background 

the the trial verdict. J. Forensic Sci. 42:378–379. 

BRUNSFELD, S.J., D.E. SOLTIS, and P.S. SOLTIS. 1992. Evolutionary 

patterns and processes in Salix sect. Longifoliae:Evidence 

from chloroplast DNA. Syst. Bot. 17:239–256. 

BRUNSFELD, S.J., P.S. SOLTIS, D.E.SOLTIS, P.A.GADEK, C.Q.QUINN, 

D.D. STRENGE, and T.A. RANKER. 1994. Phylogenetic relationships 

among the genera of Taxodiaceae and Cupressaceae: 

Evidence from rbcL sequences. Syst. Bot. 19:253–262. 

BRYANT,V.M.JR. 1977.A 16,000 year pollen record of vegetational 

change in central Texas. Palynology 1:143–156. 

BRYSON,C.T.1980.A revision of the North American Carex section 

Laxiflorae (Cyperaceae). Ph.D. dissertation, Mississippi State 

Univ., Starksville. 

_____.1996.The role of United States Department of Agriculture, 

Agricultural Research Service in the control of introduced 

weeds. Castanea 61:261–270. 

BUCK,R.E.,D.W.TAYLOR, and A.R. KRUCKEBERG. 1993. Strepanthus. 

In: J.C. Hickman, ed. The Jepson manual: Higher plants of 

California. Pp. 439–444. Univ. of California Press, Berkeley. 

BUCKINGHAM, G.R.1996. Biological control of alligatorweed, 

Alternanthera philoxeroides, the world’s first aquatic weed 

success story. Castanea 61:232–243. 

BUCKLEY,S.B.1861 [1862].Description of new plants from Texas. 

Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia 13:448–463. 

_____. 1870. Remarks on Dr. Asa Gray’s notes on Buckley’s new 

plants of Texas.Proc.Acad.Nat.Sci.Philadelphia 22:135–138. 

BUDDELL,G.F., II. and J.W.THIERET. 1997. Saururaceae. In: Flora of 



BUELL,M.F.1935. Acorus calamus in America.Rhodora 37:367–369. 

BULLARD,F.M.1931.The geology of Grayson County,Texas.Univ. 

Texas Bull. No. 3125. 

BURCH,D.1966.The application of the Linnaean names of some 

New World species of Euphorbia subgenus Chamaesyce. 

Rhodora 68:155–166. 

BURKHALTER,L.W.1965. Gideon Lincecum, 1793–1874: A biography. 


BURCKHALTER,R.E.1992. The genus Nyssa (Cornaceae) in North 

BRUMMITT/LITERATURE CITED 1465 

America: A revision. Sida 15:323–342. 

BURKART, A. 1976. A monograph of the genus Prosopis 

(Leguminosae subfam. Mimosoideae). J. Arnold Arbor. 

57:219–249, 450–525. 

BURKHILL,H.M.1985. The useful plants of west tropical Africa, 

ed. 2. Vol. 1, Families A–D. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, 

England, U. K. 

BURLAGE, H.M.1968. Index of plants of Texas with reputed 

medicinal and poisonous properties. Published by the 

author, Austin, TX. 

BURLESON, M.F.1993. The vanished tallgrass prairie: What we 

have lost, what we have gained. In: M.R. Sharpless and J.C. 

Yelderman, eds. The Texas Blackland Prairie, land, history, 

and culture. Pp. 281–297. Baylor Univ. Program for Regional 

Studies,Waco,TX. 

BURNS-BALOGH,P.and V.A. FUNK. 1986. A phylogenetic analysis 

of the Orchidaceae. Smithsonian Contr. Bot. 61:1–79. 

BUSH,B.F.1903. A list of the ferns of Texas. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 

30:343–358. 

_____. 1904.The Texas tradescantias.Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis 

14:181–193. 

_____. 1905. The North American species of Fuirena. Rep. 


BUTLER,J.L.and D.D. BRISKE. 1988.Population structure and tiller 

demography of the bunchgrass Schizachyrium scoparium 

in response to herbivory. Oikos 51:306–312. 

CABRERA, A.L. 1949. Sinopsis del género Soliva (Compositae). 

Notas Mus. La Plata, Bot. 14:123–139. 

_____. 1965.Solanaceae.In:A.L.Cabrera,ed.Flora de la Provincia 

de Buenos Aires,Parte V,Ericáceas a Caliceráceas.Coleccion 

Cientifica del Instituto Nacional de Tecnologia Agropecuaria, 

Buenos Aires, Argentina. 

CAMP,W.H.1945. The North American blueberries with notes 

on other groups of Vacciniaceae. Brittonia 5:203–275. 

CAMPBELL,C.S.1983. Systematics of the Andropogon virginicus 

complex (Gramineae). J. Arnold Arbor. 64:171–254. 

_____. 1985. The subfamilies and tribes of Gramineae 

(Poaceae) in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold 

Arbor. 66:123–199. 

_____. 1986. Phylogenetic reconstructions and two new varieties 

in the Andropogon virginicus complex (Poaceae: 

Andropogoneae). Syst. Bot. 11:280–292. 

_____, C.W. GREENE, and T.A. D ICKINSON. 1991. Reproductive biology 

in subfam.Maloideae (Rosaceae). Syst. Bot. 16:333–349. 

CAMPBELL,G.R.1952. The genus Mysosurus L. (Ranunculaceae) 

in North America. Aliso 2:389–403. 

CANNE,J.M.1979 [1980].A light and scanning electron microscope 

study of seed morphology in Agalinis (Scrophulariaceae) and 

its taxonomic significance.Syst.Bot.4:281–296. 

_____. 1980. Seed surface features in Auerolaria, Brachystigma, 

Tomanthera, and certain South American Agalinis 

(Scrophulariaceae). Syst. Bot. 5:241–252. 

_____. 1981. Chromosome counts in Agalinis and related taxa 

(Scrophulariaceae). Canad. J. Bot. 59:1111–1116. 

CANTINO, P.D.1982. A monograph of the genus Physostegia 

(Labiatae). Contr. Gray Herb. 211:1–105.

1466 LITERATURE CITED/CAPORAEL 

_____. 1992. Evidence for a polyphyletic origin of the Labiatae. 


_____. 1998. Binomials, hyphenated uninomials, and phylogenetic 

nomenclature.Taxon 47:425–429. 

_____ and R.W. SANDERS. 1986. Subfamilial classification of 

Labiatae. Syst. Bot. 11:163–185. 

CAPORAEL, L.R.1976. Ergotism: The satan loosed in Salem. 

Science 192:21–26. 

CARLQUIST, S.1976. Tribal interrelationships and phylogeny of 

the Asteraceae. Aliso 8:465–492. 

CARMEN,J.G.and D.D. BRISKE. 1985. Morphologic and allozymic 

variation between long-term grazed and non-grazed populations 

of the bunchgrass Schizachyrium scoparium var. 

frequens.Oecologia 66:332–337. 

CAROLIN,R.C.1993.Portulacaceae.In:K.Kubitzki,J.C.Rohwer,and 



CARR,B.L., J.V. CRISCI, and P.C. HOCH. 1990. A cladistic analysis of 

the genus Gaura (Onagraceae). Syst. Bot. 15:454–461. 

CARR, B.L., D.P. GREGORY, P.H. RAVEN, and W. TAI. 1986. 

Experimental hybridization and chromosomal diversity 

within Gaura sect. Gaura (Onagraceae). Syst. Bot. 11:98–111. 

_____, _____, _____, and _____. 1988. Experimental hybridization, 

chromosomal diversity, and phylogeny within Gaura 

sect. Pterogaura (Onagraceae). Syst. Bot. 13:324–335. 

CARR,W.(WILLIAM). Personal communication. Texas plant collector; 

previously with Texas Parks and Wildlife; currently 

Research Scientist for Botany, The Nature Conservancy, San 

Antonio,TX. 

CARR,W. 1988. Cyperus difformis L. (Cyperaceae) new to Texas. 

Sida 13:255–256. 

_____. 1989. Preliminary checklist of vascular plants, Meridian 

State Recreation Area, Bosque County, Texas. Unpublished 

September 1989 draft, copy in the library of the Botanical 

Research Institute of Texas. 

_____. 1994.Preliminary checklist of vascular plants,Camp Maxey, 

Lamar County,Texas.Unpublished October 1994 draft,copy in 

the library of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas. 

_____. 1995. Preliminary checklist of vascular plants, Camp 

Bowie training site,Brown County,Texas.Unpublished June 

1995 draft, copy in the library of the Botanical Research 

Institute of Texas. 

CARTER,J.R.1984. A systematic study of the New World species 

of section Umbellati of Cyperus. Ph.D. dissertation, 

Vanderbilt Univ., Nashville,TN. 

_____ and S.D. JONES. 1997. Notes on the Cyperus retroflexus 

complex (Cyperaceae) with three nomenclatural proposals. 

Rhodora 99:319–334. 

CARTER,J.R.and R. KRAL. 1990. Cyerus echinatus and Cyperus croceus,the 

correct names for North American Cyperus ovularis 

and Cyperus globulosus (Cyperaceae).Taxon 39:322–327. 

CASADO, C.M.1995. Allelopathic effects of Lantana camara 

(Verbenaceae) on morning glory (Ipomoea tricolor). Rhodora 

97:264–274. 

CASTEEL,S.W.and E.M. BAILEY. 1992. Developmental toxicity of 

an isolate from Solanum dimidiatum (potato weed) in 

Syrian golden hamsters. In: L.F. James, R.F. Keeler, E.M. Bailey, 

Jr., P.R. Cheeke, and M.P. Hegarty, eds. Poisonous plants: 

Proceedings of the third international symposium. Pp. 

579–583. Iowa State Univ. Press, Ames. 

CASTETTER,E.F.,P.PIERCE, and K.H.SCHWERIN. 1975.A reassessment 

of the genus Escobaria.Cac.Succ.J.(Los Angeles) 47:60–70. 

CATLING,P.M.1981. Taxonomy of autumn flowering Spiranthes 

species of southern Nova Scotia. Canad. J. Bot. 59:1253–1270. 

_____. 1982. Breeding systems of northeastern North American 

Spiranthes (Orchidaceae). Canad. J. Bot. 60:3017–3039. 

_____. 1983a. Pollination of northeastern North American 

Spiranthes (Orchidaceae). Canad. J. Bot. 61:1080–1093. 

_____. 1983b. Morphometrics and ecological isolation in sympatric 

Spiranthes (Orchidaceae) in southwestern Ontario. 

Canad. J. Bot. 61:2747–2759. 

_____ and I. DOBSON. 1985.The biology of Canadian weeds. 69. 

Potamogeton crispus L. Canad. J. Plant Sci. 65:655–668. 

CATLING,P.M.and V.S.ENGEL. 1993.Systematics and distribution of 

Hexalectris spicata var. arizonica (Orchidaceae). Lindleyana 

8:119–125. 

CATLING,P.M.and W. WOJTAS. 1986. The waterweeds (Elodea 

and Egeria, Hydrocharitaceae) in Canada. Canad. J. Bot. 

64:1525–1541. 

CAUT,B.S.and J.F. DOEBLEY. 1997. DNA sequence evidence for 

the segmental allotetraploid origin of maize. Proc. Natl. 

Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 94:6809–6814. 

CELARIER, R.P.1958. Cytotaxonomic notes on the subsection 

Halepensia of the genus Sorghum. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 

85:49–62. 

_____ and J.R. HARLAN. 1958. The cytogeography of the 

Bothriochloa ischaemum complex. Gramineae: I.Taxonomy 

and geographic distribution. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 55:755–760. 

CHADWELL, T.B., S.J.WAGSTAFF, and P.D. CANTINO. 1992. Pollen 

morphology of Phryma and some putative relatives. Syst. 

Bot. 17:210–219. 

CHAMBERS,W.T. 1948. Geographic regions of Texas.Texas Geogr. 

Mag. 12:7–15. 

CHANDLER,J.M., C.-C. JAN, and B.H. BEARD. 1986. Chromosomal 

differentiation among the annual Helianthus species. Syst. 

Bot. 11:354–371. 

CHANNELL,R.B.1957. A revisional study of the genus Marshallia 

(Compositae). Contr. Gray Herb. 181:41–132. 

_____ and C.E.WOOD,JR. 1959.The genera of Primulales of the 


CHAPMAN,A.W.1860.Flora of the southern United States.Ivison, 

Phinney and Co., New York. 

CHAPMAN, G.C.and S.B. JONES. 1978. Biosystematics of the 

Texanae Vernonias (Vernonieae: Compositae). Sida 

7:264–281. 

CHARRIER,A.1984. Genetic resources of the genus Abelmoschus 

Med. (Okra). International board for plant genetic 

resources, Rome, Italy. 

CHASE, A.1921. The North American species of Pennisetum. 

Contr. U.S. Natl. Herb. 22:209–234. 

_____. 1929. The North American species of Paspalum.Contr. 

U.S. Natl. Herb. 28:1–310.

_____. 1938.The carpet grasses. J.Wash. Acad. Sci. 28:178–182. 

CHASE, M.W.ET AL. (multiple authors). 1993. Phylogenetics of 

seed plants: An analysis of nucleotide sequences from the 

plastid gene rbcL. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 80:528–580. 

CHATER, A.O.1964. Consolida. In:T.G.Tutin, V.H. Heywood, N.A. 

Burges, D.H. Valentine, S.M. Walters, and D.A. Webb, eds. 

1964. Flora Europaea 1:216–217. Cambridge Univ. Press, 

Cambridge, England, U.K. 

CHEATHAM,S.and M.C.JOHNSTON. 1995.The useful wild plants of 

Texas, the southeastern and southwestern United States, 

the southern Plains, and northern Mexico. Vol. 1, 

Abronia–Arundo.Useful Wild Plants, Inc., Austin,TX. 

CHENG-YIH,W. and K. KUBITZKI. 1993. Saururaceae. In: K. Kubitzki, 

J.C. Rohwer, and V. Bittrich, eds. The families and genera of 

vascular plants,Vol. II. Pp. 586–588. Springer-Verlag, Berlin. 

CHIANG, C.F.1981. A taxonomic study of the North American 

species of Lycium (Solanaceae). Ph.D. dissertation, Univ. of 

Texas, Austin. 

CHRISPEELS,M.J.and D. SADAVA. 1977. Plants, food, and people. 

W.H. Freeman and Co., San Francisco, CA. 

CHURCH, G.L.1967. Taxonomic and genetic relationships of 

eastern North American species of Elymus with setaceous 

glumes. Rhodora 69:121–162. 

CHURCHILL, S.P. 1986a. Juncaceae. In: Great Plains Flora 



_____. 1986b. Liliaceae. In: Great Plains Flora Association. Flora of 


_____. 1986c. Agavaceae. In: Great Plains Flora Association.Flora of 


CLARK,C.1975. Ecogeographic races of Lesquerella engelmannii 

(Cruciferae); distribution, chromosome numbers, and taxonomy. 


_____. 1978. Systematic studies of Eschscholzia (Papaveraceae). 

I.The origin and affinities of E.mexicana.Syst.Bot.3:374–385. 

_____. 1993. Papaveraceae. In: J.C. Hickman, ed. The Jepson 

manual: Higher plants of California. Pp. 810–816. Univ. of 

California Press, Berkeley. 

_____. 1997. Eschscholzia. In: Flora of North America Editorial 



_____ and J.A. JERNSTEDT. 1978. Systematic studies of 

Eschscholzia (Papaveraceae).II.Seed coat microsculpturing. 

Syst. Bot. 3:386–402. 

CLARK, H.L. and J.W. THIERET. 1968. The duckweeds of 

Minnesota. Michigan Bot. 7:67–76. 

CLARK, L.G.1990. A new combination in Chasmanthium 

(Poaceae). Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 77:601. 

_____, W. ZHANG, and J. WENDEL. 1995. A phylogeny of the 

grass family (Poaceae) based on ndhF sequence data. Syst. 

Bot. 20:436–460. 

CLARK,R.B.1942. A revision of the genus Bumelia in the United 

States. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 29:155–182. 

CLARK, W.D.,B.S.GAUT, M.R.DUVALL, and M.T. CLEGG. 1993. 

Phylogenetic relationships of the Bromeliiflorae— 

Commeliniflorae—Zingiberiflorae complex of monocots 

CHASE ET AL./LITERATURE CITED 1467 

based on rbcL sequence comparisons. Ann. Missouri Bot. 

Gard. 80:987–998. 

CLARKE,H.D.,D.S. SEIGLER, and J.E. EBINGER. 1989. Acacia farnesiana 

(Fabaceae: Mimosoideae) and related species from 

Mexico,the southwestern U.S.,and the Caribbean.Syst.Bot. 

14:549–564. 

CLARY,K.(KAREN). Personal communication. Specialist in Yucca 

(Agavaceae); received training at Univ. of Texas, Austin. 

CLAUSEN, J.1949. Evolutionary patterns in the genus Crepis. 

Evolution 3:185–188. 

CLAUSEN,R.T.1936. Studies in the genus Najas in the northern 

United States. Rhodora 38:333–345. 

_____. 1938. A monograph of the Ophioglossaceae. Mem. 

Torrey Bot. Club. 19:1–177. 

_____. 1946. Selaginella subgenus Euselaginella,in the southeastern 

United States. Amer. Fern J. 36:65–82. 

_____. 1975. Sedum of North America, north of the Mexican 

Plateau. Cornell Univ. Press, Ithaca, NY. 

CLAYTON,W.D. 1965. Studies in the Gramineae: VI. Sporoboleae. 

The Sporobolus indicus complex. Kew Bull. 19:287–296. 

_____. 1968. The correct name of the common reed. Taxon 

17:168–169. 

_____. 1970. Studies in the Gramineae: XXI. Coelorachis and 

Rhytachne: A study in numerical taxonomy. Kew Bull. 

24:309–314. 

_____ and S.A. RENVOIZE. 1982. Gramineae (Part 3). In: R.M. Polhill, 

ed. Flora of tropical East Africa. A.A. Balkema on behalf of the 

East African Governments, Rotterdam, Netherlands. 

_____ and _____. 1986. Genera Graminum, grasses of the 

world. Kew Bull., Addit. Ser. XIII. Royal Botanic Gardens, Her 

Majesty’s Stationary Office, London, England, U.K. 

CLEMENT,I.D.1957.Studies in Sida (Malvaceae).Contr.Gray Herb. 

180:3–91. 

CLEWELL,A.F.1966. Native North American species of Lespedeza 

(Leguminosae). Rhodora 68:359–408. 

_____. 1968. Some comments on American Lespedezas 

(Leguminosae). Sida 3:206–208. 

_____ and J.W. WOOTEN. 1971. A revision of Ageratina 

(Compositae: Eupatorieae) from Eastern North America. 


CLONTS,J.A.and S. MCDANIEL. 1978. Elephantopus.N.Amer.Fl.II. 

10:196–202. 

COBLENTZ,B.E.1990. Exotic organisms:A dilemma for conservation 

biology. Conservation Biol. 4:261–265. 

CODY,W.J. 1954. A history of Tillaea aquatica (Crassulaceae) in 

Canada and Alaska. Rhodora 56:96–101. 

COFFEE,V.J. and S.B. JONES,JR. 1980. Biosystematics of Lysimachia 

section Seleucia (Primulaceae). Brittonia 32:309–322. 

COKER,W.C.1944. The woody smilaxes of the United States. J. 


COLEMAN,J.R.1966. A taxonomic revision of section Ximenesia 

of the genus Verbesina (Compositae).Amer.Midl.Naturalist 

76:475–481. 

_____. 1968.Verbesina,a cytotaxonimic study.Rhodora 70:95–102. 

_____. 1977. A summary of experimental hybridization in 

Verbesina (Compositae). Rhodora 79:17–31.

1468 LITERATURE CITED/COLLINS ET AL. 

COLLINS,O.B.,F.E.SMEINS, and D.H. RISKIND. 1975. Plant communities 

of the Blackland Prairie of Texas. In: M.K. Wali, ed. 

Prairie: A multiple view. The Univ. of North Dakota Press, 

Grand Forks. 

COLLINS,S.L.and D.J. GIBSON. 1990. Effects of fire on community 

structure in tallgrass and mixed-grass prairie. In: S.L. Collins 

and L.L. Wallace, eds. Fire in North American tallgrass 

prairies. Pp. 81–98. Univ. of Oklahoma Press, Norman. 

COLLINS,T. 1973. Revision of Orobanche (Orobanchaceae). Ph.D. 

dissertation, Univ. of Wisconsin, Milwaukee. 

CONDON,M.and M.D. WHALEN. 1983. A plea for collection and 

preservation of herbivore and pathogen damaged plant 

materials.Taxon 32:105–107. 

CONRAD,H.S.1905. The waterlilies: A monograph of the genus 

Nymphaea.Publ. Carnegie Inst.Wash. 4:1–279. 

CONRAD,J.1992.A brief history of the bois d’arc tree.Commerce 

Bois d’Arc Bash, Commerce,TX. 

CONSTANCE, L.1939. The genera of the tribe Hydrophylleae of 

the Hydrophyllaceae. Madroño 5:28–33. 

_____. 1940.The genus Ellisia.Rhodora 42:34–39. 

_____. 1941.The genus Nemophila Nuttall. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 

19:341–398. 

_____. 1949. A revision of Phacelia subgenus Cosmanthus 

(Hydrophyllaceae). Contr. Gray Herb. 168:1–48. 

_____. 1950. Some interspecific relationships in Phacelia subgenus 

Cosmanthus.Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 78:135–147. 

_____. 1993. Apiaceae. In: J.C. Hickman, ed.The Jepson manual: 

Higher plants of California. Pp. 136–166. Univ. of California 

Press, Berkeley. 

_____ and R.H. SHAN. 1948. The genus Osmorhiza 

(Umbelliferae): A study in geographic affinities. Univ. Calif. 

Publ. Bot. 23:111–156. 

CONTI, E.,A.FISCHBACH, and K.J. SYTSMA. 1993. Tribal relationships 

in Onagraceae: Implications from rbcL sequence 

data. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 80:672–685. 

CONTRERAS, J.,D.F.AUSTIN, F. DE LA PUENTE, and J. DIAZ. 1995. 

Biodiversity of sweetpotato (Ipomoea batatas, Convolvulaceae) 

in southern Mexico. Econ. Bot. 49:286–296. 

COOK, C.D.K.and R. LÜÖND. 1982. A revision of the genus 

Hydrilla (Hydrocharitaceae). Aquatic Bot. 13:485–504. 

COOK,C.D.K.and K. URMI-KÖNIG. 1984. A revision of the genus 

Egeria (Hydrocharitaceae). Aquatic Bot. 19:73–96. 

COOMBES, A.J.1985. Dictionary of plant names. Timber Press, 

Portland, OR. 

CORBET,S.A., H. CHAPMAN, and N. SAVILLE. 1988.Vibratory pollen 

collection and flower form: Bumble-bees on Actinidia, 

Symphytum, Borago,and Polygonatum.Functional Ecology 

2:147–155. 

CORCORAN,SISTER M.L. 1941.A revision of the subgenus Pycreus in 

North and South America.Catholic Univ.Amer.,Biol.Ser.37:1–68. 

CORE,E.L.1936. The American species of Scleria.Brittonia 2:1–105. 

_____. 1941.The North American species of Paronychia.Amer. 

Midl. Naturalist 26:396–397. 

_____. 1966. Cyperaceae: Scleria. In:C.L. Lundell, ed. Flora of 


_____. 1967.Ethnobotany of the southern Appalachian aborigines. 

Econ.Bot.21:199–214. 

CORRELL, D.S.1937. The orchids of North Carolina. J. Elisha 

Mitchell Sci. Soc. 53:139–173. 

_____. 1947. Additions to the orchids of Texas. Wrightia 

1:166–182. 

_____. 1949. A preliminary survey of the distribution of Texas 

Pteridophyta.Wrightia 1:247–278. 

_____. 1950. Native orchids of North America north of Mexico. 

Chronica Botanica,Waltham, MA. 

_____. 1956. Ferns and fern allies of Texas. Texas Research 

Foundation,Renner. 

_____. 1961a. Orchidaceae. In: C.L. Lundell, ed. Flora of Texas 


_____. 1961b. Salicaceae: Populus. In:C.L. Lundell, ed. Flora of 


_____. 1965. Some additions and contributions to the flora of 

Texas.Wrightia 3:126–140. 

_____. 1966a. Pteridophyta. In: C.L. Lundell, ed. Flora of Texas 


_____. 1966b. Gymnospermae. In: C.L. Lundell, ed. Flora of Texas 


_____. 1971. Lloyd Herbert Shinners—A portrait. Brittonia 

23:101–104. 

_____. 1972. The soils and vegetation of a relict area of 

Blackland Prairie. Part II: An investigation of the vegetational 

composition of the Stults Meadow. Renner Res. Rep. 


_____ and H.B. CORRELL. 1972. Aquatic and wetland plants of 

southwestern United States. U.S. Environmental Protection 

Agency. U.S. Government Printing Office,Washington, D.C. 

CORRELL,D.S.and M.C. JOHNSTON. 1970. Manual of the vascular 

plants of Texas.Texas Research Foundation, Renner. 

_____ and _____. 1972. Manual of the vascular plants of Texas: 

I.Additions and corrections.Amer.Midl.Naturalist 88:490–496. 

CORY, V.L. 1940. Six thistles recently introduced into Texas. 

Madroño 5:200–202. 

_____. 1943. The genus Styrax in central and western Texas. 

Madroño 7:110–115. 

_____. 1946.The genus Palafoxia in Texas. Rhodora 48:84–86. 

_____. 1947. Old World plants apparently recently introduced 

into Texas. Madroño 9:64. 

_____. 1948a. Some first records of plant species collected in 

Texas. Field & Lab. 16:82–89. 

_____. 1948b. Curly mesquite grass in Texas and northern 

Mexico.Wrightia 1:214–217. 

_____. 1949. The disappearance of plant species from the 

range in Texas. Field & Lab. 17:99–115. 

_____. 1950.Additional records of plants introduced into Texas. 

Field & Lab. 18:89–92. 

_____ and H.B. PARKS. 1937. Catalogue of the flora of the state 

of Texas.Texas Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. No. 550. 

COUGHENOUR, M.B.1985. Graminoid response to grazing by 

large herbivores: Adaptations, exaptations, and interacting 

processes. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 72:852–863. 

COULTER, J.M.1891–1894. Botany of western Texas. Contr. U.S. 

Natl. Herb. 2:1–588.

_____ and W.H. EVANS. 1890. A revision of the North American 

Cornaceae. Bot. Gaz. (Crawfordsville) 15:30–38, 86–97. 

COULTER, J.M.and J.N. ROSE. 1900. Monograph of the North 

American Umbelliferae. Contr. U.S. Natl. Herb. 7:1–256. 

COVAS, G. 1949. Taxonomic observations on the North 

American species of Hordeum.Madroño 10:1–21. 

COVILLE,F.V.1890. Revision of the United States species of the 

genus Fuirena. Bull.Torrey Bot. Club 17:1–8. 

_____ and N.L. BRITTON. 1908. Grossulariaceae. N. Amer. Fl. 

22:193–225. 

COX,C.B.and P.D. MOORE. 1993. Biogeography: An ecological 

and evolutionary approach, 5th ed. Blackwell Scientific 

Publications, Oxford, England, U.K. 

COX, P.A.1988. Hydrophilous pollination. Ann. Rev. Ecol. Syst. 

19:261–279. 

COX,P.B.and L.E. URBATSCH.1990.A phylogenetic analysis of the 

coneflower genera (Asteraceae: Heliantheae). Syst. Bot. 

15:394–402. 

_____. 1994. A taxonomic revision of Rudbeckia sub. Macrocline 

(Asteraceae:Heliantheae:Rudbeckiinae).Castanea 59:300–318. 

COX,P.W.and P. LESLIE. 1991.Texas trees. Corona Publishing Co., 

San Antonio,TX. 

CRAGG,G.M., M.R. BOYD,M.R.GREVER, and S.A. SCHEPARTZ. 1995. 

Pharmaceutical prospecting and the potential for pharmaceutical 

crops, natural product drug discovery and development 

at the United States National Cancer Institute. 


CRAIG, R.T.1945. The Mammillaria handbook. Abbey Garden 

Press, Pasadena, CA. 

CRANE,P.R.and P. KENRICK. 1997.Problems in cladistic classification: 

Higher-level relationships in land plants. Aliso 15:87–104. 

CRANFILL, R.B.1993a. Dennstaedtiaceae. In: Flora of North 

America Editorial Committee, eds. Fl. North Amer. 


_____. 1993b. Blechnaceae. In: Flora of North America Editorial 



CRAWFORD, D.J.1975. Systematic relationships in the narrowleaved 

species of Chenopodium of the western United 

States. Brittonia 27:279–288. 

_____, J.D. PALMER, and M. KOBAYASHI. 1992. Chloroplast DNA 

restriction site variation and the evolution of the annual 

habit in North American Coreopsis (Asteraceae). In: P.S. 

Soltis,D.E.Soltis,and J.J.Doyle,eds.Molecular Systematics of 

Plants. Pp. 280–294. Chapman and Hall, New York. 

CRAWFORD, D.J.and E.B. SMITH. 1982. Allozyme divergence 

between Coreopsis basalis and C. wrightii (Compositae). Syst. 

Bot. 7:359–364. 

____ and _____. 1984. Allozyme divergence and intraspecific 

variation in Coreopsis grandiflora (Compositae). Syst. Bot. 

9:219–225. 

CRAWFORD, D.J.and H.D. WILSON. 1986. Chenopodium. In:Great 

Plains Flora Association. Flora of the Great Plains. Pp. 166–173. 

Univ. Press of Kansas, Lawrence. 

CRENSHAW,T.C. 1983.Texas blackland heritage.Texian Press,Waco,TX. 

CRINS,W.J.1989. The Tamaricaceae in the southeastern United 

COULTER & ROSE/LITERATURE CITED 1469 


_____. 1990. Phylogenetic considerations below the sectional 

level in Carex.Canad. J. Bot. 68:1433–1440. 

_____. 1991.The genera of Paniceae (Gramineae: Panicoideae) 

in the southeastern United States.J.Arnold Arbor.Supp.Ser. 

1:171–312. 

CRISPEELS, M.J.and D. SADAVA. 1977. Plants, food, and people. 

W.H. Freeman and Co., San Francisco, CA. 

CROAT,T. 1972. Solidago canadensis complex in the Great Plains. 


CROMPTON, C.W.,I.V.HALL, K.I.N. JENSEN, and P.D. HILDEBRAND. 

1988. The biology of Canadian weeds. 83. Hypericum perforatum 

L. Canad. J. Plant Sci. 68:149–162. 

CRONK,Q.C.B. and J.L.FULLER. 1995.Plant invaders:The threat to 

natural ecosystems. Chapman and Hall, New York. 

CRONQUIST,A.1943.The separation of Erigeron from Conyza.Bull. 

Torrey Bot. Club 70:629–632. 

_____. 1945.Studies in the Sapotaceae,III. Dipholis and Bumelia. 


_____. 1946. Studies in the Sapotaceae, II Survey of the North 

American genera. Lloydia 9:241–292. 

_____. 1947. A revision of the North American species of 

Erigeron north of Mexico. Brittonia 6:121–302. 

_____. 1977.The Compositae revisited. Brittonia 29:137–153. 

_____. 1980. Asteraceae. Vascular flora of the southeastern 

United States 1:1–261. The Univ. of North Carolina Press, 

Chapel Hill. 

_____. 1981.An integrated system of classification of flowering 

plants. Columbia Univ. Press, New York. 

_____. 1985. History of generic concepts in the Compositae. 

Taxon 34:6–10. 

_____. 1988. The evolution and classification of flowering 

plants, 2nd ed. New York Bot. Garden, Bronx. 

_____. 1993. A commentary on the general system of classification 

of flowering plants. In: Flora of North America 



_____, A.H. HOLMGREN, N.H.HOLMGREN, J.L.REVEAL, and P.K. 

HOLMGREN.1977.Intermountain flora:Vascular plants of the intermountain 

west, U.S.A.Vol. 6. Columbia Univ. Press, New York. 

CRONQUIST,A.and D.D. KECK. 1957. A reconstitution of the genus 

Machaeranthera.Brittonia 9:231–239. 

CRONQUIST,A.and R.F. THORNE. 1994. Nomenclatural and taxonomic 

history. In: H.-D. Behnke and T.J. Mabry, eds. 

Caryophyllales: Evolution and systematics. Pp. 5–25. 

Springer-Verlag, New York. 

CROSSWHITE,F.S.1980.Dry country plants of the south Texas Plains. 

Desert Pl.2:141–179. 

_____. 1982. Corn (Zea mays) in relation to its wild relatives. 

Desert Pl. 3:193–201. 

_____. 1983. Selenium and Castilleja.Desert Pl. 5:96. 

_____. 1984. Crassulacean acid metabolism. Desert Pl. 5:192. 

_____ and C.D. CROSSWHITE 1981. Hummingbirds as pollinators 

of flowers in the red-yellow segment of the color spectrum, 

with special reference to Penstemon and the “open 

habitat.”Desert Pl. 3:156–170.

1470 LITERATURE CITED/CROSTHWAITE 

_____ and _____.1985.The southwestern pipevine (Aristolochia 

watsonii) in relation to snakeroot oil, swallowtail butterflies, 

and Ceratopogonid flies. Desert Pl. 6:203–207. 

_____ and _____. 1997. Muhly grasses and the Muhlenberg 

Family, with notes on the Pietist movement and Pietistic 

ecology. Desert Pl. 13:3–13. 

CROSTHWAITE, J.A.(ANDREW). Personal communication. Nature 

photographer and dentist, Sherman, TX; instructor at 

Austin College of Tropical Natural History classes in Central 

America, South America, and Africa. 

CROSTHWAITE, S. (SALLY). Personal communication. Botanist 

trained at Vanderbilt and Columbia,plant collector in north 

TX, and former instructor at Austin College, Sherman, TX; 

retired, Grayson Co.,TX. 

CROW, G.E. 1978. A taxonomic revision of Sagina 

(Caryophyllaceae) in North America. Rhodora 80:1–91. 

_____. 1979.The systematic significance of seed morphology 

in Sagina (Caryophyllaceae) under scanning electron 

microscopy. Brittonia 31:52–63. 

CULVER,D.C.and A.J. BEATTIE. 1980. The fate of Viola seeds dispersed 

by ants. Amer. J. Bot. 67:710–714. 

CUTLER,H.C.1939. Monograph of the North American species 

of the genus Ephedra.Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 26:373–428. 

_____ and E. ANDERSON. 1941. A preliminary survey of the 

genus Tripsacum.Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 28:249–269. 

DAHLGREN,R.M.T., H.T. CLIFFORD, and P.F. YEO. 1985. The families 

of the monocotyledons. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 

Heidelberg. 

DAHLING,G.V.1978. Systematics and evolution of Garrya.Contr. 

Gray Herb. 209:1–104. 

DALLAS PETROLEUM GEOLOGISTS. 1941. Geology of Dallas County 


DALLIMORE,W. and A.B.JACKSON. 1931.A handbook of Coniferae 

including Ginkgoaceae. Edward Arnold & Co., London, 

England, U.K. 

DANIEL, T.F. 1980. Range extensions of Carlowrightia 

(Acanthaceae) and a key to the species of the United 

States. SouthW. Naturalist 25:425–426. 

_____. 1983. Carlowrightia (Acanthaceae). Fl. Neotrop. Monogr. 

34:1–116. 

_____. 1984. The Acanthaceae of the southwestern United 

States. Desert Pl. 5:162–179. 

_____. 1993. Garryaceae. In: J.C. Hickman, ed. The Jepson manual: 

Higher plants of California. Pp. 664–666. Univ. of 


DAOUD, H.S.and R.L. WILBUR. 1965. A revision of the North 

American species of Helianthemum (Cistaceae). Rhodora 

67:63–82, 201–216, 255–312. 

DARBYSHIRE, S.J. 1993. Realignment of Festuca subgenus 

Schedonorus with the genus Lolium (Poaceae). Novon 

3:239–243. 

_____ and J. CAYOUETTE. 1989.The biology of Canadian weeds. 

92. Danthonia spicata (L.) Beauv.in Roem.& Schult.Canad.J. 

Plant Sci. 69:1217–1233. 

DARBYSHIRE, S.J.and S.I. WARWICK. 1992. Phylogeny of North 

American Festuca (Poaceae) and related genera using 

chloroplast DNA restriction site variation. Canad. J. Bot. 

70:2415–2429. 

D’ARCY, W.G.,ed. 1986. Solanaceae biology and systematics. 

Columbia Univ. Press, New York. 

_____ and H. ESHBAUGH. 1973.The name for the common bird 

pepper. Phytologia 25:350. 

DARLINGTON,J.1934.A monograph of the genus Mentzelia.Ann. 


DARWIN,S.P.1976. The subfamilial, tribal and subtribal nomenclature 

of the Rubiaceae.Taxon 25:595–610. 

DAUBENMIRE, R.F.1974. Plants and environment, a textbook of 

plant autecology, 3rd ed. John Wiley and Sons, New York. 

DAVENPORT,L.J.1988. A monograph of Hydrolea (Hydrophyllaceae). 

Rhodora 90:169–208. 

DAVEY,J.C.and W.D. CLAYTON. 1978. Some multiple discriminant 

function studies on Oplismenus (Gramineae). Kew 

Bull. 33:147–157. 

DAVIES,D.1992. Alliums: The ornamental onions. Timber Press, 

Portland, OR. 

DAVIES,R.S.1980. Introgression between Elymus canadensis L. and 

E. virginicus L. (Triticeae, Poaceae) in South Central United 

States. Ph.D. dissertation,Texas A&M Univ., College Station. 

DAVILA,P.D.1988.Systematic revision of the genus Sorghastrum 

(Poaceae: Androgpogoneae). Ph.D. dissertation, Iowa State 

Univ., Ames. 

DAVIS,A.S., J. SNOWDEN, and G. STANFORD. 1995. Switchgrass, 

Panicum virgatum L.: Are there two varieties? An enquiry 

from the Native Prairies Association of Texas.In:Native Plant 

Society of Texas.The tallgrass prairies and its many ecosystems. 

Pp. 88–92. 1995 Symposium Proceedings,Waco. 

DAVIS,J.I.1995. A phylogenetic structure for the monocotyledons, 

as inferred from chloroplast DNA restriction site variation,and 

a comparison of measures of clade support.Syst. 

Bot. 20:503–527. 

DAVIS,P.H.and J. CULLEN. 1979. The identification of flowering 

plant families including a key to those native and cultivated 

in north temperate regions, 2nd ed. Cambridge Univ. 

Press, Cambridge, England, U.K. 

DAVIS,T.D. 1997. Benny J. Simpson. Sida 17:855–860. 

DAVIS,W.B. and D.J. SCHMIDLY. 1994. The mammals of Texas. 

Texas Parks & Wildlife Department, Nongame and Urban 

Program, Austin. 

DECKER, D.S.1988. Origin(s), evolution, and systematics of 

Cucurbita pepo (Cucurbitaceae). Econ. Bot. 42:4–15. 

_____ and H.D. WILSON. 1986. Numerical analysis of seed morphology 

in Cucurbita pepo.Syst. Bot. 11:595–607. 

_____ and _____. 1987. Allozyme variation in the Cucurbita 

pepo complex: C. pepo var. ovifera vs. C. texana. Syst.Bot. 

12:263–273. 

DECKER-WALTERS, D.S.1990. Evidence for multiple domestication 

of Cucurbita pepo. In: D.M. Bates, R.W. Robinson, and C. 

Jeffrey,eds.Biology and utilization of the Cucurbitaceae.Pp. 

96–101. Cornell Univ. Press, Ithaca, NY. 

DEFILIPPS, R.A.1976. Hypochoeris. In:Tutin, T.G., V.H. Heywood, 

N.A.Burges,D.M.Moore,D.H.Valentine,S.M.Walters,and D.A. 

Webb, eds. Flora Europaea 4:308–310.

DEJONG, D.C.D. 1965. A systematic study of the genus 

Astranthium (Compositae, Astereae). Publ. Mus. Michigan 

State Univ., Biol. Ser. 2:429–528. 

DELAHOUSSAYE, J.A.and J.W. THIERET. 1967. Cyperus subgenus 

Kyllinga (Cyperaceae) in the Continental United States.Sida 

3:128–136. 

DELCOURT, P.A.and H.R. DELCOURT. 1993. Paleoclimates, paleovegetation, 

and paleofloras during the late Quaternary. In: 

Flora of North America Editorial Committee, eds. Fl. North 

Amer. 1:71–94. Oxford Univ. Press, New York and Oxford. 

DELISLE, D.G.1963. Taxonomy and distribution of the genus 

Cenchrus.Iowa State J. Sci. 37:259–351. 

DEN HARTOG, C.and F. VAN DER PLAS. 1970. A synopsis of the 

Lemnaceae. Blumea 18:355–368. 

DENNIS,W.M. 1976. A biosystematic study of Clematis section 

Viorna subsection Viornae. Ph.D. dissertation, Univ. of 

Tennessee, Knoxville. 

_____ and D.H.WEBB. 1981.The distribution of Pilularia americana 

A.Br.(Marsileaceae) in North America, north of Mexico.Sida 

9:19–24. 

DENTON, M.F.1978. A taxonomic treatment of the Luzulae 

group of Cyperus.Contr. Univ. Michigan Herb. 11:197–271. 

DEPAMPHILIS,C.W.and R. WYATT. 1989. Hybridization and introgression 

in buckeyes (Aesculus: Hippocastanaceae): A 

review of the evidence and a hypothesis to explain longdistance 

gene flow. Syst. Bot. 14:593–611. 

DE QUEIROZ, K.D. 1997. The Linnaean hierarchy and the evolutionization 

of taxonomy, with emphasis on the problem of 

nomenclature. Aliso 15:125–144. 

_____ and J. GAUTHIER. 1992. Phylogenetic taxonomy. Annual 

Rev. Ecol. Syst. 23:449–480. 

DESMARIS, Y. 1952. Dynamics of leaf variation in the sugar 

maples. Brittonia 7:347–387. 

DESROCHERS,A.M., J.F. BAIN, and S.I.WARWICK. 1988.The biology 

of Canadian weeds. 89. Carduus nutans L. and Carduus 

acanthoides L. Canad. J. Plant Sci. 68:1053–1068. 

DETLING,L.E.1939. A revision of the North American species of 

Descurainia.Amer. Midl. Naturalist 22:481–520. 

DE WET,J.M.J. 1981.Grasses and the culture history of man.Ann. 


_____ and J.R. HARLAN. 1970. Biosystematics of Cynodon L.C. 

Rich. (Gramineae).Taxon 19:565–569. 

DEWEY,D.R.1975. The origin of Agropyron smithii.Amer.J.Bot. 

62:524–530. 

_____. 1982. Genomic and phylogenetic relationships among 

North American perennial Triticeae.In:J.R.Estes, R.J.Tyrl, and 

J.N. Brunken, eds. Grasses and grasslands: Systematics and 

ecology. Pp. 51–88. Univ. of Oklahoma Press, Norman. 

_____. 1983. New nomenclatural combinations in the North 

American perennial Triticeae (Gramineae).Brittonia 35:30–33. 

DEWOLF,G.P.1955. A note on the name Calamintha.Rhodora 

57:73–78. 

DE-YUAN,H.1983. The distribution of Scrophulariaceae in the 

Holarctic with special reference to the floristic relationships 

between eastern Asia and eastern North America. Ann. 


DEJONG/LITERATURE CITED 1471 

DIAMOND,D.D.,D.H. RISKIND, and S.L. ORZELL. 1987.A framework 

for plant community classification and conservation in 

Texas.Texas J. Sci. 39:203–221. 

DIAMOND, D.D.and F.E. SMEINS. 1985. Composition, classification, 

and species response patterns of remnant tallgrass 

prairie in Texas. Amer. Midl. Naturalist 113:294–309. 

_____ and _____. 1993. The native plant communities of the 

Blackland Prairie. In: M.R. Sharpless and J.C. Yelderman, eds. 

The Texas Blackland Prairie, land, history, and culture. Pp. 

66–81. Baylor Univ. Program for Regional Studies,Waco,TX. 

DICK, G.(GARY). Personal communication. Research scientist. 

U.S.Army Corps of Engineers.Lewisville Aquatic Ecosystem 

Research Facility, Lewisville,TX. 

DICKINSON, T.A. and C.S. CAMPBELL. 1991a. Evolution in the 

Maloideae (Rosaceae)—Introduction. Syst. Bot. 16:299–302. 

_____ and _____. 1991b. Population structure and reproductive 

ecology in the Maloideae (Rosaceae). Syst. Bot. 16:350–362. 

DIETRICH,W. and W.L.WAGNER. 1987.New taxa of Oenothera L.sect. 

Oenothera (Onagraceae). Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 74:144-150. 

_____ and _____. 1988. Systematics of Oenothera section 

Oenothera subsection Raimannia and subsection 

Nutantigemma (Onagraceae). Syst. Bot. Monogr. 24:1–91. 

_____, _____, and P.H. RAVEN. 1997. Systematics of Oenothera 

section Oenothera subsection Oenothera (Onagraceae). 

Syst. Bot. Monogr. 50:1–234. 

DIGGS, G.M., JR. 1982. The Campanulaceae (including 

Lobelioideae) of Virginia. Virginia J. Sci. 33:206-221. 

_____, R.J.O’KENNON,and B.L.LIPSCOMB. 1997. Hypochaeris glabra,a 

new Asteraceae for Texas.Sida 17:633–634. 

DIGGS,G.M.,JR., C.E.S.TAYLOR,and R.J.TAYLOR. 1997.Chaenorrhinum 

minus (Scrophulariaceae) new to Texas.Sida 17:631–632. 

DILCHER,D.1998.The geological history of the SE United States 

and its influence upon the vegetation. Flora of the 

Southeast US Symposium, Botanical Research Institute of 

Texas, 23–25 April 1998. Abstract. 

DIMICHELE,W.A. and J.E.SKOG. 1992.The Lycopsida:A symposium. 


DIXON,J.R.1987. Amphibians and reptiles of Texas. Texas A&M 

Press, College Station. 

DO, L.H., W.C. HOLMES, and J.R. SINGHURST. 1996. New county 

records for Bellardia trixago (Scrophulariaceae) in Texas. 

Sida 17:295–297. 

DOEBLEY, J.F.1990. Molecular evidence and the evolution of 

maize. Econ. Bot. 44 (Suppl.):6–27. 

_____. 1996. Genetic dissection of the morphological evolution 

of maize. Aliso 14:297–304. 

_____ and H.H. ILTIS. 1980.Taxonomy of Zea I. Subgeneric classification 

with key to taxa. Amer. J. Bot. 67:982–993. 

DOMÍNGUEZ, X.A., R. FRANCO, J.VERDE S., A. ZAMUDIO, and E.Y. 

GUEVARA Z. 1984. Coumarins from desert rue Thamnosma 

texana (Gray) Torr. Rev. Latinoamer. Quim. 15:138–139. 

DONOGHUE,M.J.1983.A preliminary analysis of phylogenetic relationships 

in Viburnum (Caprifoliaceae s.l.). Syst. Bot. 8:45–58. 

_____, R.G. OLMSTEAD, J.F. SMITH, and J.D. PALMER. 1992. 

Phylogenetic relationships of Dipsacales based on rbcL 

sequences. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 79:333–345.

1472 LITERATURE CITED/DORADO ET AL. 

DORADO, O.ET AL. (multiple authors). 1996. The Arbol del Tule 

(Taxodium mucronatum Ten.) is a single genetic individual. 

Madroño 43:445–452. 

DORN, R.D.1976. A synopsis of American Salix. Canad. J. Bot. 

54:2769–2789. 

_____. 1988. Chenopodium simplex,an older name for C.gigantospermum 

(Chenopodiaceae). Madroño 35:162. 

DORR, L.J.(LAURENCE). Personal communication. Specialist in 

botanical biography and bibliography, Ericaceae, and 

Malvales. Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 

DORR, L.J.1990. A revision of the North American genus 

Callirhoe (Malvaceae). Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 56:1–76. 

_____. 1997. Botanical libraries and herbaria in North America. 

4. The Samuel Botsford Buckley—Rebecca Mann Dean 

mystery.Taxon 46:661–687. 

_____ and K.C. NIXON. 1985.Typification of the oak (Quercus) taxa 

described by S.B. Buckley (1809–1884).Taxon 34:211–228. 

DOWNIE,S.R.and J.D. PALMER. Restriction site mapping of the 

chloroplast DNA inverted repeat: A molecular phylogeny 

of the Asteridae. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 79:266–283. 

_____ and _____. 1994. A chloroplast DNA phylogeny of the 

Caryophyllales based on structural and inverted repeat 

restriction site variation. Syst. Bot. 19:236–252. 

DOYLE,J.A.1996. Seed plant phylogeny and the relationships 

of Gnetales. In: W.E. Friedman (symposium organizer). 

Biology and evolution of the Gnetales. Int. J. Pl. Sci. 157 

(Nov. 1996 suppl.):S3–S39. 

_____, M.J. DONOGHUE, and E.A. ZIMMER. 1994. Integration of 

morphological and ribosomal RNA data on the origin of 

angiosperms. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 81:419–450. 

DOYLE, J.J. 1983. Flavonoid races of Claytonia virginica 

(Portulacaceae). Amer. J. Bot. 70:1085–1091. 

_____. 1984. Karyotypic variation of eastern North American 

Claytonia chemical races. Amer. J. Bot. 71:970–978. 

DRAPALIK, D.J. and R.H. MOHLENBROCK. 1960. A study of 

Eleocharis,series Ovatae.Amer. Midl. Naturalist 64:339–341. 

DRESSLER,R.L.1981.The orchids: Natural history and classification. 

Harvard Univ. Press, Cambridge, MA. 

DUKE,J.A.1973. Utilization of Papaver.Econ. Bot. 27:390–400. 

_____. 1981. Handbook of legumes of world economic importance. 

Plenum, New York. 

_____. 1985. CRC handbook of medicinal herbs. CRC Press, Inc., 

Boca Raton, FL. 

DUNCAN, T.A. 1980. A taxonomic study of the Ranunculus 

hispidus Michx. complex in the Western Hemisphere. Univ. 

Calif. Publ. Bot. 77:1–125. 

_____ and C.S. KEENER. 1991. A classification of the 

Ranunculaceae with special reference to the Western 

Hemisphere. Phytologia 70:24–27. 

DUNCAN,W.H. 1959. Leaf variation in Liquidambar styraciflua L. 

Castanea 24:99–111. 

_____. 1964. New Elatine (Elatinaceae) populations in the 

southeastern United States. Rhodora 66:48–53. 

_____. 1967. Woody vines of the southeastern states.Sida 3:1–76. 

_____. 1979. Changes in Galactia (Fabaceae) of the southeastern 

United States. Sida 8:170–180. 

_____ and D.W. DEJONG. 1964. Taxonomy and heterostyly of 

North American Gelsemium (Loganiaceae).Sida 1:346–357. 

DUNCAN, W.H., P.L. PIERCY, S.D.FEURT, and R. STARLING. 1957. 

Toxicological studies of southeastern plants.II.Compositae. 

Econ. Bot. 11:75–85. 

DUTTON, B.E.,C.S.KEENER, and B.A. FORD. 1997. Anemone. In: 



DUVALL,M.R.and J.F. DOEBLEY. 1990. Restriction site variation in 

the chloroplast genome of Sorghum (Poaceae). Syst. Bot. 

15:472–480. 

DUVALL, M.R.et al. (multiple authors). 1993. Phylogenetic 

hypotheses for the monocotyledons constructed from 

rbcL sequence data. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 80:607–619. 

DYAL,S.C.1938.Valerianella of North America.Rhodora 40:185–212. 

DYKES, W.R. 1913. The genus Iris. Cambridge Univ. Press, 

Cambridge, England, U.K. Reprinted in 1974 by Dover 

Publications Inc., New York. 

DYKSTERHUIS,E.J.1946.The vegetation of the Fort Worth Prairie. 

Ecol. Monogr. 16:1–29. 

_____. 1948.The vegetation of the Western Cross Timbers.Ecol. 

Monogr. 18:325–376. 

EASTERLY, N.W.1957. A morphological study of Ptilimnium. 


EBINGER,J.E.1962.Validity of the grass species Digitaria adscendens. 


ECKENWALDER, J.E.1976. Re-evaluation of Cupressaceae and 

Taxodiaceae: A proposed merger. Madroño 23:237–256. 

_____. 1977. North American cottonwoods (Populus,Salicaceae) 

of sections Abaso and Aigeiros.J.Arnold Arbor. 58:193–208. 

_____. 1993. Gymnosperms.In:Flora of North America Editorial 



_____ and S.C.H. BARRETT. 1986. Phylogenetic systematics of 

Pontederiaceae. Syst. Bot. 11:373–391. 

EDWARDS, A.L.and R. WYATT. 1994. Population genetics of the 

rare Asclepias texana and its widespread sister species, A. 

perennis.Syst. Bot. 19:291–307. 

EGGER,M.1994 [1995]. New natural hybrid combinations and 

comments on interpretation of hybrid populations in 

Castilleja (Scrophulariaceae). Phytologia 77:381–389. 

EGGERS,D.M.1969. A revision of Valerianella in North America. 

Ph.D. dissertation, Vanderbilt Univ., Nashville,TN. 

EGGERS-WARE, D.M. (DONNA). Personal communication. 

Specialist in Valerianella (Valerianaceae), floristics of Virginia 

coastal plain, and endangered species; curator, College of 

William and Mary,Williamsburg,VA. 

EGGERS-WARE,D.M.1983. Genetic fruit polymorphism in North 

American Valerianella (Valerianaceae) and its taxonomic 

implications. Syst. Bot. 8:33–44. 

EGOLF,D.R.1962. A cytological study of the genus Viburnum.J. 

Arnold Arbor. 43:132–172. 

EIDSON, J.A.(JAMES). Personal communication. North Texas 

Land Steward,The Nature Conservancy of Texas. 

EITEN,G.1955.The typification of the names “Oxalis corniculata 

L.”and “Oxalis stricta L.”Taxon 4:99–105.

_____. 1963.Taxonomy and regional variation of Oxalis section 

Corniculatae. I.Introduction, keys and synopsis of the 

species. Amer. Midl. Naturalist 69:257–309. 

ELIAS,T.S. 1970. The genera of Ulmaceae in the southeastern 


_____. 1971a. The genera of Fagaceae in the southeastern 


_____. 1971b. The genera of Myricaceae in the southeastern 


_____. 1972. The genera of Juglandaceae in the southeastern 


_____. 1974.The genera of Mimosoideae (Leguminosae) in the 


_____. 1977. Threatened and endangered species problems 

in North America. An overview. In: G.T. Prance and T.S. 

Elias, eds. Extinction is forever. Pp. 13–16. New York Bot. 

Garden, Bronx. 

_____. 1980. The complete trees of North America. Van 

Nostrand Reinhold, New York. 

_____. 1989. Field guide to North American Trees. Grolier Book 

Clubs Inc., Danbury, CT. 

ELISENS, W.J. 1985. Monograph of the Maurandyinae 

(Scrophulariaceae–Antirrhineae). Syst. Bot. Monogr. 5:1–97. 

_____, R.D. BOYD, and A.D.WOLFE. 1992. Genetic and morphological 

divergence among varieties of Aphanostephus skirrhobasis 

(Asteraceae-Astereae) and related species with 

different chromosome numbers. Syst. Bot. 17:380–394. 

ELLIS,M.D.1975. Poisonous plants. In: M.D. Ellis, ed. Dangerous 

plants, snakes, arthropods & marine life of Texas. Pp. 3–120. 

U.S. Dept. of Health, Education, and Welfare, Public Health 

Service. U.S. Government Printing Office,Washington, D.C. 

ELLSTRAND, N.C.and D.A. LEVIN. 1980. Evolution of Oenothera 

laciniata (Onagraceae), a permanent translocation heterozygote. 

Syst. Bot. 5:6–16. 

EMBODEN,W.A. 1974. Cannabis—a polytypic genus. Econ. Bot. 

28:304–310. 

EMERY, W.H.P. 1957a. A cyto-taxonomic study of Setaria 

macrostachya (Gramineae) and its relatives in the southwestern 

United States and Mexico. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 

84:94–105. 

_____. 1957b. A study of reproduction in Setaria macrostachya 

and its relatives in the southwestern United States and 

northern Mexico. Bull.Torrey Bot. Club 84:106–121. 

ENDRESS,P.K.1989. A suprageneric taxonomic classification of 

the Hamamelidaceae.Taxon 38:371–376. 

_____. 1993. Hamamelidaceae. In: K. Kubitzki, J.C. Rohwer, and V. 

Bittrich, eds.The families and genera of vascular plants,Vol. 

II. Pp. 322–331. Springer-Verlag, Berlin. 

_____. 1994. Evolutionary aspects of the floral structure in 

Ceratophyllum.Pl. Syst. Evol. 8:175–183. 

_____ and V. BITTRICH. 1993. Molluginaceae. In: K. Kubitzki, J.C. 



ENGEL, V.S. 1997. Saprophytic orchids of Dallas. North Amer. 

Native Orchid J. 3:156–167. 

ENGELMANN,G.1868. A revision of the North American species 

ELIAS/LITERATURE CITED 1473 

of the genus Juncus,with a description of new or imperfectly 

known species.Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis 2:424–498. 

_____ and A. GRAY.1845.Plantae Lindheimerianae:An enumeration 

of F. Lindheimer’s collection of Texan plants, with 

remarks and descriptions of new species, etc. Boston J. Nat. 

Hist. 5:210–264. 

_____ and _____. 1850. Plantae Lindheimerianae, Part II. An 

account of a collection of plants made by F. Lindheimer in 

the western part of Texas, in the years 1845–6, and 1847–8, 

with critical remarks, descriptions of new species, etc. 

Boston J. Nat. Hist. 6:141–240. 

EPLING, C.1934. Preliminary revision of American Stachys. 

Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. Beih. 80:1–75. 

_____. 1938–1939. A revision of Salvia,subgenus Calosphace. 

Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. Beih. 110:1–380. 

_____. 1939. Notes on the Scutellariae of eastern North 

America. I. Amer. J. Bot. 26:17–24. 

_____. 1942. The American species of Scutellaria. Univ. Calif. 

Publ. Bot. 20:1–146. 

_____ and C. JÁTIVA. 1964. Revisión del género Satureja en 

America del Sur. Brittonia 16:393–416. 

_____ and _____. 1966. A descriptive key to the species of 

Satureja indigenous to North America. Brittonia 18:244–248. 

EPLING,C.and W.S. STEWART. 1939. A revision of Hedeoma with 

a review of allied genera. Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 

Beih. 115:1–49. 

ERBE,L.1957. Studies on the crossability of Lupinus texensis and 

Lupinus subcarnosus.Madroño 14:17–18. 

_____ and B.L. TURNER. 1962. A biosystematic study of the 

Phlox cuspidata-Phlox drummondii complex. Amer. Midl. 


ERDMAN,K.S.1965. Taxonomy of the genus Sphenopholis.Iowa 

State J. Sci. 39:289–336. 

ERHARDT,W. 1992. Hemerocallis:Day lilies.Timber Press,Portland,OR. 

ERICHSEN-BROWN, C.1979. Medicinal and other uses of North 

American plants. Dover Publications, Inc., New York. 

ERICKSON,R.O.1943.Taxonomy of Clematis section Viorna.Ann. 


ERNST,W.R. 1962.The genera of Papaveraceae and Fumariaceae in 


_____. 1963a.The genera of Capparaceae and Moringaceae in 


_____. 1963b. The genera of Hamamelidaceae and Platanaceae 


_____. 1964a. The genera of Berberidaceae, Lardizabalaceae, 

and Menispermaceae in the southeastern United States. J. 


_____. 1964b. The genus Eschscholzia in the south Coast 

Ranges of California. Madroño 17:281–294. 

_____ and H.J. THOMPSON. 1963. The Loasaceae in the southeastern 


ERTTER, B.(BARBARA). Personal communication. Specialist in 

floristics of the western U.S., Juncaceae, Polygonaceae, and 

Rosaceae. Univ. of California, Berkeley. 

ESSIG,F.B.1992. Seedling morphology in Clematis (Ranunculaceae) 

and its taxonomic implications.Sida 15:377–390.

1474 LITERATURE CITED/ESTES & TYRL 

ESTES,J.R.and R.J.TYRL. 1982. The generic concept and generic 

circumscription in the Triticeae: An end paper. In: J.R. 

Estes, R.J. Tyrl, and J.N. Brunken. Grasses and grasslands: 

Systematics and ecology. Pp. 145–164. Univ. of Oklahoma 

Press, Norman. 

_____, _____, and J.N. BRUNKEN. 1982. Grasses and grasslands: 

Systematics and ecology.Univ.of Oklahoma Press,Norman. 

EYDE,R.H.1959.The discovery and naming of the genus Nyssa. 

Rhodora 61:209–218. 

_____. 1963. Morphological and paleobotanical studies on the 

Nyssaceae, I. A survey of the modern species and their 

fruits. J. Arnold Arbor. 44:1–59. 

_____. 1966.The Nyssaceae of the southeastern United States. 


_____. 1987. The case for keeping Cornus in the broad 

Linnaean sense. Syst. Bot. 12:509–518. 

_____ and E.S. BARGHOORN. 1963. Morphological and paleobotanical 

studies of the Nyssaceae, II The fossil record.J.Arnold 

Arbor. 44:328–370. 

EYDE,R.H.and J.A.TEERI. 1967. Floral anatomy of Rhexia virginica 

(Melastomataceae). Rhodora 69:163–178. 

EYDE, R.H.and C.C. TSENG. 1971. What is the primitive floral 

structure of Araliaceae? J. Arnold Arbor. 52:205–239. 

EWAN,J.1945. A synopsis of the North American species of 

Delphinium.Univ. Colorado Stud., Ser. D, Phys. Sci. 2:55–244. 

_____. 1951. The genus Delphinium in North America: 

Supplementary notes and distribution records. Bull. Torrey 

Bot. Club 78:376–381. 

FADEN, R.B.,(ROBERT). Personal communication. Specialist in 

Commelinaceae and the flora of tropical Africa. 

Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 

FADEN,R.B.1985.Commelinaceae.In:R.M.T.Dahlgren,H.T.Clifford, 

and P.F.Yeo.The families of the monocotyledons.Pp.381–387. 

Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg. 

_____. 1989. Commelina caroliniana (Commelinaceae): A misunderstood 

species in the United States is an old introduction 

from Asia.Taxon 38:43–53. 

_____. 1992. Commelinaceae. Unpublished manuscript of 

forthcoming Flora of North America treatment. 

_____. 1993.The misconstrued and rare species of Commelina 

(Commelinaceae) in the eastern United States. Ann. 


_____ and D.R. HUNT. 1991. The classification of the 

Commelinaceae.Taxon 40:19-31. 

FAIREY, J.E., III. 1967. The genus Scleria in the southeastern 

United States. Castanea 32:37–55. 

FANTZ, P.R. 1977. A monograph of the genus Clitoria 

(Leguminosae: Glycineae). Ph.D. dissertation, Univ. of 

Florida, Gainesville. 

_____. 1991. Ethnobotany of Clitoria (Leguminosae). Econ. Bot. 

45:511–520. 

FARR, E.R., J.A. LEUSSINK, and F.A. STAFLEU, eds. 1979. Index 

nominum genericorum (plantarum),Vol.1,Aa–Epochnium. 

Regnum Veg. 100. 

FASSETT, N.C.1944. Dodecatheon in eastern North America. 


_____. 1949. The variations of Polygonum punctatum.Brittonia 

6:369–393. 

_____. 1951. Callitriche in the New World. Rhodora 53:137–155, 

161–182, 185–194, 209–222. 

_____. 1953. A monograph of Cabomba.Castanea 18:116–128. 

_____. 1955. Echinodorus in the American tropics. Rhodora 

57:133–156, 174–188, 202–212. 

FAUST,W.Z. 1972.A biosystematic study of the Interiores species 

group of the genus Vernonia (Compositae). Brittonia 

24:363–378. 

_____ and S.B. JONES,JR. 1973. The systematic value of trichome 

complements in a North American group of Vernonia 

(Compositae). Rhodora 75:517–528. 

FEATHERLY, H.I.1931. A new species of Grama grass. Bot. Gaz. 

(Crawfordsville) 91:103–105. 

_____. 1954.Taxonomic terminology of the higher plants.Iowa 

State College Press, Ames. 

FERGUSON, A.M.1901. Crotons of the United States. Rep. 


FERGUSON, D.J.1989. Revision of the U.S. Members of the 

Echinocereus triglochidiatus group. Cact. Succ. J. (Los 

Angeles) 61:217–224 

FERGUSON, I.K.1965. The genera of the Valerianaceae and 

Dipsacaceae in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold 

Arbor. 46:218–231. 

_____. 1966a.The genera of Caprifoliaceae in the southeastern 


_____. 1966b. Notes on the nomenclature of Cornus.J.Arnold 

Arbor. 47:100–105. 

_____. 1966c. The Cornaceae of the southeastern United 


FERNALD,M.L.1897.A systematic study of the United States and 

Mexican species of Pectis.Proc.Amer.Acad. Arts 33:57–86. 

_____. 1932. The linear leaved North American species of 

Potamogeton,section Axillaries.Mem.Amer.Acad.Arts 17:1–183. 

_____. 1934. Draba in temperate northeastern America. 

Rhodora 36:241–261, 285–305, 314–344, 353–371, 392–404. 

_____. 1935. Geranium carolinianum and allies of northeastern 

North America. Rhodora 37:295–301. 

_____. 1936. Contributions from the Gray Herbarium of 

Harvard University—No. CXIII. II. Pilea in eastern North 

America. Rhodora 38:169–170. 

_____. 1940a. Some spermatophytes of eastern North 


_____. 1940b. A synopsis of Boltonia.Rhodora 42:482–492. 

_____. 1944. The confused publication of Monarda russeliana. 

Rhodora 46:491–493. 

_____. 1946a. The North American representatives of Alisma 

plantago-aquatica.Rhodora 48:86–88. 

_____. 1946b. Identifications and reidentifications of North 

American plants. Rhodora 48:137–162, 184–197, 207–216. 

_____. 1948. Some spermatophytes of eastern North America. 

Rhodora 42:281–302. 

_____. 1950a. Gray’s manual of botany, 8th ed. Reprinted 1987. 

Dioscorides Press, Portland, OR. 

_____. 1950b. Adiantum capillus-veneris in the United States.

Rhodora 52:201–208. 

_____ and A.E. BRACKETT. 1929. The representatives of 

Eleocharis palustris in North America. Rhodora 31:57–77. 

FERNALD, M.L.and B.G. SCHUBERT. 1949. Some identities in 

Breweria.Rhodora 51:35–42. 

FERNANDES,R.1972. Chaenorrhinum. In:T.G.Tutin, V.H. Heywood, 

N.A.Burges,D.M.Moore,D.H.Valentine,S.M.Walters,and D.A. 

Webb, eds. Flora Europaea 3:224–226. Cambridge Univ. 

Press, Cambridge, England, U.K. 

FINAN,J.J.1948. Maize in the great herbals. Ann. Missouri Bot. 

Gard. 35:149–191. 

FISCHER, P.C.1980. The varieties of Coryphantha vivipara. Cact. 

Succ. J. (Los Angeles) 52:186–191. 

FLACK, S.and E. FURLOW. 1996. America’s least wanted. Nat. 

Conservancy Mag. 46(6):17–23. 

FLAKE,R.H., L. URBATSCH, and B.L.TURNER. 1978. Chemical documentation 

of allopatric introgression in Juniperus.Syst.Bot. 

3:129–144. 

FLOOK,J.M.1973. Guide to the botanical contributions of Lloyd 

H. Shinners (1918–1971). Sida 5:137–179. 

_____. 1974. Eula Whitehouse (1892–1974). Sida 5:354. 

FLORA OF NORTH AMERICA EDITORIAL COMMITTEE,eds. 1993. Flora of 

North America north of Mexico, Vol. 2, Pteridophytes and 

Gymnosperms. Oxford Univ. Press, New York. 

_____. 1997. Flora of North America north of Mexico, Vol. 3, 

Magnoliophyta: Magnoliidae and Hamamelidae. Oxford 


FONTEYN, P.J., M.W. STONE, M.A.YANCY, J.T.BACCUS, and N.M. 

NADKARNI. 1988. Determination of community structure by 

fire. In: B.B. Amos and F.R. Gehlbach, eds. Edwards Plateau 

vegetation: Plant ecological studies in central Texas. Pp. 

79–90. Baylor Univ. Press,Waco,TX. 

FORMAN,L.L.1966.On the evolution of cupules in the Fagaceae. 

Kew Bull. 18:385–419. 

FORSHAW,J.M.1977.Parrots of the world. T.F.H. Publications, Inc., 

Neptune, NJ. 

FOSBERG,F.R.1936.Varieties of the desert willow, Chilopsis linearis. 

Madroño 3:362–366. 

_____. 1958. Zanthoxylum L.,“Xanthoxylum Mill.”, and Thylax Raf. 

Taxon 7:94–96. 

_____. 1959.Typification of Zanthoxylum.Taxon 8:103–105. 

FOSTER,K.E.,M.M.KARPISCAK,J.G.TAYLOR, and N.G.WRIGHT. 1983. 

Guayule, jojoba, buffalo gourd and russian thistle: Plant 

characteristics, products and commercialization potential. 

Desert Pl. 5:112–117, 126. 

FOSTER,N.and L.S. CORDELL.1992.Chilies to chocolate:Food the 

Americas gave the world. Univ. of Arizona Press,Tucson. 

FOSTER, R.C.1937. A cyto-taxonomic survey of the North 

American species of Iris.Contr. Gray Herb. 119:3–82. 

_____. 1945. Studies in the Iridaceae. III. A revision of the North 

American species of Nemastylis Nutt. Contr. Gray Herb. 

155:26–44. 

FOSTER,S.1991. Echinacea:Nature’s immune enhancer. Healing 

Arts Press, Rochester,VT. 

FOWLER,B.A.and B.L. TURNER. 1977. Taxonomy of Selinocarpus 

and Ammocodon (Nyctaginaceae). Phytologia 37:177–208. 

FERNALD & SCHUBERT/LITERATURE CITED 1475 

FOX, J.W., C.B. SMITH, and D.O. LINTZ. 1992. Herd bunching at 

the Waco mammoth site: Preliminary investigations, 

1978–1987. In: J.W. Fox, C.B. Smith, and K.T. Wilkins, eds. 

Proboscidean and paleoindian interactions. Pp. 51–73. 

Markham Press Fund of Baylor Univ. Press,Waco,TX. 

FRANCAVIGLIA,R.V.(forthcoming). The cast iron forest: A natural 

and cultural history of the North American Cross Timbers. 


FRANKEL,E.1989. Distribution of Pueraria lobata in and around 

New York City. Bull.Torrey Bot. Club 116:390–394. 

_____. 1991.Poison ivy,poison oak, poison sumac and their relatives 

pistachios, mangoes, cashews. The Boxwood Press, 

Pacific Grove, CA. 

FRASER, S.V.1939. Allium perdulce: A new Allium from Kansas. 

Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci. 42:123–126. 

FREEMAN, C.C.and T.M. BARKLEY. 1995. A synopsis of the 

genus Packera (Asteraceae: Senecioneae) in Mexico. Sida 

16:699–709. 

FREEMAN,D.C.,E.D.MCARTHUR,and K.T.HARPER. 1984.The adaptive 

significance of sexual lability in plants using Atriplex canescens 

as a principal example. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 71:265–277. 

FREUDENSTEIN, J.V. 1997. A monograph of Corallorhiza 

(Orchidaceae). Harvard Pap. Bot. 10:5–51. 

_____. 1998. Paraphyly, ancestors, and classification—a 

response to Sosef and Brummitt.Taxon 47:95–104. 

FRIEDLAND,S.1941.The American species of Hemicarpha.Amer. 

J. Bot. 28:855–861. 

FRIEDMAN,W.E. (symposium organizer). 1996. Biology and evolution 

of the Gnetales. Int. J. Pl. Sci. 157 (Nov. 1966 

suppl.):S1–S125. 

FRIIS,I.1993.Urticaceae.In:K.Kubitzki, J.C.Rohwer,and V.Bittrich, 

eds. The families and genera of vascular plants, Vol. II. Pp. 

612–630. Springer-Verlag, Berlin. 

FRYXELL, P.A.(PAUL). Personal communication. Specialist in 

Malvaceae; formerly with USDA, currently at Univ. of Texas, 

Austin. 

FRYXELL, P.A.1968. The typification and application of the 

Linnaean binomials in Gossypium.Brittonia 20:378–386. 

_____. 1973. New species and other notes in the Malvaceae. 


_____. 1974. The North American Malvellas (Malvaceae). 

SouthW. Naturalist 19:97–103. 

_____. 1978. Neotropical segregates from Sida L. (Malvaceae). 

Brittonnia 30:447–462. 

_____. 1979a.The natural history of the cotton tribe.Texas A&M 


_____. 1979b. Una revisión del género Pavonia en México. Bol. 

Soc. Bot. México 38:7–34. 

_____. 1980. A revision of the American species of Hibiscus 

sect. Bombicella.U.S.D.A.Tech. Bull. 1624:1–53. 

_____. 1983. A revision of Abutilon sect. Oligocarpae 

(Malvaceae), including a new species from Mexico. 

Madroño 30:84–92. 

_____. 1985.Sidus sidarum–V.The North and Central American 

species of Sida.Sida 11:62–91. 

_____. 1988. Malvaceae of Mexico. Syst. Bot. Monogr. 25:1–522.

1476 LITERATURE CITED/FUCHS 

_____. 1992. A revised taxonomic interpretation of Gossypium. 

Rheedea 2:108–165. 

_____. 1997. The American genera of Malvaceae—II. Brittonia 

49:204–269. 

_____ and S.R. HILL. 1977. More on the typification of 

Malvastrum (DC.) A. Gray (Malvaceae).Taxon 26:332–336. 

FUCHS, L.1542. De historia stirpium commentarii insignes, . . . 

Basil (Isingrin). 

FULLER, T.C. and E. MCCLINTOCK. 1986. Poisonous plants of 

California. Univ. of California Press, Berkeley. 

FULTON,M.G.,ed. 1941. Diary and letters of Josiah Gregg. Vol. 1., 

Southwestern enterprises, 1840–1847. Univ. of Oklahoma 

Press, Norman. 

FURLOW,J.J.1979. The systematics of the American species of 

Alnus (Betulaceae). Rhodora 81:1–121, 151–248. 

_____. 1987a. The Carpinus caroliniana complex in North 

America. I. A multivariate analysis of geographical variation. 

Syst. Bot. 12:21–40. 

_____. 1987b. The Carpinus caroliniana complex in North 

America. II. Systematics. Syst. Bot. 12:416–434. 

_____. 1990. The genera of Betulaceae in the southeastern 


_____. 1997. Betulaceae. In: Flora of North America Editorial 



FUTUYMA, D.J.1986. Evolutionary biology, 2nd ed. Sinauer 

Associates, Inc., Sunderland, MA. 

GAISER, L.O.1946. The genus Liatris. Rhodora 48:165–183, 

216–263, 326, 331–382, 393–412. 

GALE,S.1944.Rhynchospora section Eurhynchospora,in Canada, 

the United States and West Indies. Rhodora 46:89–134, 

159–197, 207–249, 255–278. 

GALLOWAY,L.E.1975. Systematics of the North American desert 

species of Abronia and Tripterocalyx (Nyctaginaceae). 


GANDHI, K.N. (KANCHEEPURAM). Personal communication. 

Specialist in taxonomic nomenclature; formerly of BONAP 

(Biota of North America Program), currently at Harvard 

Univ. Herbaria, Cambridge. 

GANDHI,K.N.1989. A nomenclatural note on Vitis cinera and V. 

berlandieri (Vitaceae). Sida 13:506–509. 

_____ and B.E. DUTTON. 1993. Palisot de Beauvois, the correct 

combining author of Erianthus giganteus (Poaceae). Taxon 

42:855–856. 

GANDHI,K.N.and R.D.THOMAS. 1984. Observations on the floral 

structure of Dyssodia tenuiloba (DC.) B.L. Robinson and 

Matricaria matricarioides (Less.) T.C. Porter (Asteraceae). 


_____ and _____. 1989.Asteraceae of Louisiana.Sida, Bot.Misc. 

4:1–202. 

_____, _____, and S.L. HATCH. 1987. Cuscutaceae of Louisiana. 

Sida 12:361–379. 

GARAY, L.A.1980. A generic revision of the Spiranthinae. Bot. 

Mus. Leafl. 28:277–425. 

GARFIELD,W.,R.F.KEELER,D.C.BAKER, and A.E. STAFFORD. 1992. 

Studies on the Solanum tuberosum sprout teratogen. In: 

L.F. James, R.F. Keeler, E.M. Bailey, Jr., P.R. Cheeke, and M.P. 

Hegarty, eds. Poisonous plants: Proceedings of the third 

international symposium. Pp. 418–422. Iowa State Univ. 

Press, Ames. 

GARNETT,H.(HUGH). Personal communication. Conservationist, 

plant collector, and Professor of Economics at Austin 

College, Sherman, TX; restoring an area of native prairie in 

Montague Co.,TX. 

GARRETT, H.(HOWARD). Personal communication. Expert on 

organic gardening, horticulture, and soil building; columnist 

for the Dallas Morning News and host of the radio talk 

show, The Natural Way,on WBAP,Arlington,TX. 

GARRETT, H.1993a. J. Howard Garrett’s organic manual. The 

Summit Group, Fort Worth,TX. 

_____. 1993b. Howard Garrett’s Texas organic gardening book. 

Gulf Publishing Co., Houston,TX. 

_____. 1994.Plants of the Metroplex III.Univ.of Texas Press,Austin. 

_____. 1996. Howard Garrett’s plants for Texas. Univ. of Texas 

Press, Austin. 

GATES,F.C.1945. Amphiachyris dracunculoides as a poisonous 

plant.Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci. 48:87–89. 

GATES,R.R.1917. A revision of the genus Polygonatum in North 

America. Bull.Torrey Bot. Club 44:117–126. 

_____. 1958. Taxonomy and genetics of Oenothera:Forty years 

study in the cytology and evolution of the Onagraceae. 

Uitgeverij Dr.W. Junk,The Hague. 

GAUT,B.S.and J.F. DOEBLEY. 1997. DNA sequence evidence for 

the segmental allotetraploid origin of maize. Proc. Natl. 

Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 94:6809–6814. 

GEHLBACH,F.R.1988. Forests and woodlands of the northeastern 

balcones escarpment. In: B.B. Amos and F.R. Gehlbach, eds. 

Edwards Plateau vegetation: Plant ecological studies in 

central Texas. Pp. 57–77. Baylor Univ. Press,Waco,TX. 

_____ and R.C. GARDNER. 1983. Relationships of sugar maples 

(Acer saccharum and A. grandidentatum) in Texas and 

Oklahoma with special reference to relict populations. 

Texas J. Sci. 35:231–237. 

GEISER,S.W.1945. Horticulture and horticulturists in early Texas. 

Southern Methodist Univ. Press, Dallas,TX. 

_____. 1948. Naturalists of the frontier, 2nd ed. Southern 

Methodist Univ. Press, Dallas,TX. 

GEORGE, L.O.1997. Podophyllum. In: Flora of North America 



GIANNASI, D.E.1978. Generic relationships in the Ulmaceae 

based on flavonoid chemistry.Taxon 27:331–344. 

_____, G. ZURAWSKI, G. LEARN, and M.T. CLEGG. 1992. 

Evolutionary relationships of the Caryophyllidae based on 

comparative rbcL sequences. Syst. Bot. 17:1–15. 

GIL-AD, N.1997. Systematics of Viola subsection Boreali- 

Americanae.Boissiera 53:1–130. 

GILBERT, L.E.1980. Ecological consequences of a coevolved 

mutualism between butterflies and plants. In: L.E. Gilbert 

and P.H. Raven, eds. Coevolution of plants and animals, 

revised ed. Pp. 210–240. Univ. of Texas Press, Austin. 

GILLIS, W.T. 1971. The systematics and ecology of poison-ivy

and the poison-oaks (Toxicodendron, Anacardiaceae). 

Rhodora 73:72–79, 161–237, 370–443, 465–540. 

_____. 1975. Poison-ivy and its kin. Arnoldia 35:93–123. 

_____. 1977. Pluchea revisited.Taxon 26:587–591. 

GINSBURG, R.1998. Lloyd Herbert Shinners: A biography. 

Unpublished October 1998 draft, copy in the library of the 

Botanical Research Institute of Texas. 

GINZBARG,S.1992. A new disjunct variety of Croton alabamensis 

(Euphorbiaceae) from Texas. Sida 15:41–52. 

GLEASON, H.A. 1906. A revision of the North American 

Vernonieae. Bull. New York Bot. Gard. 4:144–243. 

_____. 1908. Platanaceae. N. Amer. Fl. 22:227–229. 

_____. 1922.Vernonieae. N. Amer. Fl. 33:47–110. 

_____. 1923. Evolution and geographical distribution of the 

genus Vernonia in North America. Amer. J. Bot. 10:187–202. 

_____. 1947. Notes on some American plants. Phytologia 

2:281–291. 

_____. 1952.The new Britton and Brown illustrated flora of the 

northeastern United States and adjacent Canada. New 

York Bot. Garden, Bronx. 

_____ and A. CRONQUIST. 1963. Manual of the vascular plants of 

northeastern United States and adjacent Canada. Van 

Nostrand Reinhold Company, New York. 

_____ and _____. 1991.Manual of the vascular plants of northeastern 

United States and adjacent Canada, 2nd ed. New 

York Bot. Garden, Bronx. 

GODFREY, R.K. 1952. Pluchea, section Stylimnus, in North 

America. J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 68:238–271. 

_____ and J.W. WOOTEN. 1979. Aquatic and wetland plants of 

southeastern United States,monocotyledons.Vol.1.Univ.of 

Georgia Press, Athens. 

_____ and _____. 1981. Aquatic and wetland plants of the 

southeastern United States, dicotyledons. Vol. 2. Univ. of 

Georgia Press, Athens. 

GOETGHEBEUR,P.1987. A holosystematic approach of the family 

Cyperaceae. In:W. Greuter, B. Zimmer, and H.-D. Behnke, eds. 

Abstracts of the 14th International Botanical Congress, 

Berlin, Jul 24–Aug 1, 1987. Pp. 276. (Abstract). Botanical 

Museum Berlin-Dahlem, Berlin. 

GOLDBERG,A.1967.The genus Melochia L. (Sterculiaceae). Contr. 

U.S. Natl. Herb. 34:191–357. 

GOLDBLATT,P.1975. Revision of the bulbous Iridaceae of North 

America. Brittonia 27:373–385. 

_____. 1977 [1978]. Herbertia (Iridaceae) reinstated as a valid 

generic name. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 64:378–379. 

_____. 1990. Phylogeny and classification of Iridaceae. Ann. 


_____ and P.K. ENDRESS. 1977. Cytology and evolution in 

Hamamelidaceae. J. Arnold Arbor. 58:67–71. 

GOLDBLATT, P.,J.E.HENRICH, and R.C. KEATING. 1989. Seed morphology 

of Sisyrinchium (Iridaceae—Sisyrinchieae) and its 

allies. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 76:1109–1117. 

GOLDBLATT, P.and M. TAKEI. 1997. Chromosome cytology of 

Iridaceae—patterns of variation, determination of ancestral 

base numbers, and modes of karyotype change. Ann. 


GINSBURG/LITERATURE CITED 1477 

GOLDMAN, D.H.1995. A new species of Calopogon from the 

midwestern United States. Lindleyana 10:37–42. 

GONZÁLEZ-ELIZONDO,M.and P.M. PETERSON. 1997.A classification of 

and key to the supraspecific taxa in Eleocharis (Cyperaceae). 

Taxon 46:433–449. 

GOOD, D.A.1984. A revision of the Mexican and Central 

American species of Cerastium (Caryophyllaceae). Rhodora 

86:339–379. 

GOODMAN,G.J.and C.A. LAWSON. 1992.Two new combinations 

and a name change from the Long Expedition of 1820. 

Rhodora 94:381–382. 

_____ and _____. 1995. Retracing Major Stephen H. Long’s 

1820 expedition. Univ. of Oklahoma Press, Norman. 

GOODSPEED,T.H. 1954.The genus Nicotiana.Chronica Botanica 

Co., Waltham, MA. 

GOODWIN, D.1983. Pigeons and doves of the world. Cornell 

Univ. Press, Ithaca, New York. 

GORNALL, R.J.1987. An outline of a revised classification of 

Saxifraga L. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 95:273–292. 

GOULD, F.W.1942. A systematic treatment of the genus 

Camassia Lind. Amer. Midl. Naturalist 28:712–742. 

_____. 1953.A cytotaxonomic study in the genus Andropogon. 

Amer. J. Bot. 40:297–306. 

_____. 1957a. New North American Andropogons of subgenus 

Amphilophis and a key to those species occurring in 

the United States. Madroño 14:18–29. 

_____. 1957b.Texas grasses,a preliminary checklist.Texas Agric. 

Exp. Sta. Misc. Publ. No. 240. 

_____. 1959a. Notes on apomixis in sideoats grama. J. Range 

Managem. 12:25–28. 

_____. 1959b. The glume pit of Andropogon barbinodis. 


_____. 1962.Texas plants—A checklist and ecological summary. 

Texas Agric. Exp. Sta. Misc. Publ. 585:1–112. 

_____. 1963. Cytotaxonomy of Digitaria sanguinalis and D. 

adscendens.Brittonia 15:241–244. 

_____. 1967.The grass genus Andropogon in the United States. 


_____. 1968a. Grass systematics. McGraw-Hill Book Company, 

New York. 

_____. 1968b. Chromosome numbers of Texas grasses. Canad. 

J. Bot. 46:1315–1325. 

_____. 1969.Texas plants—A checklist and ecological summary. 

Texas Agric. Exp. Sta. Misc. Publ. No. 585/revised. 

_____. 1973. Grasses of southwestern United States. Reprinted 

from 1951 ed. Univ. Arizona Press,Tucson. 

_____. 1974. Nomenclatural changes in the Poaceae. Brittonia 

26:59–60. 

_____. 1975a.Texas plants—A checklist and ecological summary. 

Texas Agric. Exp. Sta. Misc. Publ. No. 585/revised. 

_____. 1975b. The grasses of Texas. Texas A&M Univ. Press, 


_____. 1978. Common Texas grasses. Texas A&M Univ. Press, 


_____. 1979.The genus Bouteloua (Poaceae).Ann.Missouri Bot. 

Gard. 66:348–416.

1478 LITERATURE CITED/GOULD & CLARK 

_____, M.A. ALI, and D.E. FAIRBROTHERS. 1972. A revision of 

Echinochloa in the United States.Amer.Midl.Naturalist 87:36–59. 

GOULD,F.W.and C.A. CLARK. 1978. Dichanthelium (Poaceae) in 

the United States and Canada. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 

65:1088–1132. 

GOULD,F.W.and Z.J. KAPADIA. 1962.Biosystematic studies in the 

Bouteloua curtipendula complex. The aneuploid, rhizomatous 

B. curtipendula of Texas. Amer. J. Bot. 49:887–891. 

_____ and _____. 1964. Biosystematic studies in the Bouteloua 

curtipendula complex II.Taxonomy. Brittonia 16:182–207. 

GOULD, F.W.and R.B. SHAW. 1983. Grass systematics, 2nd ed. 

Texas A&M Univ. Press, College Station. 

GOVE,P.B.,ed.1993.Webster’s third new international dictionary 

of the English language unabridged.Merriam-Webster Inc., 

Springfield, MA. 

GOVONI,D.1973. The taxonomy of the genus Lithospermum L. 

(Boraginaceae) in the western Great Plains. Ph.D. dissertation, 

Univ. of Nebraska, Lincoln. 

GOYNE, M.A.1991. A life among the Texas flora: Ferdinand 

Lindheimer’s letters to George Engelmann. Texas A&M 


GRAHAM,A.1972. Outline of the origin and historical recognition 

of floristic affinities between Asia and eastern North America. 

In:A.Graham,ed.Floristics and paleofloristics of Asia and eastern 

North America. Elsevier Publishing Co., Amsterdam, 

Netherlands. 

_____. 1993a. History of the vegetation: Cretaceous 

(Maastrichtian)–Tertiary. In: Flora of North America Editorial 

Committee, eds. Fl. North Amer. 1:57–70. Oxford Univ. Press, 

New York and Oxford. 

_____. 1993b. Historical factors and biological diversity in 

Mexico. In: T.P. Ramamoorthy, R. Bye, A. Lot, and J. Fa, eds. 

Biological diversity of Mexico: Origins and distribution. 

Oxford Univ. Press, New York and Oxford. 

GRAHAM, S.A.1964. The Elaeagnaceae in the southeastern 

United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 274–278. 

_____. 1966. The genera of Araliaceae in the southeastern 


_____. 1975. Taxonomy of the Lythraceae in the southeastern 

United States. Sida 6:80–103. 

_____. 1979. The origin of Ammania ×coccinea Rottboell. Taxon 

28:169–178. 

_____. 1985. A revision of Ammania (Lythraceae) in the 

Western Hemisphere. J. Arnold Arbor. 66:395–420. 

_____. 1986. Lythraceae. In: Great Plains Flora Association. 



_____ and C.E. WOOD,JR. 1965. The genera of Polygonaceae 


46:91–121. 

GRANT, A.L.1924. A monograph of the genus Mimulus. Ann. 


GRANT, E.and C. EPLING. 1943. A study of Pycnanthemum 

(Labiatae). Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 20:195–240. 

GRANT,V. 1956. A synopsis of Ipomopsis. Aliso 3:351–362. 

_____. 1959. Natural history of the Phlox family. Martinus 

Nijhoff,The Hague, Netherlands. 

_____ and K.A. GRANT. 1965. Flower pollination in the Phlox 

family. Columbia Univ. Press, New York. 

_____ and _____. 1979a. The pollination spectrum in the 

southwestern American cactus flora. Pl. Syst. Evol. 

133:29–37. 

_____ and _____. 1979b. Systematics of the Opuntia phaeacantha 

group in Texas. Bot. Gaz. (Crawfordsville) 140:199–207. 

_____ and _____. 1979c. Hybridization and variation in the 

Opuntia phaeacantha group in central Texas. Bot. Gaz. 


_____ and _____. 1982a. Natural pentaploids in the Opuntia 

lindheimeri-phaeacantha group in Texas. Bot. Gaz. (Crawfordsville) 

143:117–120. 

_____ and _____. 1982b. Systematics of the Opuntia phaeacantha 

group in Texas. Bot. Gaz. (Crawfordsville) 140:199–207. 

_____, _____, and P.D. HURD. 1979. Pollination of Opuntia lindheimeri 

and related species. Pl. Syst. Evol. 132:313–320. 

GRANT,V. and P.D. HURD. 1979. Pollination of the southwestern 

Opuntias. Pl. Syst. Evol. 133:15–28. 

GRANT, W.F. 1953. A cytotaxonomic study in the genus 

Eupatorium.Amer. J. Bot. 40:729–742. 

GRAUKE,L.J.,J.W.PRATT,W.F.MAHLER,and A.O.AJAYI. 1986.Proposal 

to conserve the name of pecan as Carya illinoensis (Wang.) K. 

Koch and reject the orthographic variant Carya illinoinensis 

(Wang.) K.Koch (Juglandaceae).Taxon 35:174–177. 

GRAY,A.1846. Analogy between the flora of Japan and that of 

the United States. Amer. J. Sci. Arts II. 2:135–136 (Reprinted 

in Stuckey 1978). 

_____. 1859. Diagnostic characters of new species of 

phanerogamous plants collected in Japan by Charles 

Wright, botanist of the U.S. North Pacific Exploring 

Expedition. With observations upon the relations of the 

Japanese flora to that of North America and of other parts 

of the northern temperate zone. Mem. Amer. Acad. Arts 

6:377–453 (Reprinted in Stuckey 1978). 

GRAYUM, M.H.1987. A summary of evidence and arguments 

supporting the removal of Acorus from the Araceae.Taxon 

36:723–729. 

_____. 1990. Evolution and phylogeny of the Araceae. Ann. 

Missouri. Bot. Gard. 77:628–697. 

_____. 1992. Comparative external pollen ultrastructure of the 

Araceae and putatively related taxa. Monogr. Syst. Bot. 


GREAR, J.W.1978. A revision of the New World species of 

Rhynchosia (Leguminosae-Faboideae).Mem.New York Bot. 

Gard. 31:1–168. 

GREAT PLAINS FLORA ASSOCIATION. 1986. Flora of the Great Plains. 

Univ. Press of Kansas, Lawrence. 

GREENE,E.L.1905. Revision of Eschscholtzia.Pittonia 5:205–308. 

GREEN,P.S.1962.Watercress in the New World. Rhodora 64:32–43. 

GREENE, G.S., S.G. PATTERSON, and E.WARNER. 1996. Ingestion of 

angel’s trumpet: An increasingly common source of toxicity. 

Southern Medical J. 89:365–369. 

GREENMAN, J.M.1915–1918. Monograph of the North and 

Central American species of the genus Senecio. Ann.

Missouri Bot. Gard. 2:573–627; 3:85–195; 4:15–37; 5:37–109. 

GREENWAY, J.C., JR. 1958. Extinct and vanishing birds of the 

world. Special Publ. No. 13. American Committee for 

International Wildlife Protection, New York. 

GREER,J.K.1935.Grand Prairie.Tardy Publishing Company,Dallas,TX. 

GREER,L.F.1997. Thelesperma curvicarpum (Asteraceae),an achene 

form in populations of T. simplicifolium var. simplicifolium and 

T. filifolium var. filifolium.SouthW. Naturalist 42:242–244. 

GREGG,J.1844. Commerce of the prairies. Reprinted 1954 (edited 

by M.L.Moorhead) by Univ.of Oklahoma Press, Norman. 

GREGORY,M.P.1956.A phyletic rearrangement of the Aristolochiaceae. 

Amer. J. Bot. 43:110–122. 

GREGORY, W.C., A. KRAPOVICKAS, and M.P. GREGORY. 1980. 

Structure, variation, evolution, and classification in Arachis. 

In: R.J. Summerfield and A.H. Bunting, eds. Advances in 

legume science. Pp. 469–481. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, 

England, U.K. 

GREUTER, W.,F.R. BARRIE, H.M. BURDET, W.G.CHALONER, V. 

DEMOULIN,D.L.HAWKSWORTH,P.M.JØRGENSEN,D.H.NICOLSON, 

P.C. SILVA,P.TREHANE, and J. MCNEILL, eds. 1994. International 

code of botanical nomenclature. Regnum Veg. 131. 

GREUTER,W.,R.K.BRUMMITT,E.FARR,N.KILIAN,P.M.KIRK, and P.S. 

SILVA. 1993. Names in current use for extant plant genera. 


GREY-WILSON,C.1993. Poppies: A guide to the poppy family 

in the wild and in cultivation. B.T. Batsford Ltd., London, 

England, U.K. 

GRIFFITHS, D.1912. The grama grasses, Bouteloua and related 

genera. Contr. U.S. Natl. Herb. 14:343–428. 

GRIFFITHS, J.F.and R. ORTON. 1968. Agroclimatic atlas of 

Texas–Part I. Precipitation probabilities.Texas Agric. Exp. Sta. 

Misc. Publ. No. 888. 

GRIMES, J.W.1990. A revision of the New World species of 

Psoraleeae (Leguminosae: Papilionoideae). Mem. New York 

Bot. Gard. 61:1–114. 

GRUN,P.1990. The evolution of cultivated potatoes. Econ. Bot. 

44(Suppl.):39–55. 

GUNN, C.R.1980. Seeds and fruits of Papaveraceae and 

Fumariaceae. Seed Sci. & Technol. 8:3–58. 

_____. 1983. A nomenclator of legume (Fabaceae) genera. 

U.S.D.A.Tech. Bull. 1680:1–224. 

_____. 1984. Fruits and seeds of genera in the subfamily 

Mimosoideae (Fabaceae). U.S.D.A.Tech. Bull. 1681:1–194. 

_____. 1991. Fruits and seeds of genera in the subfamily 

Caesalpiniodeae (Fabaceae). U.S.D.A.Tech. Bull. 1755:1–407. 

_____ and M. J. SELDIN. 1976. Seeds and fruits of North 

American Papaveraceae. U.S.D.A.Tech. Bull. 1517:1–96. 

GUPTA,K.M.1957:Some American species of Marsilea with special 

reference to their epidermal and soral characters. 

Madroño 14:113–127. 

GUPTA, P.K.and B.R. BAUM. 1989. Stable classification and 

nomenclature in the Triticeae: Desirability, limitations, and 

prospects. Euphytica 41:191–197. 

_____. 1986. Nomenclature and related taxonomic issues in 

wheats, triticales, and some of their wild relatives. Taxon 

35:144–149. 

GREENWAY/LITERATURE CITED 1479 

HACKETT,M.R.(MARCIA). Personal communication. Environmental 

Resource Specialist; formerly of the Botanical Research 

Institute of Texas, currently U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Fort 

Worth District. 

HAGEN,S.H.1941.A revision of the North American species of the 

genus Anisacanthus.Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 28:385–408. 

HALL,E.1873. Plantae Texanae: A list of the plants collected in 

eastern Texas in 1872, and distributed to subscribers. 

Published by the author, Salem, MA. 

HALL, E.R.and K.R. KELSON. 1959. The mammals of North 

America (2 vols.).The Ronald Press Company, New York. 

HALL,G.W.1967. A biosystematic study of the North American 

complex of the genus Bidens (Compositae). Ph.D. dissertation, 

Indiana Univ., Bloomington. 

_____, G.M.DIGGS,JR., D.E. SOLTIS, and P.S. SOLTIS. 1990.Genetic 

uniformity of El Arbol del Tule. Madroño 37:1–5. 

HALL,H.M.1928.The genus Haplopappus:A phylogenetic study 

in the Compositae. Publ. Carnegie Inst.Wash. 389:1–391. 

_____ and F.E. CLEMENTS. 1923.The phylogenetic method in taxonomy:The 

North American species of Artemisia,Chrysothamnus 

and Atriplex.Publ.Carnegie Inst.Wash.326:1–355. 

HALL,M.T.1952. Variation and hybridization in Juniperus.Ann. 


HALL,T.F. 1940. The biology of Saururus cernuus L. Amer. Midl. 


_____ and W.T.PENDFOUND. 1944.The biology of the American lotus, 

Nelumbo lutea (Willd.) Pers.Amer.Midl.Naturalist 31:744–758. 

HALLER,K.(KARL). Personal communication.Ornithologist and naturalist; 

in 1995 named National Volunteer of the Year by the 

National Wildlife Refuge System for his service at Hagerman 

National Wildlife Refuge.Austin College, Sherman,TX. 

HALLMARK, T.C. 1993. The nature and origin of the Blackland 

soils. In: M.R. Sharpless and J.C. Yelderman, eds. The Texas 

Blackland Prairie, land, history, and culture. Pp. 41–47. Baylor 

Univ. Program for Regional Studies, Waco,TX. 

HAMBY,R.K.and E. A. ZIMMER. 1992. Ribosomal RNA as a phylogenetic 

tool in plant systematics.In:P.S.Soltis,D.E.Soltis,and 

J.J. Doyle, eds. Molecular systematics of plants. Pp. 50–91. 

Chapman and Hall, New York. 

HAMILTON, W. 1983. Cretaceous and Cenozoic history of the 

northern continents. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 70:440–458. 

HANDELL,S.N.1978. New ant-dispersed species in the genera 

Carex, Luzula,and Claytonia.Canad. J. Bot. 56:2925–2927. 

HANKS,L.T.and J.K. SMALL. 1907. Geraniaceae. N. Amer. Fl. 25:3–24. 

HANSEN,B.F.and R.P.WUNDERLIN. 1988. Synopsis of Dichanthelium 

(Poaceae) in Florida. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 75:1637–1657. 

HANSON,H.C.1920.Key to the malvaceous plants of Texas.Texas 

Agric. Exp. Sta. Circ. 22:5–18. 

HARA,H.1969a. The correct author’s name of Citrullus lanatus 

(Cucurbitaceae).Taxon 18:346–347. 

_____. 1969b. Remarkable examples of speciation in Asiatic 

plants. Amer. J. Bot. 56:732–737. 

_____. 1975. The identity of Clematis terniflora DC. J. Jap. Bot. 

50:155–188. 

HARDIN,J.W.1957a. A revision of the American Hippocastanaceae. 

Brittonia 9:145–171.

1480 LITERATURE CITED/HARDIN & BROWNIE 

_____. 1957b.A revision of the American Hippocastanaceae–II. 


_____. 1957c. Studies in the Hippocastanaceae. III. A hybrid 

swarm in the buckeyes. Rhodora 59:45–51. 

_____. 1957d. Studies in the Hippocastanaceae. IV. Hybridization 

in Aesculus.Rhodora 59:185–203. 

_____. 1971. Studies of the southeastern United States flora. II. 

The gymnosperms. J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 87:43–50. 

_____. 1974. Studies of the southeastern United States flora. IV. 

Oleaceae. Sida 5:274–285. 

_____. 1975. Hybridization and introgression in Quercus alba.J. 


_____. 1990. Variation patterns and recognition of varieties of 

Tilia americana s.l. Syst. Bot. 15:33–48. 

_____ and J.M. ARENA. 1974. Human poisoning from native 

and cultivated plants,2nd ed.Duke Univ.Press,Durham,NC. 

HARDIN,J.W.and C.F. BROWNIE. 1993. Plants poisonous to livestock 

and pets in North Carolina. North Carolina 

Agricultural Research Service, North Carolina State Univ., 

Raleigh. Bull. No. 414 (revised). 

HARLEY, R.M.and T. REYNOLDS, eds. 1992. Advances in Labiate 

science.The Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, England, U.K. 

HARMS,L.J.1968. Cytotaxonomic studies in Eleocharis subser. 

Palustres:Central United States taxa. Amer. J. Bot. 55:966–974. 

_____. 1972. Cytotaxonomy of the Eleocharis tenuis complex. 

Amer. J. Bot. 59:483–487. 

HARMS,V.L. 1965. Biosystematic studies in the Heterotheca subaxillaris 

complex.Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci. 68:244–257. 

_____. 1968. Nomenclatural changes and taxonomic notes on 

Heterotheca, including Chrysopsis, in Texas and adjacent 

states.Wrightia 4:8–20. 

_____. 1974. A preliminary conspectus of Heterotheca sect. 

Chrysopsis.Castanea 39:155–165. 

HARPER, R.M.1936. Is Acorus calamus native in the United 

States? Torreya 36:143–147. 

_____. 1945. Erythronium albidum in Alabama, and some of its 

relatives. Castanea 10:1–7. 

HARRIMAN, N.A.(NEIL). Personal communication. Specialist in 

floristics, Brassicaceae, and Juncaceae. Univ. of Wisconsin- 

Oshkosh. 

HARRIMAN,N.A.Forthcoming. Proposal to conserve the name 

Gymnocladus (Leguminosae: Caesalpinioideae), with a 

conserved gender, against Hyperanthera (Moringaceae). 

Taxon (submitted 1998). 

HARRIS, J.G.and M.W. HARRIS 1994. Plant identification terminology: 

An illustrated glossary. Spring Lake Publishing, 

Spring Lake, UT. 

HARRISON,D.E.and E.O. BEAL. 1964. The Lemnaceae (duckweeds) 

of North Carolina. J. Elisha Mitchell Sci.Soc. 80:13–18. 

HART, J.A.and R.A. PRICE. 1990. The genera of Cupressaceae 

(including Taxodiaceae) in the southeastern United States. 


HARTE,C.1994. Oenothera:Contributions of a plant to biology. 

Springer-Verlag, New York. 

HARTMAN, L.(LARRY). Personal communication. Conservation 

scientist.Texas Parks and Wildlife Department, Jasper. 

HARTMAN, R.L.1986. Asclepiadaceae. In: Great Plains Flora 



_____. 1990. A conspectus of Machaeranthera (Asteraceae: 

Astereae). Phytololgia 68:439–465. 

_____, J.D. BACON, and C.F. BOHNSTEDT. 1975. Biosystematics of 

Draba cuneifolia and D. platycarpa (Cruciferae) with 

emphasis on volatile and flavonoid constituents. Brittonia 

27:317–327. 

HARTMANN, H.E.K.1993. Aizoaceae. In: K. Kubitzki, J.C. Rohwer, 

and V. Bittrich, eds. The families and genera of vascular 


HARTZELL, H.R., JR. 1991. Yew tree: A thousand whispers: 

Biography of a species. Hulogois, Eugene, OR. 

_____. 1995. Yew and us: A brief history of the yew tree. In: M. 

Suffness, ed. Taxol®: Science and applications. Pp. 27–34. 

CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL. 

HARVEY,W.D.1998. Harmful or potentially harmful fish, shellfish, 

and aquatic plants. In: Texas Administrative Code. Title 31, 

Part 2 (Texas Parks and Wildlife Department regulations). 

Chapter 57, subchapter A, section 57.111–112. 

HATCH,S.L.(STEPHAN). Personal communication. Specialist in 

Poaceae.Tracy Herbarium,Texas A&M Univ., College Station. 

HATCH,S.L., K.N. GANDHI, and L.E. BROWN. 1990. Checklist of 

the vascular plants of Texas. Texas Agric. Exp. Sta. Misc. 

Publ. 1655:1–158. 

HAUKE, R.L.1993. Equisetaceae. In: Flora of North America 



HAUSMAN,E.H.1950. A Christmas herb. Horticulture 28:437, 458. 

HAVARD,V. 1885. Report on the flora of western and southern 

Texas. Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus. 8:449–533. 

_____. 1896. Drink plants of the North American Indians. Bull. 


HAWKES,J.G., R.N. LESTER,M.NEE, and N. ESTRADA-R., eds. 1991. 

Solanaceae III: Taxonomy, chemistry, evolution. Royal 

Botanic Gardens, Kew, England, U.K. 

HAWKES,J.G.,R.N.LESTER, and A.D.SKELDING,eds. 1979.The biology 

and taxonomy of the Solanaceae.Linnean Society Symposium 

Series No.7.Academic Press,London,England,U.K. 

HAYNES, R.R.(ROBERT). Personal communication. Specialist in 

Alismataceae and Potamogetonaceae and flora of Alabama; 

Univ. of Alabama,Tuscaloosa. 

HAYNES, R.R.1968. Potamogeton in Louisiana. Proc. Louisiana 

Acad. Sci. 31:82–90. 

_____. 1974. A revision of North American Potamogeton subsection 

Pusilli (Potamogetonaceae). Rhodora 76:564–649. 

_____. 1977. The Najadaceae in the southeastern United 


_____. 1978. The Potamogetonaceae in the southeastern 


_____. 1979. Revision of North and Central American Najas 

(Najadaceae). Sida 8:34–56. 

_____. 1986. Typification of Linnaean species of Potamogeton 

(Potamogetonaceae).Taxon 35:563–573. 

_____ and C.B. HELLQUIST. 1996. New combinations in North

American Alismatidae. Novon 6:370–371. 

HAYNES,R.R.and L.B.HOLM-NIELSEN. 1986.Notes on Echinodorus 

(Alismataceae). Brittonia 38:325–332. 

_____. 1987. The Zannichelliaceae in the southeastern United 


_____. 1994.The Alismataceae. Fl. Neotrop. Monogr. 64:1–112. 

HAYNES,R.R.and W.A. WENTZ. 1974. Notes on the genus Najas 

(Najadaceae). Sida 5:259–264. 

HAYWARD,O.T., P.N. DOLLIVER,D.L.AMSBURY, and J.C.YELDERMAN. 

1992. A field guide to the Grand Prairie of Texas, land, history, 

culture. Program for Regional Studies, Baylor Univ.,Waco,TX. 

HAYWARD,O.T.and J.C. YELDERMAN. 1991. A field guide to the 

Blackland Prairie of Texas,from frontier to heartland in one long 

century.Program for Regional Studies,Baylor Univ.,Waco,TX. 

HEARD,S.B.and J.C. SEMPLE. 1988. The Solidago rigida complex 

(Compositae: Astereae): A multivariate morphometric analysis 

and chromosome numbers. Canad. J. Bot. 66:1800–1807. 

HEISER,C.B.,JR. 1951. The sunflower among the North American 

Indians. Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. 95:432–448. 

_____. 1954.Variation and subspeciation in the common sunflower, 

Helianthus annuus.Amer. Midl. Naturalist 52:287–305. 

_____. 1969.Nightshades:The paradoxical plants.W.H.Freeman 

and Co., San Francisco, CA. 

_____. 1978. The totora (Scirpus californicus) in Ecuador and 

Peru. Econ. Bot. 32:222–236. 

_____. 1979.The gourd book.Univ.of Oklahoma Press,Norman. 

_____. 1987. The fascinating world of the nightshades. Dover 

Publications, Inc., New York. 

_____. 1990a. Seed to civilization, the story of food, new ed. 

Harvard Univ. Press, Cambridge, MA. 

_____. 1990b.New perspectives on the origin and evolution of 

New World domesticated plants: Summary. Econ. Bot. 44 

(Suppl.):111–116. 

_____. 1993. Ethnobotany and economic botany. In: Flora of 



_____, S.B. CLEVENGER, and W.C. MARTIN, JR. 1969. The North 

American sunflowers (Helianthus). Mem. Torrey Bot. Club 

22:1–218. 

HEISER,C.B.,JR.and B.PICKERSGILL.1975.Names for the bird peppers 

[Capsicum - Solanaceae]. Baileya 19:151–156. 

HEISER,C.B.,JR. and E.E. SHILLING. 1990.The genus Luffa:A problem 

in phytogeography.In:D.M.Bates,R.W.Robinson,and C. 

Jeffrey,eds.Biology and utilization of the Cucurbitaceae.Pp. 


HEISER,C.B.,JR. and P.G. SMITH. 1953. The cultivated Capsicum 

peppers. Econ. Bot. 7:214–227. 

HEISEY,R.M.1990.Allelopathic and herbicidal effects of extracts from 

tree of heaven (Ailanthus altissima).Amer.J.Bot.77:662–670. 

_____. 1996. Identification of an allelopathic compound from 

Ailanthus altissima (Simaroubaceae) and characterization 

of its herbicidal activity. Amer. J. Bot. 83:192–200. 

HENDERSON,A.,G.GALEANO, and R.BERNAL. 1995.Field guide to the 

palms of the Americas. Princeton Univ. Press, Princeton, NJ. 

HENDERSON, N.C.1962. A taxonomic revision of the genus 

Lycopus (Labiatae). Amer. Midl. Naturalist 68:95–138. 

HAYNES & HOLM-NIELSEN/LITERATURE CITED 1481 

HENDRICK,A.J.1957 [1958]. A revision of the genus Alisma (Dill.) 

L. Amer. Midl. Naturalist 58:470–493. 

HENNEN,J.F.(JOE). Personal communication. Mycologist specializing 

in rusts; retired from career at Purdue, currently Research 

Associate at Botanical Research Institute of Texas, Fort Worth. 

HENNEN, J.F.1950. The true clovers (Trifolium) of Texas. Field & 

Lab. 18:159–164. 

_____. 1951. The sweet clovers (Melilotus) of Texas. Field & Lab. 

19:87–89. 

HENRARD, J. T.1950. Monograph of the genus Digitaria. 

Universitaire Pers Leiden, Leiden,The Netherlands. 

HENRICKSON, J.1983. A revision of Samolus ebracteatus (sensu 

lato) Primulaceae. SouthW. Naturalist 28:303–314. 

_____. 1985. A taxonomic revision of Chilopsis (Bignoniaceae). 

Aliso 11:179–197. 

_____. 1986. Anisacanthus quadrifidus sensu lato (Acanthaceae). 

Sida 11:286–299. 

_____. 1987. A taxonomic reevaluation of Gossypianthus and 

Guilleminea (Amaranthaceae). Sida 12:307-337. 

_____. 1989. A new species of Leucospora (Scrophulariaceae) 

from the Chihuahuan Desert of Mexico. Aliso 12:435–439. 

_____. 1993. Amaranthaceae. In: J.C. Hickman, ed. The Jepson 



_____. 1996. Notes on Spigelia (Loganiaceae). Sida 17:89–103. 

_____ and T.F. DANIEL. 1979.Three new species of Carlowrightia 

(Acanthaceae) from the Chihuahuan Desert region. 

Madroño 26:26–36. 

HENRICKSON, J.and S. SUNBERG. 1986. On the submersion of 

Dicraurus into Iresine (Amaranthaceae). Aliso 11:355–364. 

HEPPER,F.N.1990. Pharaoh’s flowers: The botanical treasures of 

Tutankhamun. HMSO, London, England, U.K. 

_____. 1992. Illustrated encyclopedia of Bible plants. Inter Varsity 

Press, Leicester, England, U.K. 

HERMANN, F.J.1936. Diagnostic characteristics in Lycopus. 

Rhodora 38:373–375. 

_____. 1953. A botanical synopsis of the cultivated clovers 

(Trifolium). U.S.D.A. Monogr. 22:1–45. 

_____. 1954a. Addenda to North American carices. Amer. Midl. 


_____. 1954b.A synopsis of the genus Arachis.U.S.D.A.Monogr. 

19:1–26. 

_____. 1960. Vicia:Vetches of the United States–native, naturalized, 

and cultivated. U.S.D.A. Handb. No. 168. 

_____. 1962. A revision of the genus Glycine and its immediate 

allies. U.S.D.A.Techn. Bull. 1268:1–82. 

_____. 1970.Manual of the carices of the Rocky Mountains and 

Colorado Basin. U.S.D.A. Handb. No. 374. 

HERNDON, A.1992. Nomenclatural notes on North American 

Hypoxis (Hypoxidaceae). Rhodora 94:43–47. 

HERSHKOVITZ,M.A.and E.A. ZIMMER. 1997. ON the evolutionary 

origins of the cacti.Taxon 46:217–232. 

HESS, W.J. (WILLIAM). Personal communication. Specialist in 

Rosaceae,Cornaceae,and Tiliaceae;Morton Arboretum,Lisle,IL. 

HESS,W.J.1968.Variation in Amelanchier (Rosaceae) and Centaurium 

(Gentianaceae).Proc.Oklahoma Acad.Sci.47:19–21.

1482 LITERATURE CITED/HEWITSON 

HEWITSON,W. 1962.Comparative morphology of the Osmundaceae. 


HEYN, C.C.and B. PAZY. 1989. The annual species of Adonis 

(Ranunculaceae)—A polyploid complex. Pl. Syst. Evol. 

168:181–193. 

HEYWOOD, J.S.and D.A. LEVIN. 1984. Allozyme variation in 

Gaillardia pulchella and G. amblyodon (Compositae): 

Relation to morphological and chromosomal variation 

and to geographical isolation. Syst. Bot. 9:448–457. 

HEYWOOD,V.H., ed. 1993. Flowering plants of the world. Oxford 


HIBBARD, C.W. 1960. An interpretation of Pliocene and 

Pleistocene climates in North America. Michigan Acad. Sci. 

Arts Letters, 62nd Ann. Report (for 1959–1960), pp. 5–30. 

HICKEY, M.and C. KING. 1997. Common families of flowering 

plants. Cambridge Univ. Press, Cambridge, England, U.K. 

HICKMAN, J.C., ed. 1993. The Jepson manual: Higher plants of 

California. Univ. of California Press, Berkeley. 

HICKS, L.E.1937. The Lemnaceae of Indiana. Amer. Midl. 


HIERN,W.P.1873.A monograph of Ebenaceae.Trans.Cambridge 

Philos. Soc. 12:27–300. 

HIGNIGHT, K.W., J.K. WIPFF, and S.L. HATCH. 1988. Grasses 

(Poaceae) of the Texas Cross Timbers and Prairies. Texas 

Agric. Exp. Sta. Misc. Publ. No. 1657. 

HILL, R.T.1887. The topography and geology of the Cross 

Timbers and surrounding regions in northern Texas. Amer. 

J. Sci. (3rd series) 133:291–303. 

_____. 1901. Geography and geology of the Black and Grand 

prairies, Texas. 21st Annual Report of the U. S. Geological 

Survey, Part VII–Texas. U. S. Government Printing Office, 

Washington, D.C. 

HILL,S.R.1980a.A new country record for Pilularia americana in 

Texas. Amer. Fern. J. 70:28. 

_____. 1980b. New taxa and combinations in Malvastrum 

A. Gray (Malvaceae: Malveae). Brittonia 32:464–483. 

_____. 1982. A monograph of the genus Malvastrum.Rhodora 

84:1–83, 159–264, 317–409. 

HILLARD,O.M.and B.L. BURTT. 1981. Some generic concepts in 

Compositae–Gnaphaliinae. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 82:181–232. 

HIROE, M.1979.Umbelliferae of World. Ariake Book Company, 

Tokyo, Japan. 

HITCHCOCK, A.S.1903. Notes on North American grasses III. 

New species of Willkommia. Bot. Gaz. (Crawfordsville) 

35:283–285. 

_____. 1905. North American species of Agrostis.U.S.D.A. Bull. 

68:5–64. 

_____. 1920a. The North American species of Oplismenus. 


_____. 1920b. The North American species of Echinochloa. 


_____. 1924.The North American species of Aristida.Contr.U.S. 

Natl. Herb. 22:517–586. 

_____. 1925. The North American species of Stipa.Contr.U.S. 

Natl. Herb. 24:215–262. 

_____. 1931–1939. Poaceae (in part). N. Amer. Fl. 17:289–638. 

_____. 1935. Manual of the grasses of the United States. 

U.S.D.A. Misc. Publ. No. 200. 

_____. 1951.Manual of the grasses of the United States,2nd ed. 

revised by A. Chase. Reprinted in 1971 by Dover 

Publications, Inc., New York. 

_____ and A. CHASE. 1910. The North American species of 

Panicum.Contr. U.S. Natl. Herb. 15:1–396. 

HITCHCOCK,C.L.1932. A monographic study of the genus Lycium 

of the western hemisphere.Ann.Missouri Bot.Gard.19:179–374. 

_____. 1933a. A taxonomic study of the genus Nama I. Amer. J. 

Bot. 20:415–430, 518–534. 

_____. 1933b. A taxonomic study of the genus Nama II. Amer. 

J. Bot. 20:518–534. 

_____. 1936.The genus Lepidium in the United States.Madroño 

3:265–320. 

_____. 1945. The Mexican, Central American, and West Indian 

Lepidia. Madroño 8:118–143. 

_____. 1952.A revision of the North American species of Lathyrus. 

Univ.Wash. Publ. Biol. 15:1–104. 

_____ and B. MAGUIRE. 1947. A revision of the North American 

species of Silene.Univ.Wash.Publ. Biol. 13:1–73. 

HOCH,P.C., J.V. CRISCI,H.TOBE, and P.E. BERRY. 1993. A cladistic 

analysis of the plant family Onagraceae. Syst. Bot. 18:31–47. 

HODGDON, A.R.1938. A taxonomic study of Lechea. Rhodora 

40:29–131. 

HOEY, M.T.and C.R. PARKS. 1994. Genetic divergence in 

Liquidambar styraciflua, L. formosana, and L. acalycina 

(Hamamelidaceae). Syst. Bot. 19:308–316. 

HOGGARD, G.D.1999. Gaura. In: Tyrl, R.J., S.C. Barber, P. Buck, J.R. 

Estes, P. Folley, L.K. Magrath, C.E.S.Taylor, and R.A.Thompson 

(Oklahoma Flora Editorial Committee). Identification of 

Oklahoma Plants. Flora Oklahoma Inc., Noble, OK. 

HOGGARD, R.K.1999. Plantaginaceae. In: Tyrl, R.J., S.C. Barber, P. 

Buck, J.R. Estes, P. Folley, L.K. Magrath, C.E.S. Taylor, and R.A. 

Thompson (Oklahoma Flora Editorial Committee). 

Identification of Oklahoma Plants. Flora Oklahoma Inc., 

Noble, OK. 

HOLLEY, M.A.1836. Texas. J. Clarke & Co., Lexington, Kentucky. 

Reprinted 1985 by the Texas State Historical Association, in 

cooperation with the Center for Studies in Texas History, 

Univ. of Texas, Austin. 

HOLM, L.G., D.L. PLUCKNETT, J.V.PANCHO, and J.P. HERBERGER. 

1977. The world’s worst weeds: Distribution and biology. 

Published for the East-West Center by the Univ. of Hawaii 

Press, Honolulu. 

HOLM,R.W.1950. The American species of Sarcostemma R. Br. 

(Asclepiadaceae). Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 37:477–560. 

HOLMES,W.C. 1981. Mikania (Compositae) of the United States. 

Sida 9:147–158. 

_____. 1990. The genus Mikania (Compositae-Eupatorieae) in 

Mexico. Sida, Bot. Misc. 5:1–45. 

HOLMES,W.C., T.L. MORGAN,J.R.STEVENS, and R.D. GOOCH. 1996. 

Comments on the distribution of Botrychium lunarioides 

(Ophioglossaceae) in Texas. Phytologia 80:280–283. 

HOLMES, W.C. and C.J. WELLS. 1980. The distribution of 

Habranthus tubispathus (L’Her.) Traub in South America

and North America—Texas and Louisiana. Sida 8:328–333. 

HOLMES,W.C. and D.E. WIVAGG. 1996. Identification and distribution 

of Centaurium muhlenbergii [sic] (Griseb.) Piper and C. 

pulchellum (Sw.) Druce (Gentianaceae) in Louisiana, 

Mississippi, and Texas. Phytologia 80:23–29. 

HOLMGREN, A.H.and N.H. HOLMGREN. 1977. Aristida. In: A. 

Cronquist, A.H. Holmgren, N.H. Holmgren, J.L. Reveal, and 

P.K. Holmgren. Intermountain Flora, Vol. 6. Pp. 457–465. 


HOLMGREN, N.H.1986. Scrophulariaceae. In: Great Plains Flora 



HOLMGREN,P.K., N.H. HOLMGREN, and L.C. BARNETT. 1990. Index 

herbariorum. Part 1: The herbaria of the world. Regnum 

Veg. 120. 

HOOKER,W.J. 1836.Lupinus subcarnosus (Plate 3467),Lupinus texensis 

(Plate 3492). Bot. Mag. 63. 

HOOT, S.B., J.W. DADEREIT, F.R. BLATTNER, K.B. JORK, A.E. 

SCHWARZBACH, and P.R. CRANE. 1997 [1998]. Data congruence 

and phylogeny of the Papaveraceae s.l.based on four 

data sets: atpB and rbcL sequences, trnK restriction sites, 

and morphological characters. Syst. Bot. 22:575–590. 

HOOT,S.B.,A.A.REZNICEK,and J.PALMER. 1994.Phylogenetic relationships 

in Anemone (Ranunculaceae) based on morphology 

and chloroplast DNA. Syst. Bot. 19:169–200. 

HOPKINS,M.1937. Arabis in eastern and central North America. 

Rhodora 39:63–98, 106–148, 155–186. 

_____. 1942. Cercis in North America. Rhodora 44:193–211. 

HORNBERGER, K.L.1991. The blue-eyed grasses (Sisyrinchium: 

Iridaceae) of Arkansas. Sida 14:597–604. 

HORTON, J.H. 1963. A taxonomic revision of Polygonella 

(Polygonaceae). Brittonia 15:177–203. 

_____. 1972. Studies of the southeastern United States flora. IV. 

Polygonaceae. J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 88:92–102. 

HOTCHKISS,N.and H.L. DOZIER. 1949.Taxonomy and distribution 

of North American cat-tails. Amer. Midl. Naturalist 

41:237–254. 

HOUGHTON, J.T.,G.J.JENKINS, and J.J. EPHRAUMS, eds. 1990. 

Climate change,the IPCC scientific assessment.Cambridge 

Univ. Press, Cambridge, England, U.K. 

HOUGHTON,J.T.,L.G. MIERA FILHO,B.A.CALLANDER,N.HARRIS,A. 

KATTENBERG, and K. MASKELL, eds. 1995. Climate change 

1995, the science of climate change. Published for the 

Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change by Cambridge 

Univ. Press, Cambridge, England, U.K. 

HOUSE, H.D.1908. The North American species of the genus 

Ipomoea.New York Acad. Sci. 18:181–263. 

HOWARD,T.M. 1990.Allium texanum [Amaryllidaceae (Alliaceae)]. 

A new species from central Texas and adjacent Oklahoma. 

Herbertia 46:125–127. 

HOWE,W.T. 1975.The butterflies of North America.Doubleday & 

Co., Inc., Garden City, NY. 

HOWELL,J.T.1959.Distribution data on weedy thistles in western 

North America. Leafl.W. Bot. 9:17–29. 

HSÜ,J.1983.Late Cretaceious and Cenozoic vegetation in China, 

emphasizing their connections with North America. Ann. 

HOLMES & WIVAGG/LITERATURE CITED 1483 


HU,S.Y.1954–1956. A monograph of the genus Philadelphus. 

J. Arnold Arbor. 35:275–333; 36:52–109, 326–368; 37:15–90. 

HUBER,H.1993. Aristolochiaceae. In: K. Kubitzki, J.C. Rohwer, and 



HUFFORD,L.1992. Rosidae and their relationships to other nonmagnoliid 

dicotyledons: A phylogenetic analysis using 

morphological and chemical data. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 

79:218–248. 

HUNT, D.R.1971. Schumann and Buxbaum reconciled. The 

Schumann system of Mammillaria classification brought 

provisionally up-to-date. Cact. Succ. J. Gr. Brit. 33:53–72. 

_____. 1975. The reunion of Setcreasea and Spathotheca with 

Tradescantia.American Commelinaceae:I.Kew Bull.30:443–458. 

_____. 1978. Amplification of the genus Escobaria.Cact.Succ.J. 

Gr. Brit. 40:13. 

_____. 1980. Sections and series in Tradescantia. American 

Commelinaceae: IX. Kew Bull. 35:437–442. 

_____. 1986.Campelia,Rhoeo and Zebrina united with Tradescantia. 

American Commelinaceae:XIII.Kew Bull.41:401–405. 

HUTCHINSON, J.1979. The families of flowering plants, 3rd ed. 

Authorized reprint by Otto Koeltz Science Publishers, 

Koenigstein, West Germany. 

HUXLEY, A.,M.GRIFFITHS, and M. LEVY, eds. 1992. The new Royal 

Horticultural Society dictionary of gardening, 4 vols. MacMillan 

Press Limited,London,and Stockton Press,New York. 

HYAM,R.and R. PANKHURST. 1995.Plants and their names: A concise 

dictionary. Oxford Univ. Press, New York. 

HYMOWITZ,T. and C.A.NEWELL. 1981.Taxonomy of the genus Glycine, 

domestication and uses of soybeans.Econ.Bot.35:272–288. 

IKIN,A.1841.Texas: Its history, topography, agriculture, commerce, 

and general statistics. Sherwood, Gilbert, and Piper, London, 

England, U.K. Reprinted in 1964 by Texian Press,Waco,TX. 

ILTIS,H.H.1957. Studies in the Capparidaceae. III Evolution and 

phylogeny of the western North American Cleomoideae. 


_____. 1958. Studies in the Capparidaceae – IV. Polanisia Raf. 


_____. 1958 [1959]. Studies in the Capparidaceae – V. 

Capparidaceae of New Mexico. SouthW. Naturalist 

3:133–144. 

_____. 1959. Studies in the Capparidaceae – VI. Cleome sect. 

Physostemon: Taxonomy, geography, and evolution. 


_____. 1966. Studies in the Capparidaceae VIII. Polanisia dodecandra 

(L.) DC.: Further notes on its typification. Rhodora 

68:41–47. 

_____. 1972. The taxonomy of Zea mays (Gramineae). 


_____. 1983. From teosinte to maize: The catastrophic sexual 

transmutation. Science 222:886–894. 

_____. 1987. Maize evolution and agricultural origins. In: T.R. 

Soderstrom, K.W. Hilu, C.S. Campbell, and M.E. Barkworth, 

eds. Grass systematics and evolution. Pp. 195–213. 

Smithsonian Institution Press,Washington, D.C.

1484 LITERATURE CITED/INGRAM 

_____ and J.F. DOEBLEY. 1980. Taxonomy of Zea (Gramineae). II. 

Sub-specific categories in the Zea mays complex and a 

generic synopsis. Amer. J. Bot. 67:994–1004. 

INGRAM, J.1967. A revisional study of Argythamnia subgenus 

Argythamnia (Euphorbiaceae). Gentes Herb. 10:1–38. 

_____. 1980. The generic limits of Argythamnia (Euphorbiaceae) 

defined. Gentes Herb. 11:427–436. 

IRELAND,R.R.1957. Biosystematics of Erythronium albidum and 

E. mesochorum. M.A.Thesis, Univ. Kansas, Manhattan. 

IRISH,H.C.1898. Revision of the genus Capsicum.Rep.(Annual) 


IRVING, R.S. 1976. Chromosome numbers of Hedeoma 

(Labiatae) and related genera. Syst. Bot. 1:46–56. 

_____. 1979.Artificial hybridization in Hedeoma (Labiatae).Syst. 

Bot. 4:1–15. 

_____. 1980. The systematics of Hedeoma (Labiatae). Sida 

8:218–295. 

IRWIN, H.S.and R.C. BARNEBY. 1982. The American Cassiinae. A 

synoptical revision of Leguminosae tribe Cassieae subtribe 

Cassiinae in the New World. Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 

35:1–918. 

ISELY, D.1948. Lespedeza striata and L. stipulacea. Rhodora 

50:21–27. 

_____. 1951. The Leguminosae of the north-central United 

States: I. Loteae and Trifolieae. Iowa State Coll. J. Sci. 

25:439–482. 

_____. 1954. Keys to sweetclovers (Melilotus). Proc. Iowa Acad. 

Sci. 61:119–131. 

_____. 1969.Legumes of the United States:I.Native Acacia.Sida 

3:365–386. 

_____. 1970a.Legumes of the United States:II.Desmanthus and 

Neptunia.Iowa State J. Sci. 44:495–511. 

_____. 1970b. Legumes of the United States V. Albizia, Lysiloma, 

Leucaena, Adenanthera; and rejected genera of the 

Mimosoideae. Castanea 35:244–260. 

_____. 1971a. Legumes of the United States: III. Schrankia.Sida 

4:232–245. 

_____. 1971b. Legumes of the United States. IV. Mimosa.Amer. 


_____. 1972. Legumes of the U.S. VI. Calliandra, Pithecellobium, 

and Prosopis.Madroño 21:273–298. 

_____. 1973. Leguminosae of the United States: I. Subfamily 

Mimosoideae. Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 25 (1):1–152. 

_____. 1975. Leguminosae of the United States: II. Subfamily 

Caesalpinioideae. Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 25 (2):1–228. 

_____. 1981. Leguminosae of the United States. III. Subfamily 

Papilionoideae: Tribes Sophoreae, Podalyrieae, Loteae. 

Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 25(3):1–264. 

_____. 1982. Leguminosae and Homo sapiens.Econ.Bot.36:46–70. 

_____. 1983. The Desmodium paniculatum complex revisited. 

Sida 10:142–158. 

_____. 1983–1986. Astragalus L. (Leguminosae: Papilionoideae). 

Iowa State J.Res.58:3–172;59:99–209;60:183–320;61:157–289. 

_____. 1986a. Notes about Psoralea sensu auct., Amorpha, 

Baptisia, Sesbania and Chamaecrista (Leguminosae) in the 

southeastern United States. Sida 11:429–440. 

_____. 1986b. Notes on Leguminosae: Papilionoideae of the 

southeastern United States. Brittonia 38:352–359. 

_____. 1990. Leguminosae (Fabaceae). Vascular flora of the 

southeastern United States 3(2):1–258.Univ.North Carolina 

Press, Chapel Hill. 

_____ and F.J. PEABODY. 1984. Robinia (Leguminosae: 

Papilionoideae). Castanea 49:187–202. 

ISELY, D.and R.M. POLHILL. 1980. Leguminosae: Subfamily 

Papilionoideae.Taxon 29:105–119. 

JACKSON,R.C.1960. A revision of the genus Iva L. Univ. Kansas 

Sci. Bull. 41:793–874. 

_____. 1963. Cytotaxonomy of Helianthus ciliaris and related 

species of the southwestern U.S. and Mexico. Brittonia 

15:260–271. 

JACKSON,S.W.1963.Hybridization among three species of Ratibida. 

Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 44:3–27. 

JACOBSEN,N.1985. Order Arales. In: R.M.T. Dahlgren, H.T. Clifford, 

and P.F. Yeo. The families of the monocotyledons. Pp. 

278–289. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg. 

JAMES, C.W.1956. A revision of Rhexia (Melastomataceae). 


JAMES, L.F.and S.L. WELSH. 1992. Poisonous plants of North 

America. In: L.F. James, R.F. Keeler, E.M. Bailey, Jr., P.R. Cheeke, 

and M.P. Hegarty, eds. Poisonous plants: Proceedings of the 

third international symposium.Pp.94–104.Iowa State Univ. 

Press, Ames. 

JAMES, R.L.1948. Some hummingbird flowers east of the 

Mississippi. Castanea 12:97–109. 

JANSEN, R.K.1981. Systematics of Spilanthes (Compositae: 

Heliantheae). Syst. Bot. 6:231–257. 

_____. 1985a. The systematics of Acmella (Asteraceae- 

Heliantheae). Syst. Bot. Monogr. 8:1–115. 

_____. 1985b. Systematic significance of chromosome number 

in Acmella (Asteraceae). Amer. J. Bot. 72:1835–1841. 

_____, H.J. MICHAELS, and J.D. PALMER. 1991. Phylogeny and 

character evolution in the Asteraceae based on chloroplast 

DNA restriction site mapping. Syst. Bot. 16:98–115. 

JANSEN,R.K., H.J. MICHAELS,R.S.WALLACE,K.-J. KIM,S.C.KEELEY,L.E. 

WATSON, and J.D. PALMER. 1992. Chloroplast DNA variation in 

the Asteraceae: Phylogenetic and evolutionary implications. 

In: P.S. Soltis, D.E. Soltis, and J.J. Doyle, eds. Molecular systematics 

of plants. Pp. 252–279. Chapman and Hall, New York. 

JANSEN,R.K., E.B. SMITH, and D.J. CRAWFORD. 1987. A cladistic study 

of North American Coreopsis (Asteraceae: Heliantheae). Pl. 

Syst. Evol. 157:73–84. 

JANZEN,D.H.and P.S. MARTIN. 1982. Neotropical anachronisms: 

The fruits the gomphotheres ate. Science 215:19–27. 

JARMAN, R. 1968. Eurasian watermilfoil–new menace to 

Oklahoma waters. Proc. Oklahoma Acad. Sci. 49:171–174. 

JEFFREY,C.1975.Further notes on Cucurbitaceae:IV.Some New- 

World taxa. Kew Bull. 33:347–380. 

_____. 1990. Appendix: An outline classification of the 

Cucurbitaceae. In: D.M. Bates, R.W. Robinson, and C. Jeffrey, 

eds. Biology and utilization of the Cucurbitaceae. Pp. 


JENSEN,R.J.1977.Numerical analysis of the scarlet oak complex

(Quercus subgen.Erythrobalanus) in the eastern United States: 

Relationships above the species level.Syst.Bot.2:122–129. 

JENSEN,S.R.1992. Systematic implications of the distribution of 

iridoids and other chemical compounds in the 

Loganiaceae and other families of the Asteridae. Ann. 


JENSEN,U.,I.VOGEL-BAUER, and M. NITSCHKE. 1994. Leguminlike 

proteins and the systematics of the Euphorbiaceae. Ann. 


JOHNSON,D.M.1986. Systematics of the New World species of 

Marsilea (Marsileaceae). Syst. Bot. Monogr. 11:1–87. 

_____. 1988. Proposal to conserve Marsilea L. (Pteridophyta: 

Marsileaceae) with Marsilea quadrifolia as typ. conserv. 

Taxon 37:483–486. 

_____. 1993a. Marsileaceae. In: Flora of North America Editorial 



_____. 1993b. Onoclea. In: Flora of North America Editorial 

Committee, eds. Fl. North Amer. 2:251. Oxford Univ. Press, 


JOHNSON,L.A.and D.E. SOLTIS. 1995. Phylogenetic inference in 

Saxifragaceae sensu stricto and Gilia (Polemoniaceae) 

using matK sequences.Ann.Missouri Bot.Gard.83:149–175. 

JOHNSTON,I.M.1924. Studies in the Boraginaceae. II. 29. Lappula. 


_____. 1925. Studies in the Boraginaceae. IV. The North 

American species of Cryptantha.Contr.Gray Herb.74:1–114. 

_____. 1952. Studies in the Boraginaceae, XXIII. A survey of the 

genus Lithospermum.J.Arnold Arbor. 33:299–366. 

_____. 1954a. Studies in the Boraginaceae, XXVI. Further reevaluations 

of the genera of the Lithospermeae. J. Arnold 

Arbor. 35:1–81. 

_____. 1954b. Studies in the Boraginaceae, XXVII. Some general 

observations concerning the Lithospermeae. J. Arnold 

Arbor. 35:158–166. 

_____. 1966. Boraginaceae. In: C.L. Lundell, ed. Flora of Texas 


JOHNSTON,M.C.1956.The Texas species of Dyssodia (Compositae). 

Field & Lab. 24:60–69. 

_____. 1957. Synopsis of the United States species of Forestiera 

(Oleaceae). SouthW. Naturalist 2:140–151. 

_____. 1959. The Texas species of Croton (Euphorbiaceae). 


_____. 1962. Revision of Condalia including Microrhamnus 

(Rhamnaceae). Brittonia 14:332–368. 

_____. 1963a. The geography of the five Texas species of 

Dichondra (Convoluvlaceae).Wrightia 2:252–253. 

_____. 1963b. The species of Ziziphus indigenous to United 

States and Mexico. Amer. J. Bot. 50:1020–1027. 

_____. 1964. Scirpus molestus M.C. Johnston (Cyperaceae), sp. 

nov. from Arkansas, Louisiana, and Texas. SouthW. Naturalist 

9:310–312. 

_____. 1966. The Texas species of Cyperus subgenus Kyllinga 

(Cyperaceae). SouthW. Naturalist 11:123–124. 

_____. 1971.Revision of Colubrina (Rhamnaceae).Brittonia 23:2–53. 

_____. 1975. Studies of the Euphorbia species of the Chihuahuan 

JENSEN/LITERATURE CITED 1485 

Desert region and adjacent areas.Wrightia 5:120–143. 

_____. 1988. The vascular plants of Texas: A list, up-dating the 

manual of the vascular plants of Texas. Published by the 

author, Austin.TX. 

_____. 1990. The vascular plants of Texas: A list, up-dating the 

manual of the vascular plants of Texas, 2nd ed. Published 

by the author, Austin.TX. 

_____ and L.A.JOHNSTON. 1969.Rhamnaceae.In:C.L.Lundell,ed. 

Flora of Texas 2:357–392.Texas Research Foundation, Renner. 

JOHNSTON,M.C.and B.L. TURNER. 1962. Chromosome numbers 

of Dyssodia (Compositae:Tagetinae) and phyletic interpretations. 

Rhodora 64:2–15. 

JONES, A.G.1978a. The taxonomy of Aster section Multiflori 

(Asteraceae) I. Nomenclatural review and formal presentation 

of taxa. Rhodora 80:319–357. 

_____. 1978b. The taxonomy of Aster section Multiflori 

(Asteraceae)—II. Biosystematic investigations. Rhodora 

80:453–490. 

_____. 1980. A classification of the New World species of Aster 

(Asteraceae). Brittonia 32:230–239. 

_____. 1983. Nomenclatural changes in Aster (Asteraceae). Bull. 


_____. 1984. Nomenclatural notes on Aster (Asteraceae) – II. New 

combinations and some transfers. Phytologia 55:373–388. 

_____. 1987. New combinations and status changes in Aster 

(Asteraceae). Phytologia 63:131–133. 

_____. 1992. Aster and Brachyactis (Asteraceae) in Oklahoma. 

Sida, Bot. Misc. 8:1–46. 

_____ and M.T. DEONIER. 1965. Interspecific crosses among 

Ipomoea lacunosa, I. ramoni, I. trichoarpa,andI. triloba.Bot. 

Gaz. (Crawfordsville) 126:226–232. 

JONES, A.G.and D.A. YOUNG. 1983. Generic concepts of Aster 

(Asteraceae): A comparison of cladistic, phenetic, and cytological 

approaches. Syst. Bot. 8:71–84. 

JONES,F.B.1975. Flora of the Texas coastal bend.Welder Wildlife 

Foundation, Sinton,TX. 

_____. 1977. Flora of the Texas coastal bend, 2nd ed. Welder 

Wildlife Foundation, Sinton,TX. 

_____. 1982. Flora of the Texas coastal bend, 3rd ed. Welder 


_____, C.M. ROWELL, JR., and M.C. JOHNSTON. 1961. Flowering 

plants and ferns of the Texas coastal bend counties.Welder 


JONES, G.D.and S.D. JONES. 1991. Sarcostemma clausum, series 

Clausa (Asclepiadaceae),new to Texas.Phytologia 71:160–162. 

JONES,G.N.1940.A monograph of the genus Symphoricarpos.J. 


_____. 1946. American species of Amelanchier. Illinois Biol. 

Monogr. 20:1–126. 

_____. 1968. Taxonomy of American species of Linden (Tilia). 

Illinois Biol. Monogr. 39:1–156. 

_____ and F.F. JONES. 1943. A revision of the perennial species 

of Geranium of the United States and Canada. Rhodora 

45:5–26, 32–53. 

JONES,J.H.1986. Evolution of the Fagaceae:The implications of 

foliar features. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 73:228–275.

1486 LITERATURE CITED/JONES 

JONES, R.L.1983. A systematic study of Aster section Patentes 

(Asteraceae). Sida 10:41–81. 

JONES,S.B.1970. Scanning electron microscopy of pollen as an 

aid to the systematics of Vernonia (Compositae).Bull.Torrey 

Bot. Club 97:323–335. 

_____. 1982. The genera of Vernonieae (Compositae) in the 


_____ and W.Z. FAUST. 1978. Compositae tribe Vernonieae. N. 

Amer. Fl. II. 10:180–202. 

JONES,S.B.and A.E. LUCHSINGER. 1986. Plant systematics, 2nd ed. 

McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York. 

JONES, S.D.(STANLEY). Personal communication. Specialist in 

Carex and other Cyperaceae; botanical consultant at 

Botanical Research Center Herbarium, Bryan,TX. 

JONES, S.D.1994a. A taxonomic study of the Carex muhlenbergii 

and C. cephalophora complexes (Cyperaceae: 

Phaestoglochin). Ph.D. dissertation, Texas A&M Univ., 


_____. 1994b. A new species of Carex (Cyperaceae: 

Phaestoglochin) from Oklahoma and Texas; typification of 

section Phaestoglochin, and notes on sections Bracteosae 

and Phaestoglochin.Sida 16:341–353. 

_____ and S.L. HATCH. 1990. Synopsis of Carex section 

Lupulinae (Cyperaceae) in Texas. Sida 14:87–99. 

JONES, S.D.and A.A. REZNICEK. 1991. Carex bicknellii,“Bicknell’s 

sedge” (Cyperaceae): New to Texas, with a key to Texas 

species of section Ovales.Phytologia 70:115–118. 

_____ and _____. 1997. Lathyrus aphaca (Fabaceae), previously 

unreported for Texas. Phytologia 82:1–2. 

JONES,S.D.and J.K. WIPFF. 1992. Bulbostylis barbata,(Cyperaceae), 

previously unreported for Texas. Phytologia 73:381–383. 

_____, _____, and R. CARTER. 1996. Nomenclatural combinations 

in Cyperus (Cyperaceae). Phytologia 80:288–290. 

JONES, S.D., J.K. WIPFF., and P.M. MONTGOMERY. 1997. Vascular 

plants of Texas: A comprehensive checklist including synonymy, 

bibliography, and index. Univ. of Texas Press, Austin. 

JOSEPH,C.and M. HEIMBERGER. 1966. Cytotaxonomic studies on 

New World species of Anemone (Section Eriocephalus) with 

tuberous rootstocks. Canad. J. Bot. 44:899–913. 

JORDAN,T.G. 1973. Pioneer evaluation of vegetation in frontier 

Texas. SouthW. Hist. Quart. 76:233–254. 

JØRGENSEN,P.M., J.E. WAWESSON, and L.B. HOLM-NIELSEN. 1984. A 

guide to collecting passionflowers. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 

71:1172–1174. 

JOVET,P.and R.WILLMANN. 1957.Trécul, botaniste français. In: Les 

botanistes français in Amérique du Nord avant 1850. Pp. 

83–106. Paris. 

JUBINSKY,G.and L.C. ANDERSON. 1996. The invasive potential of 

chinese tallow-tree (Sapium sebiferum Roxb.) in the southeast. 

Castanea 61:226–231. 

JUDD,W.S. 1995. Lyonia.In:J.L.Luteyn,ed.Ericaceae Part II, the 

superior-ovaried genera. Fl. Neotrop. Monogr. 66:222–294. 

_____ and K.A. KRON. 1993. Circumscription of Ericaceae 

(Ericales) as determined by preliminary cladistic analyses 

based on morphological, anatomical, and embryological 

features. Brittonia 45:99–114. 

JUDD, W.S., R.W. SANDERS, and M.J. DONOGHUE. 1994. 

Angiosperm family pairs: Preliminary phylogenetic analyses. 

Harvard Pap. Bot. 5:1–51. 

JUDZIEWICZ, E.J.1990. A new South American species of 

Sacciolepis (Poaceae: Panicoideae: Paniceae), with a summary 

of the genus in the New World. Syst. Bot. 15:415–420. 

JURNEY, D.H.1987. Presettlement vegetation recorded in land 

surveyors’notes.In:D.H.Jurney and R.W.Moir.Historic buildings, 

material culture, and people of the prairie margin. 

Richland Creek Technical Series Volume V. Pp. 211–227. 

Archaeology Research Program, Institute for the Study of 

Earth and Man, Southern Methodist Univ., Dallas,TX. 

KADEREIT,J.W.1993.Papaveraceae.In:K.Kubitzki,J.C.Rohwer,and 



KAPADIA, Z.J.and F.W. GOULD. 1964a. Biosystematic studies in 

the Bouteloua curtipendula complex. III. Pollen size as related 

to chromosome numbers. Amer. J. Bot. 51:166–172. 

_____ and _____. 1964b. Biosystematic studies in the 

Bouteloua curtipendula complex IV. Dynamics of variation 

in B. curtipendula var. caespitosa. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 

91:465–478. 

KAPIL, R.N.and A.K. BHATNAGAR. 1994. The contribution of 

embryology to the systematics of the Euphorbiaceae.Ann. 


KAPOOR, B.M.and J.R. BEAUDRY. 1966. Studies on Solidago.VII. 

The taxonomic status of the taxa Brachchaeta, Brintonia, 

Chrysoma,Euthamia,Oligoneuron and Petradoria in relation 

to Solidago.Canad. J. Genet. Cytol. 8:422–433. 

KARIS, P.O. 1995. Cladistics of the subtribe Ambrosiinae 

(Asteraceae: Heliantheae). Syst. Bot. 20:40–54. 

_____ and O. RYDING. 1994. Tribe Helenieae (Chapter 21). In: K. 

Bremer. Asteraceae cladistics & classification. Pp. 521–558. 

Timber Press, Portland, OR. 

KARTESZ, J.T.(JOHN). Personal communication. Specialist in 

nomenclature of North American plants. Biota of North 

America Program, Univ. of North Carolina, Chapel Hill. 

KARTESZ,J.T.1994. A synonymized checklist of the vascular flora 

of the United States, Canada, and Greenland, 2nd ed. (2 

vols.).Timber Press, Portland, OR. 

_____ and K.N. GANDHI. 1995. Nomenclatural notes for the 

North American flora. XIV. Phytologia 78:1–17. 

KATO,M.1993. Athyrium. In:Flora of North America Editorial 



KAUL,R.B.1986a. Evolution and reproductive biology of inflorescences 

in Lithocarpus, Castanopsis, Castanea, and 

Quercus (Fagaceae). Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 73:284–296. 

_____. 1986b.Polygonaceae.In:Great Plains Flora Assoc.Flora of 


_____. 1986c. Elatinaceae. In: Great Plains Flora Assoc. Flora of 

the Great Plains. Pp. 236. Univ. Press of Kansas, Lawrence. 

_____. 1986d. Loasaceae.In:Great Plains Flora Assoc.Flora of the 

Great Plains. Pp. 269–273. Univ. Press of Kansas, Lawrence. 

_____. 1986e. Zannichelliaceae. In: Great Plains Flora Assoc. Flora of 

the Great Plains.Pp.1041–1042.Univ.Press of Kansas,Lawrence.

_____. 1997. Platanaceae. In: Flora of North America Editorial 



KEARNEY,T.H. 1935.The North American species of Sphaeralcea 

subgenus Eusphaeralcea.Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 19:1–128. 

_____. 1951. The American genera of Malvaceae. Amer. Midl. 


_____. 1954. A tentative key to the North American species of 

Sida,L.Leafl.W. Bot. 7:138–152. 

_____. 1955a. Malvastrum, A. Gray—A redefinition of the 

genus. Leafl.W. Bot. 7:238–241. 

_____. 1955b.A tentative key to the North American species of 

Abutilon,Miller. Leafl.W. Bot. 7:241–254. 

KEARNS, D.M.1994. The genus Ibervillea (Cucurbitaceae): An 

enumeration of the species and two new combinations. 

Madroño 41:13–22. 

KEELER,R.F.1979.Toxins and Teratogens of the Solanaceae and 

Liliaceae. In: A.D. Kinghorn, ed. Toxic plants. Pp. 59–82. 


KEELEY, S.C.and R.K. JANSEN. 1991.Evidence from chloroplast 

DNA for the recognition of a new tribe, the Tarchonantheae, 

and the tribal placement of Pluchea (Asteraceae). Syst. Bot. 

16:173–181. 

KEELEY,S.C.and S.B. JONES,JR. 1979.Distribution of pollen types 

in Vernonia (Vernonieae: Compositae). Syst. Bot. 4:195–202. 

KEENER,C.S.1975a. Studies in the Ranunculaceae of the southeastern 

United States. I. Anemone L. Castanea 40:36–44. 

_____. 1975b. Studies in the Ranunculaceae of the southeastern 

United States. III. Clematis L. Sida 6:33–47. 

_____. 1976a. Studies in the Ranunculaceae of the southeastern 

United States. IV. Genera with zygomorphic flowers. 

Castanea 41:12–20. 

_____. 1976b. Studies in the Ranunculaceae of the southeastern 

United States.V. Ranunculus L. Sida 6:266–283. 

_____. 1977.Studies in the Ranunculaceae of the southeastern 

United States.VI. Miscellaneous genera. Sida 7:1–12. 

_____ and W.M. DENNIS. 1982. The subgeneric classification of 

Clematis (Ranunculaceae) in temperate North America 

north of Mexico.Taxon 31:37–44. 

KEENER,C.S.and B.E. DUTTON. 1994. A new species of Anemone 

(Ranunculaceae) from central Texas. Sida 16:191–202. 

KEENER,C.S.and S.B. HOOT. 1987. Ranunculus section Echinella 

(Ranunculaceae) in the southeastern United States. Sida 

12:57–68. 

KEENEY,T.M. and B.L. LIPSCOMB. 1985.Notes on two Texas plants. 

Sida 11:102–103. 

KEIL, D.J. 1977. A revision of Pectis section Pectothrix 

(Compositae:Tageteae). Rhodora 79:32–78. 

KELLOGG, E.A., R. APPELS, and R.J. MASON-GAMER. 1996. When 

genes tell different stories: The diploid genera of Triticeae 

(Gramineae). Syst. Bot. 21:321–347. 

KELLY,J.P.1915. Cultivated varieties of Phlox drummondii.J.New 

York Bot. Gard. 16:179–191. 

KENDALL,G.W.1845. Narrative of an expedition across the great 

southwestern prairies from Texas to Santa Fe. 2 vols. David 

Bogue, London, England, U.K. Readex Microprint 

KEARNEY/LITERATURE CITED 1487 

Corporation, 1966. [Originally published in New York in 

1844 as Narrative of the Texan Santa Fe Expedition]. 

KENNEDY,K.1992. A systematic study of the genus Phyla Lour. 

(Verbenaceae: Verbenoideae, Lantanae). Ph.D. dissertation, 


KENNEDY, W. 1841. The rise, progress, and prospects of the 

Republic of Texas. London. Reprinted in one volume by 

Molyneaux Craftsmen, Inc., Fort Worth,Texas, 1925. 

KENNEMER,G.W.1987.A quantitative analysis of the vegetation 

on the Dallas County White Rock Escarpment. Sida, Bot. 

Misc. 1:1–10. 

KENT, D.H.1967. Index to botanical monographs: A guide to 

monographs and taxonomic papers relating to phanerogams 

and vascular cryptogams found growing wild in the 

British Isles. Published for the Botanical Society of the British 

Isles by Academic Press, London and New York. 

_____. 1997.The correct authority for lesser chickweed,Stellaria 

pallida (Caryophyllaceae).Watsonia 21:364. 

KESSLER,E.1987. Carthamus lanatus L. (Asteraceae: Cynareae)–a 

potentially serious plant pest in Oklahoma.Proc.Oklahoma 

Acad. Sci. 67:39–43. 

KESSLER, J.W.1987. A treatment of Scleria (Cyperaceae) for 

North America north of Mexico. Sida 12:391–407. 

KESSLER, P.J.A. 1993a. Annonaceae. In: K. Kubitzki, J.C. Rohwer, 



_____. 1993b. Menispermaceae. In: K. Kubitzki, J.C. Rohwer, and 



KEUNG,W.-M. and B.L. VALLEE. 1993. Daidzin and daidzein suppress 

free-choice ethanol intake by Syrian golden hamsters. 

Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 90:10008–10012 

KIGER, R.W.1973. Sectional nomenclature in Papaver L. Taxon 

22:579–582. 

_____. 1975. Papaver in North America north of Mexico. 

Rhodora 77:410–422. 

_____. 1985. Revised sectional nomenclature in Papaver L. 

Taxon 34:150–152. 

_____. 1997a.Papaveraceae.In:Flora of North America Editorial 



_____. 1997b. Glaucium. In:Flora of North America Editorial 



_____ and D.F. MURRAY. 1997. Papaver. In: Flora of North 



KILLIP, E.P.1938. The American species of Passifloraceae. Publ. 

Field Mus. Nat. Hist., Bot. Ser. 19:1–613. 

KIM,K.-J.,R.K.JANSEN,and B.L.TURNER. 1992a. Evolutionary implications 

of intraspecific chloroplast DNA variation in dwarf 

dandelions (Krigia;Asteraceae). Amer. J. Bot. 79:708–715. 

KIM,K.-J.and T.J. MABRY. 1991. Phylogenetic and evolutionary 

implications of nuclear ribosomal DNA variation in dwarf 

dandelions (Krigia–Lactuceae–Asteraceae). Pl. Syst. Evol. 

177:53–69.

1488 LITERATURE CITED/KIM & TURNER 

KIM,K.-J.and B.L. TURNER. 1992. Systematic overview of Krigia 

(Asteraceae-Lactuceae). Brittonia 44:173–198. 

_____, _____, and R.K. JANSEN. 1992b. Phylogenetic and evolutionary 

implications of interspecific chloroplast DNA variation 

in Krigia (Asteraceae-Lactuceae).Syst.Bot.17:449–469. 

KIM,Y.-D. and R.K. JANSEN.1996 [1997].Phylogenetic implications 

of rbcL and ITS sequence variation in the Berberidaceae.Syst. 

Bot. 21:381–396. 

KINDSCHER,K.1987. Edible wild plants of the prairie. Univ. Press 

of Kansas, Lawrence. 

_____. 1992. Medicinal wild plants of the prairie. Univ. Press of 


KING,B.L.and S.B. JONES. 1975. The Vernonia lindheimeri complex 

(Compositae). Brittonia 27:74–86. 

KING,R.M.and H. ROBINSON. 1970a. Studies in the Eupatorieae 

(Compositae). XVIII. New combinations in Fleischmannia. 


_____ and _____. 1970b. Studies in the Eupatorieae 

(Compositae). XIX. New combinations in Ageratina. 


_____ and _____. 1970c. Studies in the Eupatorieae 

(Compositae). XIII. The genus Conoclinum. Phytologia 

19:299–300. 

_____ and _____. 1970d.Eupatorium,a composite of arcto-tertiary 

distribution.Taxon 19:769–774. 

_____ and _____. 1987. The genera of the Eupatorieae 

(Asteraceae).Monogr.Syst.Bot.Missouri Bot.Gard.22:1–581. 

KINGHORN,A.D.1979. Cocarcinogenic irritant Euphorbiaceae. In: 

A.D. Kinghorn, ed.Toxic plants. Pp. 137–159. Columbia Univ. 

Press, New York. 

KINGSBURY,J.M.1964.Poisonous plants of the United States and 

Canada. Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ. 

_____. 1965. Deadly harvest: A guide to common poisonous 

plants. Holt, Rinehart and Winston, New York. 

KIPHART, T. 1997. Benny Simpson’s plant legacy. Sida 

17:853–854. Originally published 1997 in Native Pl. Soc. 

Texas News 15(2):9. 

KIRKBRIDE,J.H.,JR. 1993.Biosystematic monograph of the genus 

Cucumis (Cucurbitaceae). Parkway Publishers, Boone, NC. 

KIRKPATRICK,Z.M.1992. Wildflowers of the western plains. Univ. 

of Texas Press, Austin. 

_____ and J.K. WILLIAMS. 1998. Glaucium corniculatum 

(Papaveraceae) in Texas. Sida 18: 348–349. 

KNOBLOCH,I.W.and D.M.BRITTON. 1963.The chromosome number 

and possible ancestry of Pellaea wrightiana. Amer.J.Bot. 

50:52–55. 

KOBUSKI, C.E.1928. A monograph of the American species of 

the genus Dyschoriste.Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 15:9–90. 

KOCH, S.D.1974. The Eragrostis pectinacea–pilosa complex in 

North and Central America. Illinois Biol. Monogr. 48:1–75. 

_____. 1978. Notes on the genus Eragrostis (Gramineae) in the 

southeastern United States. Rhodora 80:390–403. 

KOHEL, R.J.and C.F. LEWIS. 1984. Cotton. No. 24 in the series 

Agronomy. American Society of Agronomy, Inc., Crop 

Science Society of American, Inc., Soil Science Society of 

America, Inc., Publishers, Madison, WI. 

KOLSTAD,O.A.1986. Fimbristylis.In:Great Plains Flora Association. 



_____. 1986. Scirpus. In: Great Plains Flora Assoc. Flora of the 

Great Plains.Pp.1107–1112.Univ.Press of Kansas,Lawrence. 

KOSNIK,M.A., G.M. DIGGS,JR., P.A. REDSHAW, and B.L. LIPSCOMB. 

1996.Natural hybridization among three sympatric Baptisia 

(Fabaceae) species in North Central Texas. Sida 17:479–500. 

KOSTERMANS, A.J.G.H. 1957. The genus Firmiana Marsili 

(Sterculiaceae). Reinwardtia 4:281–310. 

_____. 1989. Notes on Firmiana Marsili (Sterculiaceae). Blumea 

34:117–118. 

KOYAMA,T.1962. The genus Scirpus L.: Some North American 

aphylloid species. Canad. J. Bot. 40:913–937. 

_____. 1963.The genus Scirpus L.: Critical species of the section 

Pterolepis.Canad. J. Bot. 41:1107–1131. 

KRAL, R. (ROBERT). Personal communication. Specialist in 

Cyperaceae, Eriocaulaceae, Melastomataceae, Pinaceae, 

and Xyridaceae; developed Vanderbilt Univ. herbarium; 

retired from career at Vanderbilt, currently Research 

Associate at Botanical Research Institute of Texas, Fort 

Worth. 

KRAL, R.1955. Populations of Linaria (Scrophulariaceae) in 

northeastern Texas. Field & Lab. 23:74–77. 

_____. 1960a. A revision of Asimina and Deeringothamnus 

(Annonaceae). Brittonia 12:233–278. 

_____. 1960b.The genus Xyris in Florida. Rhodora 62:295–319. 

_____. 1966a. Xyris (Xyridaceae) of the continental United 

States and Canada. Sida 2:177–260. 

_____. 1966b. Eriocaulaceae of continental North America 

north of Mexico. Sida 2:285–332. 

_____. 1971. A treatment of Abildgaardia, Bulbostylis and 

Fimbristylis (Cyperaceae) for North America. Sida 4:57–227. 

_____. 1976. A treatment of Delphinium for Alabama and 

Tennessee. Sida 6:243–265. 

_____. 1978. A synopsis of Fuirena (Cyperaceae) for the 

Americas north of South America. Sida 7:309–354. 

_____. 1983. The genera of Xyridaceae in the southeastern 


_____. 1989. The genera of Eriocaulaceae in the southeastern 


_____. 1993. Pinus. In: Flora of North America Editorial 



_____. 1997. Annonaceae. In: Flora of North America Editorial 



_____ and P.E. BOSTICK. 1969.The genus Rhexia (Melastomataceae). 

Sida 3:387–440. 

KRAPOVICKAS,A.and W.C. GREGORY. 1994.Taxonomía del género 

Arachis (Leguminosae). Bonplandia 8:1–186. 

KROCHMAL,A.1952. Seeds of weedy Euphorbia species and their 

identification.Weeds 1:243–255. 

_____, L. WILKEN, and M. CHIEN. 1972. Lobeline content of four 

Appalachian lobelias. Lloydia 35:303–304 

KRON, K.A.1996. Phylogenetic relationships of Empetraceae,

Epacridaceae, Ericaceae, Monotropaceae, and Pyrolaceae: 

Evidence from nuclear ribosomal 18s sequence data. Ann. 

Bot. 77:293–303. 

_____. 1997. Exploring alternative systems of classification. 

Aliso 15:105–112. 

_____ and M.W. CHASE. 1993. Systematics of the Ericaceae, 

Empetraceae, Epacridaceae and related taxa based upon 

rbcL sequence data. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 80:735–741. 

KRON, K.A.and W.S. JUDD. 1997 [1998]. Systematics of the 

Lyonia group (Andromedeae, Ericaceae) and the use of 

species as terminals in higher-level cladistic analyses. Syst. 

Bot. 22:479–492. 

KRUCKEBERG,A.R.and R.D. REEVES. 1995.Nickel accumulation by 

serpentine species of Strepanthus (Brassicaceae): Field and 

greenhouse studies. Madroño 42:458–469. 

KRUKOFF,B.A.and R.C. BARNEBY. 1974. Conspectus of species of 

the genus Erythrina.Lloydia 37:332–459. 

KRUSCHKE, E.P. 1965. Contributions to the taxonomy of 

Crataegus.Milwaukee Public Mus. Publ. Bot. 3:1–273. 

KUBITZKI,K.1993a. Betulaceae. In: K. Kubitzki, J.C. Rohwer, and V. 



_____. 1993b. Cannabaceae. In: K. Kubitzki, J.C. Rohwer, and V. 



_____. 1993c.Fagaceae.In:K.Kubitzki,J.C.Rohwer,and V.Bittrich, 

eds. The families and genera of vascular plants, Vol. II. Pp. 

301–309. Springer-Verlag, Berlin. 

_____. 1993d. Myricaceae. In: K. Kubitzki, J.C. Rohwer, and V. 



_____. 1993e. Platanaceae. In: K. Kubitzki, J.C. Rohwer, and V. 



_____, J.G. ROHWER, and V. BITTRICH, eds. 1993. The families and 

genera of vascular plants II. Flowering plants - dicotyledons. 

Magnoliid, hamamelid and caryophyllid families. Springer- 

Verlag, Berlin. 

KUBY,J.1997. Immunology,3rd ed.W.H.Freeman and Co.,New York. 

KUCHLER,A.W.1974. A new vegetation map of Kansas. Ecology 

55:586–604. 

KÜHN,U.1993. Chenopodiaceae. In: K. Kubitzki, J.C. Rohwer, and 



KUIJT,J.1982.The Viscaceae of the southeastern United States. 


KUPICHA,F.K.1976.The infrageneric structure of Vicia.Notes Roy. 

Bot. Gard. Edinburgh 34:287–326. 

_____. 1981. Vicieae (Adans.) DC. In: R.M. Polhill and P.H. Raven, 

eds. Advances in legume systematics 1:377–381. 

_____. 1983. The infrageneric structure of Lathyrus.Notes Roy. 

Bot. Gard. Edinburgh 41:209–244. 

LACEY,J.B.1969. Key to violets (Viola,Violaceae) of Nacogdoches 

County,Texas. Sida 3:311–312. 

LA DUKE, J.C.and J. DOEBLEY. 1995. A chloroplast DNA based 

phylogeny of the Malvaceae. Syst. Bot. 20:259–271. 

KRON & JUDD/LITERATURE CITED 1489 

LA DUKE, J.C.and D.K. NORTHINGTON. 1978. The systematics of 

Sphaeralcea coccinea (Nutt.) Rydb. (Malvaceae). SouthW. 


LAMMERS, T.G. 1992. Circumscription and phylogeny of 

Campanulales. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 79:388–413. 

_____. 1993. Chromosome numbers of Campanulaceae. III. 

Review and integration of data for subfamily Lobelioideae. 

Amer. J. Bot. 80:660–675. 

LAMOTTE,C.1940. Pilularia in Texas. Amer. Fern J. 30:99–101. 

LAMPE, K.E.1986. Contact dermatitis from Sonoran Desert 

plants. Desert Pl. 8:32–37. 

_____ and M.A. MCCANN. 1985.AMA handbook of poisonous 

and injurious plants. American Medical Association, 

Chicago. 

LANDOLT,E.1975. Morphological differentiation and geographical 

distribution of the Lemma gibba–Lemna minor group. 

Aquatic Bot. 1:345–363. 

_____. 1980. Biosystematic investigation of the family of duckweeds 

(Lemnaceae) (Vol. 1). Veröff. Geobot. Inst. ETH 

Stiftung Rübel, Zürich 70:1–247. 

_____. 1986.Biosystematic investigations in the family of duckweeds 

(Lemnaceae) (Vol. 2). Veröff. Geobot. Inst. ETH 

Stiftung Rübel, Zürich 71:1–566. 

LANE, M.A.1979. Taxonomy of the genus Amphiachyris. Syst. 

Bot. 4:178–189. 

_____. 1980. New and re-instated combinations in Gutierrezia 

(Compositae: Astereae). Sida 8:313–314. 

_____. 1982. Generic limits of Xanthocephalum, Gutierrezia, 

Amphiachyris, Gymnosperma, Greenella and Thurovia. Syst. 

Bot. 7:405–416. 

_____. 1985.Taxonomy of Gutierrezia (Compositae:Astereae) in 

North America. Syst. Bot. 10:7–28. 

_____ and R.L. HARTMAN. 1996. Reclassification of North 

American Haplopappus (Compositae: Astereae) completed: 

Rayjacksonia gen. nov. Amer. J. Bot. 83:356–370. 

LANE, T.M. 1983. Mericarp micromorphology of Great Plains 

Scutellaria (Labiatae). SouthW. Naturalist 28:71–79. 

_____. 1986.Scutellaria.In:Great Plains Flora Association.Flora of 

the Great Plains. Pp. 733-737. Univ. Press of Kansas, Lawrence. 

LANGELAND, K.A. 1996. Hydrilla verticillata (L.F.) Royle 

(Hydrocharitaceae),“The perfect aquatic weed.” Castanea 

61:293–304. 

LARISEY, M.1940. A monograph of the genus Baptisia. Ann. 


LARSEN, E.L.1927. A revision of the genus Townsendia. Ann. 


_____. 1933.Astranthium and related genera.Ann.Missouri Bot. 

Gard. 20:23–44. 

_____. 1940. Lobelia as a sure cure for venereal disease. Amer. J. 

of Syphilis, Gonorrhea, and Venereal Diseases 24:13–22. 

LARSEN, G.E.1986. Caryophyllaceae. In: Great Plains Flora 

Association. Flora of the Great Plains. Pp.192–214. Univ. 


_____ and W.T. BARKER. 1986. Potamogetonaceae. In: Great 

Plains Flora Association. Flora of the Great Plains. Pp. 

1032–1039. Univ. Press of Kansas, Lawrence.

1490 LITERATURE CITED/LARSON & DOEBLEY 

LARSON,S.R.and J.DOEBLEY. 1994.Restriction site variation in the 

chloroplast genome of Tripsacum (Poaceae): Phylogeny 

and rates of sequence evolution. Syst. Bot. 19:21–34. 

LASSEN, P.1989. A new delimitation of the genera Coronilla, 

Hippocrepis,and Securigera (Fabaceae).Willdenowia 19:49–62. 

LASSETTER,J.S.1978. Seed characters in some native American 

vetches. Sida 7:255–263. 

_____. 1984. Taxonomy of the Vicia ludoviciana complex 

(Leguminosae). Rhodora 86:475–505. 

LAUSHMAN, R.H., A. SCHNABEL, and J.L. HAMRICK. 1996. Electrophoretic 

evidence for tetrasomic inheritance in the dioecious 

tree Maclura pomifera (Raf.) Schneid. J. Heredity 87:469–473. 

LAWRENCE,G.H.M. 1951.Taxonomy of vascular plants.MacMillan 

Publishing Co., New York. 

_____, A.F.G. BUCHHEIM, G.S.DANIELS, and H. DOLEZAL, eds. 

Botanico-Periodicum-Huntianum. Hunt Botanical Library, 

Pittsburgh, PA. 

LAWS,W.D.1962. The soils and vegetation of a relict area of 

Blackland Prairie. Part 1: An investigation of the soils of the 

Stults Meadow, a relict area of Blackland Prairie. Wrightia 

2:229–241. 

LE DUC, A.1995. A revision of Mirabilis section Mirabilis 

(Nyctaginaceae). Sida 16:613–648. 

LEE,D.W.1975. Population variation and introgression in North 

American Typha.Taxon 24:633–641. 

_____ and D.E. FAIRBROTHERS. 1969. A serological and disk electrophoretic 

study of North American Typha. Brittonia 

21:227–243. 

LEE, Y.S. 1981. Serological investigations in Ambrosia 

(Compositae: Ambrosieae) and relatives. Syst. Bot. 113–125. 

_____ and D.B. DICKINSON. 1980. Field observations on hybrids 

between Ambrosia bientata and A. trifida (Compositae). 


LEE,Y-T. 1976.The genus Gymnocladus and its tropical affinities. 


LEGRAND, C.D.1962. Las especies Americanas de Portulaca. 

Anales Mus. Hist. Nat. Montevideo 7:1–147. 

LELLINGER,D.B.1985. A field manual of the ferns & fern allies of 

the United States & Canada. Smithsonian Institution Press, 


LELONG,M.G.1984. New combinations for Panicum subgenus 

Panicum and subgenus Dichanthelium (Poaceae) of the 

United States. Brittonia 36:262–273. 

_____. 1986. A taxonomic treatment of the genus Panicum 

(Poaceae) in Mississippi. Phytologia 61:251–269. 

LEMKE, D.E.1991. The genus Solanum (Solanaceae) in Texas. 


_____ and E.L. SCHNEIDER. 1988. Xanthosoma sagittifolium 

(Araceae): New to Texas. SouthW. Naturalist 33:498–499. 

LEMKE,D.E.and R.D.WORTHINGTON. 1991. Brassica and Rapistrum 

(Brassicaceae) in Texas. SouthW. Naturalist 36:194–197. 

LEONARD,E.C.1927. The North American species of Scutellaria. 


LES,D.H.1986a.The phytogeography of Ceratophyllum demersum 

and C. echinatum in glaciated North America. Canad. J. Bot. 

64:498–509. 

_____. 1986b. The evolution of achene morphology in 

Ceratophyllum (Ceratophyllaceae), I. Fruit spine variation and 

relationships of C.demersum,C.submersum,and C.apiculatum. 

Syst.Bot.11:549–558. 

_____. 1988a.The origin and affinities of the Ceratophyllaceae. 

Taxon 37:326–345. 

_____. 1988b. The evolution of achene morphology in 

Ceratophyllum (Ceratophyllaceae), II. Fruit variation and 

systematics of the “spiny-margined” group. Syst. Bot. 

13:73–86. 

_____. 1988c. The evolution of achene morphology in 

Ceratophyllum (Ceratophyllaceae), III. Relationships of the 

“facially-spined”group. Syst. Bot. 13:509–518. 

_____. 1989. The evolution of achene morphology in 

Ceratophyllum (Ceratophyllaceae), IV. Summary of proposed 

relationships and evolutionary trends. Syst. Bot. 14:254–262. 

_____. 1993. Ceratophyllaceae. In: K. Kubitzki, J.C. Rohwer, and V. 



_____. 1997. Ceratophyllaceae. In: Flora of North America 



LES,D.H.and R.R. HAYNES. 1996. Coleogeton (Potamogetonaceae), 

a new genus of pondweeds. Novon 6:389–391. 

LESINS,K.A.and I.LESINS. 1979.Genus Medicago (Leguminosae). 

W. Junk, The Hague, Netherlands. 

LEUENBERGER, B.E.1991.Interpretation and typification of Cactus 

ficus-indica L., and Opuntia ficus-indica (L.) Miller (Cactaceae). 

Taxon 40:621–627. 

_____. 1993. Interpretation and typification of Cactus opuntia 

L., Opuntia vulgaris Mill., and O. humifusa (Rafin.) Rafin. 

(Cactaceae).Taxon 42:419–429. 

LEUNG,A.Y.and S. FOSTER. 1996. Encyclopedia of common natural 

ingredients used in food,drugs,and cosmetics,2nd ed. 

John Wiley and Sons, Inc. New York. 

LEVIN, G.A.(GEOFFREY). Personal communication. Specialist in 

Acalypha (Euphorbiaceae). Director of the Center for 

Biodiversity, Illinois Natural History Survey, Champaign, IL. 

LEWIS, H.1945. A revision of the genus Trichostema. Brittonia 

5:276–303. 

_____ and R. SNOW. 1951. A cytotaxonomic approach to 

Eschscholzia.Madroño 11:141–143. 

LEWIS,I.M.1915.The trees of Texas. Univ.Texas Bull. 22:1–169. 

LEWIS, W.H. 1958 [1959]. Chromosomes of the east Texas 

Hedyotis (Rubiaceae). SouthW. Naturalist 3:204–207. 

_____. 1971.Pollen differences between Stylisma and Bonamia 

(Convolvulaceae). Brittonia 23:331–334. 

_____. 1976. Temporal adaptation correlated with ploidy in 

Claytonia virginica.Syst. Bot. 1:340–347. 

_____ and M.P.F. ELVIN-LEWIS. 1977. Medical botany: Plants 

affecting man’s health. John Wiley & Sons, New York. 

LEWIS,W.H.and P.R. FANTZ. 1973.Tribal classification of Triosteum 

(Caprifoliaceae). Rhodora 75:120–121. 

LEWIS, W.H. and R.L. OLIVER. 1965. Realignment of Calystegia 

and Convolvulus (Convolvulaceae). Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 

52:217–222.

_____ and _____. 1974. Revision of Richardia (Rubiaceae). 


_____, _____, and Y. SUDA. 1967. Cytogeography of Claytonia 

virginica and its allies. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 54:153–171. 

LEWIS,W.H. and J.C.SEMPLE. 1977. Geography of Claytonia virginica 

cytotypes. Amer. J. Bot. 64:1078–1082. 

LEWIS, W.H., Y. SUDA, and B. MACBRYDE. 1967. Chromosome 

numbers of Claytonia virginica in the St. Louis, Missouri 

area. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 54:147–152. 

LEWIS,W.H.,P.VINAY, and V.E. ZENGER. 1983.Airborne and allergenic 

pollen of North America. Johns Hopkins Univ. Press, 

Baltimore, MD. 

LI,H.-L.1952a.The genus Tovara (Polygonaceae).Rhodora 54:19–25. 

_____. 1952b. Floristic relationships between eastern Asia and 

eastern North America.Trans.Amer.Philos.Soc.42:371–409. 

LI, S.and K.T. ADAIR. 1994. Species pools in eastern Asia and 

North America. Sida 16:281–299. 

_____ and _____. 1997.Species pools of seed plants in eastern 

Asia and North America.Arthur Temple College of Forestry, 

Stephen F. Austin State Univ., Nacogdoches,TX. 

LIDÉN,M.1986. Synopsis of Fumarioideae (Papaveraceae) with 

a monograph of the tribe Fumarieae. Opera Bot. 88:1–133. 

_____. 1993. Fumariaceae. In: K. Kubitzki, J.C. Rohwer, and V. 



LIEDE,S.1996. Sarcostemma (Asclepiadaceae)—a controversial 

generic circumscription reconsidered: Morphological evidence. 

Syst. Bot. 21:31–44. 

_____. 1997. Subtribes and genera of the tribe Asclepiadaceae 

(Apocynaceae, Asclepiadoideae) – a synopsis. Taxon 

46:233–247. 

_____ and F. ALBERS. 1994. Tribal disposition of genera in the 

Asclepiadaceae.Taxon 43:201–231. 

LIM,D.1998.Microbiology, 2nd.ed.WCB/McGraw-Hill, Boston, MA. 

LINCECUM, G.1861.The grasses of Texas. Southern Cultivator 

19:33–34, 51–52. 

_____. 1862. Agricultural ant of Texas. J. Linn. Soc., Zoo. 6:29–31. 

LINCECUM,J.B.AND E.H. PHILLIPS. 1994. Adventures of a frontier 

naturalist:The life and times of Dr. Gideon Lincecum.Texas 

A&M Univ. Press, College Station. 

_____, _____, and P.A. REDSHAW. 1997. Science on the Texas 

frontier: Observations of Dr. Gideon Lincecum. Texas A&M 


LINDELL, C.M.1997. Field sampling and chemical analysis. J. 

Forensic Sci. 42:398–400. 

LIDÉN,M.,B.OXELMAN,A.BACKLUND,L.ANDERSSON,B.BREMER,R. 

ERIKSSON,R.MOBERG,I.NORDAL,K.PERSSON,M.THULIN, and B. 

ZIMMER. 1997. Charlie is our darling.Taxon 46:735–738. 

LINSLEY, E.G.and J.A. CHEMSAK. 1984. The Cerambycidae of 

North America,Part VII,No.1:Taxonomy and classification of 

the subfamily Lamiinae, tribes Parmenini through 

Acanthoderini. Univ. Calif. Publ. Entomology, Univ. of 


LINNAEUS,C.1753. Species Plantarum.... 2 vols.Stockholm. 

_____. 1754. Genera Plantarum, ed. 5. Stockholm. 

LIPSCOMB, B.L.1978a. Cyperus surinamensis (Cyperaceae): New 

LEWIS & SEMPLE/LITERATURE CITED 1491 

to Arkansas, Kansas, and Oklahoma. Sida 7:307. 

_____. 1978b. Additions to the Texas flora. Sida 7:392–393. 

_____. 1980.Cyperus difformis L.(Cyperaceae) in North America. 

Sida 8:320–327. 

_____. 1984. New additions or other noteworthy plants of Texas. 

Sida 10:326–327. 

_____. 1992.Visitors/Clientele [Information on Maclura pomifera 

(bois d’arc) from Fred Tarpley]. Iridos 3(4):1. 

_____. 1993. Pseudotsuga. In:Flora of North America Editorial 



_____ and G. AJILVSGI. 1982. Bellardia trixago (L.) All. 

(Scrophulariaceae) adventive in Texas. Sida 9:370–374. 

LIPSCOMB,B.L.and G.M.DIGGS,JR. 1998.The use of animal-dispersed 

seeds and fruits in forensic botany. Sida 18:335–346. 

LIPSCOMB,B.L.and E.B. SMITH. 1977. Morphological intergradation 

of varieties of Bidens aristosa (Compositae) in northern 

Arkansas. Rhodora 79:203–213. 

LIRA,R.,J.L.VILLASEÑOR, and P.D. DAVILA. 1997 [1998]. A cladistic 

analysis of the subtribe Sicyinae (Cucurbitaceae). Syst. Bot. 

22:415–425. 

LITTLE, E.L.1970. Endemic, disjunct and northern trees in the 

southern Appalachians. In: P.C. Holt and R.A. Paterson, eds. 

The distributional history of the biota of the southern 

Appalachians, Part II: Flora. Pp. 249–290. Research Division 

Monog. 2, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State Univ., 

Blacksburg,VA. 

_____. 1971.Atlas of United States trees,Vol.1,Conifers and important 

hardwoods. U.S.D.A. Forest Serv. Misc. Publ. No. 1146. 

_____. 1976. Atlas of United States trees, Vol. 3, Minor western 

hardwoods. U.S.D.A. Forest Serv. Misc. Publ. No. 1314. 

_____. 1976 [1977]. Atlas of United States trees, Vol. 4, Minor 

eastern hardwoods.U.S.D.A.Forest Serv.Misc.Publ.No.1342. 

_____. 1983.North American trees with relationships in eastern 

Asia. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 70:605–615. 

LOCKETT, L.1991. Native Texas palms north of the lower Rio 

Grande Valley. Principes 35:64–71. 

LOCONTE,H.1993. Berberidaceae. In: K. Kubitzki, J.C. Rohwer, and 



_____ and J.R. ESTES. 1989. Phylogenetic systematics of 

Berberidaceae and Ranunculales (Magnoliidae). Syst. Bot. 

14:565–579. 

LONARD,R.I.and F.W. GOULD. 1974. The North American species 

of Vulpia (Gramineae). Madroño 22:217–280. 

LONG,R.W.1961. Convergent patterns in Ruellia caroliniensis and 

R. humilis (Acanthaceae). Bull.Torrey Bot. Club 88:387–396. 

_____. 1966. Artificial interspecific hybridization in Ruellia 

(Acanthaceae). Amer. J. Bot. 53:917–927. 

_____. 1970. The genera of Acanthaceae in the southeastern 


_____. 1971. Floral polymorphy and amphimictic breeding 

systems in Ruellia caroliniensis (Acanthaceae). Amer. J. Bot. 

58:525–531. 

_____. 1973. A biosystematic approach to generic delimitation 

in Ruellia (Acanthaceae).Taxon 22:543–555.

1492 LITERATURE CITED/LONG & UTTAL 

_____. 1974. Variation in natural populations of Ruellia caroliniensis 

(Acanthaceae). Bull.Torrey Bot. Club 101:1–6. 

_____. 1975.Artificial interspecific hybridization in temperate and 

tropical species of Ruellia (Acanthaceae).Brittonia 27:289–296. 

_____ and O. LAKELA. 1971. A flora of tropical Florida. Univ. of 

Miami Press, Coral Gables, FL. 

LONG,R.W.and L.J. UTTAL. 1962. Some observations on flowering 

in Ruellia (Acanthaceae). Rhodora 64:200–206. 

LONGLEY,G.1996. An introduction to the Edwards Aquifer.Texas 

Organization for Endangered Species News and Notes, 

Spring–Fall 1996 issue, Pp. 15–17. 

LOURTEIG,A.1979. Oxalidaceae extra-austroamericanae. II. Oxalis 

L. section Corniculatae DC. Phytologia 42:57–198. 

LÖVE, Á. 1961. Some notes on Myriophyllum spicatum. 

Rhodora 63:139–145. 

_____. 1980. IOPB chromosome number reports LXVI, reports 

by Áskell Löve.Taxon 29:166–173. 

_____ and D. LÖVE. 1975 [1976]. Nomenclatural notes on Arctic 

plants. Bot. Not. 128:497–523. 

LÖVE, D.and P. DANSEREAU. 1959. Biosystematic studies on 

Xanthium: Taxonomic appraisal and ecological status. 

Canad. J. Bot. 37:173–208. 

LOVE, G.1994. The A–Z of cut flowers. Penguin Books USA, 

New York. 

LOWDEN,R.M.1973.Revision of the genus Pontederia L.Rhodora 

75:426–487. 

_____. 1986. Taxonomy of the genus Najas L. (Najadaceae) in 

the Neotropics. Aquatic Bot. 24:147–184. 

_____. 1978. Studies on the submerged genus Ceratophyllum 

L. in the Neotropics. Aquatic Bot. 4:127-142. 

LOWRY,P.P.,IIand A.G. JONES. 1984. Systematics of Osmorhiza 

Raf. (Apiaceae: Apioideae). Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 

71:1128–1171. 

LUCKOW, M.1993. Monograph of Desmanthus (Leguminosae- 

Mimosoideae). Syst. Bot. Monogr. 38:1–166. 

LUCKWILL,L.C.1943. The genus Lycopersicon:An historical, biological, 

and taxonomic survey of the wild and cultivated 

tomatoes. Aberdeen Univ. Stud. 20:1–44. 

LUER, C.A.1975. The native orchids of the United States and 

Canada. New York Bot. Gard., Bronx. 

LUKEN,J.O.and J.W.THIERET. 1995. Amur honeysuckle (Lonicera 

maackii; Caprifoliaceae): Its ascent, decline, and fall. Sida 

16:479–503. 

_____ and _____. 1996. Amur honeysuckle, its fall from grace. 

BioScience 46:18–24. 

_____ and _____. 1997.Assessment and management of plant 

invasions. Springer-Verlag, New York. 

_____, _____, and J.R. KARTESZ. 1993. Erucastrum gallicum 

(Brassicaceae): Invasion and spread in North America. Sida 

15:569–582. 

LUMPKIN, T.A. 1993. Azollaceae. In: Flora of North America 



LUNDELL, C.L.1941. Studies of American spermatophytes–I. 

Contr. Univ. Michigan Herb. 6:1–66. 

_____. 1945. New phanerogams from Texas, Mexico and 

Central America.Wrightia 1:53–61. 

_____. 1959. Studies of Physostegia–I New species and observations 

on others.Wrightia 2:4–12. 

_____. 1960. Studies of Physostegia–II Further notes on the 

Texas species.Wrightia 2:66–74. 

_____, ed. 1961, 1966, 1969. Flora of Texas (3 vols.). Texas 

Research Foundation, Renner. 

_____. 1961. Aquifoliaceae. In: C.L. Lundell, ed. Flora of Texas 


_____. 1968. A new species of Brazoria (Labiatae) from east 

Texas. Wrightia 4:29–30. 

_____. 1969a. Labiatae: Brazoria and Physostegia. In: C.L. 

Lundell, ed. Flora of Texas 2:319–330. Texas Research 

Foundation,Renner. 

_____. 1969b. Celastraceae. In: C.L. Lundell, ed. Flora of Texas 


LUSK,S.(SHIRLEY). Personal communication.Wildflower enthusiast 

and plant collector of Cook Co., TX; has contributed numerous 

North Central Texas county records to the Botanical 

Research Institute of Texas, Fort Worth; relative of Julien 

Reverchon. 

LUTEYN,J.L., ed.1995.Ericaceae,Part II,the superior-ovaried genera. 

Fl. Neotrop. Monogr. 66. 

LYNCH, BROTHER D. 1981.Native and naturalized woody plants of 

Austin and the Hill Country.Published by the author,Austin,TX. 

LYONS, A.B.1900. Plant names scientific and popular. Nelson, 

Baker and Co., Detroit, MI. 

MABBERLEY,D.J.1987. The plant book, a portable dictionary of 

the higher plants. Reprinted with corrections in 1989. 


_____. 1997.The plant book, a portable dictionary of the higher 

plants,2nd ed.Cambridge Univ.Press,Cambridge,England,U.K. 

MACBRIDE,J.F.1917.A revision of the North American species of 

Amsinckia.Contr.Gray Herb. 49:1–16. 

MACDONALD,W.L. 1995. Oak wilt: an historical perspective. In: 

D.N. Appel and R.F. Billings, eds. Oak wilt perspectives: The 

proceedings of the national oak wilt symposium. Pp. 7–13. 


MACFARLANE, R.B.A.1994. Collecting and preserving plants. 

Dover Publications, Mineola, NY. 

MACIOR,L.W.1964. An experimental study of the floral ecology 

of Dodecatheon meadia.Amer. J. Bot. 51:96–108. 

_____. 1965. Insect adaptation and behavior in Asclepias pollination.Bull.Torrey 

Bot.Club 92:114–126. 

MACKENZIE,K.K.1906. Onosmodium.Bull.Torrey Bot.Club 32:495–506. 

_____. 1931–1935. Carex.N.Amer. Fl. 18:9–478. 

_____. 1940. North American Cariaceae, 2 vols. New York Bot. 

Garden, Bronx. 

MACROBERTS, D.T.1977. Notes on Tradescantia: T. diffusa Bush 

and T. pedicillata Celarier. Phytologia 38:227–228. 

_____. 1980. Notes on Tradescantia IV (Commelinaceae): The 

distinction between T. virginiana and T. hirsutiflora. 


MADDOX,E.1986. Homalocephala texensis“Texas horse crippler.” 

Cact. Succ. J. (Los Angeles) 58:218–221. 

MAGRATH,L.K.(LAWRENCE). Personal communication. Specialist

in North American Orchidaceae; member of Oklahoma 

Flora Editorial Committee; Univ. of Science and Arts of 

Oklahoma, Chichasha. 

MAGRATH,L.K.1973.The native orchids of the prairies and plains 

region of North America. Ph.D. dissertation, Univ. of Kansas, 

Lawrence. 

_____. 1989. Nomenclatural notes on Calopogon, Corallorhiza, 

and Cypripedium (Orchidaceae) in the Great Plains region. 

Sida 13:371–372. 

MAGUIRE,B.1947. Studies in the Caryophyllaceae–III. A synopsis 

of the North American species of Arenaria,Sect.Eremogone 

Fenzl. Bull.Torrey Bot. Club 74:38–56. 

_____. 1950. Studies in the Caryophyllaceae–IV. A synopsis of 

the subfamily Silenoideae. Rhodora 52:233–245. 

_____. 1951. Studies in the Caryophyllaceae–V. Arenaria in 

America north of Mexico. A conspectus. Amer. Midl. 


MAHLER,W.F. 1955. The genus Baccharis in the southwestern 

states of Oklahoma, Texas, and New Mexico. M.S. thesis, 

Oklahoma State Univ., Stillwater. 

_____. 1971a.Keys to the vascular plants of the Black Gap Wildlife 

Management Area, Brewster County,Texas. Published by the 

author, Dallas,TX [currently available through BRIT]. 

_____. 1971b. Lloyd Herbert Shinners 1918–1971. Sida 4:228–231. 

_____. 1973a. Flora of Taylor County,Texas: A manual of the vascular 

plants with selected sketches. Published by the author, 

Dallas,TX. 

_____. 1973b. By any other name.... Sida 5:180–181. 

_____. 1979. Rubus trivialis Michx. var. duplaris (Shinners) 

Mahler, comb. nov. (Rosaceae). Sida 8:211–212. 

_____. 1980.The mosses of Texas:A manual of the moss flora with 

sketches. Published by the author, Dallas, TX [currently available 

through BRIT]. 

_____. 1984. Shinners’ manual of the North Central Texas flora. 

Southern Methodist Univ. Herbarium, Dallas,TX. 

_____. 1988. Shinners’ manual of the North Central Texas flora. 

Sida, Bot. Misc. 3:1–313. 

_____ and U.T. WATERFALL. 1964. Baccharis (Compositae) in 

Oklahoma, Texas and New Mexico. SouthW. Naturalist 

9:189–202. 

MANASTER,J.1994.The pecan tree. Univ. of Texas Press, Austin. 

MANHART, J.R.1990. Chemotaxonomy of the genus Carex 

(Cyperaceae). Canad. J. Bot. 68:1457–1461. 

MANN,J.1992. Murder, magic, and medicine. Oxford Univ. Press, 

New York. 

MANNING, S.D.1991. The genera of Pedaliaceae in the southeastern 

United States. J. Arnold Arbor., Supp. Ser. 1:313–347. 

MANOS,P.S., K.C. NIXON, and J.J. DOYLE. 1993. Cladistic analysis 

of restriction site variation within the chloroplast DNA 

inverted repeat region of selected Hamamelididae. Syst. 

Bot. 18:551–562. 

MARCKS, B.G.1972. Population studies in North American 

Cyperus section Laxiglumi (Cyperaceae). Ph.D. dissertation, 

Univ. of Wisconsin-Madison. 

_____. 1974. Preliminary reports on the flora of Wisconsin No. 66. 

Cyperaceae II—Sedge family II. The genus Cyperus—The 

MAGRATH/LITERATURE CITED 1493 

umbrella sedges.Trans.Wisconsin Acad. Sci. 62:261–284. 

MARCY,R.B.1853.Exploration of the Red River of Louisiana, in the 

year 1852. Robert Armstrong, Public Printer, Washington, D.C. 

The journal portion of this work was edited, annotated, and 

republished by G. Foreman in 1937 as Adventure on the Red 

River:Report on the exploration of the headwaters of the Red 

River by Captain Randolph B. Marcy and Captain G.B. 

McClellan. Univ. of Oklahoma Press, Norman. 

_____. 1866.Thirty years of army life on the border. Harper and 

Bros., New York. 

MARRIOTT, A.L.1943. The Cross Timbers as a cultural barrier. 

Texas Geogr. Mag. 7:14–20. 

MARRYAT, F.1843. The travels and romantic adventures of 

Monsieur Violet, 3 vols. Longman, Brown, Green, & 

Longmans, London, England, U.K. 

MARSH,C.D.,A.B.CLAWSON, and H. MARSH. 1915. Zygadenus,or 

death camas. U.S.D.A. Bull. 125:1–44. 

_____, _____, and _____. 1916. Larkspur poisoning of live 

stock. U.S.D.A. Bull. 365:1–90. 

MARSH,V.L. 1952. A taxonomic revision of the genus Poa of the 

United States and southern Canada. Amer. Midl. Naturalist 

47:202–250. 

MARSHALL,W.T. and T.M. BOCK. 1941. Cactaceae. Abbey Garden 

Press, Pasadena, CA. 

MARTIN,A.C., H.S. ZIM, and A.L. NELSON. 1951. American Wildlife 

& Plants. McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York. 

MARTIN,P.S.and B.E. HARRELL. 1957. The Pleistocene history of 

temperate biotas in Mexico and eastern United States. 

Ecology 38:488–479. 

MARTIN, W.(WILLIAM). Personal communication. Specialist in 

viticulture; in charge of the T.V. Munson Memorial Vineyard 

and Viticulture-Enology Center at Grayson County College. 

MARTIN,W.C. and C.R. HUTCHINS. 1981. A flora of New Mexico. 

2 vols. J. Cramer, Germany. 

MARTINDALE, I.C.1876. The introduction of foreign plants. Bot. 

Gaz. (Crawfordsville) 2:55–58. 

MASON, H.L.1957. Flora of the marshes of California. Univ. of 


MASSEY,J.R.1975.Fatoua villosa (Moraceae):Additional notes on 

distribution in the southeastern United States. Sida 6:116. 

MATHEW,B.1996. A review of Allium section Allium. Royal 

Botanic Gardens, Kew, England, U.K. 

MATHIAS, M.E.1930. Studies in the Umbelliferae. III. A monograph 

of Cymopterus including a critical study of related 

genera. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 17:213–476. 

_____. 1965. Distribution patterns of certain Umbelliferae. Ann. 


_____ and L.CONSTANCE. 1941a. Limnosciadium,a new genus of 

Umbelliferae. Amer. J. Bot. 28:162–163. 

_____ and _____. 1941b. A synopsis of the North American 

species of Eryngium.Amer. Midl. Naturalist 25:361–387. 

_____ and _____. 1942. A synopsis of the American species of 

Cicuta.Madroño 6:145–151. 

_____ and _____. 1944–45. Umbelliferae. N. Amer. Fl. 28b:43–295. 

_____ and _____. 1961.Umbelliferae.In:C.L.Lundell,ed.Flora of 

Texas 3:263–329.Texas Research Foundation, Renner.

1494 LITERATURE CITED/MATOSSIAN 

_____ and _____. 1965. A revision of the genus Bowlesia Ruiz 

& Pav. (Umbelliferae-Hydrocotyloideae) and its relatives. 

Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 38:1–73. 

_____ and _____. 1970. Umbelliferae. In: D.S. Correll and M.C. 

Johnston. Manual of the vascular plants of Texas. Pp. 

1139–1169.Texas Research Foundation, Renner. 

MATOSSIAN,M.K.1989. Poisons of the past: Molds, epidemics 

and history.Yale Univ. Press, New Haven, CT. 

MAT SALLEH, K.1991. Rafflesia, magnificent flower of Sabah. 

Borneo Publishing Co., Kota Kinabalu, Sabah, Malaysia. 

MATTHEWS,J.F.1986. The systematic significance of seed morphology 

in Portulaca (Portulacaceae) under scanning electron 

microscopy. Syst. Bot. 11:302–308. 

_____ and D.W. KETRON. 1991. Two new combinations in 

Portulaca (Portulacaceae). Castanea 56:304–305. 

_____, _____, and S.F. ZANE. 1992a. Portulaca umbraticola 

Kunth (Portulacaceae) in the United States. Castanea 

57:202–208. 

_____, _____, and _____. 1992b.The reevaluation of Portulaca 

pilosa and P. mundula (Portulacaceae). Sida 15:71–89. 

_____, _____, and _____. 1993.The biology and taxonomy of 

the Portulaca oleracea L. (Portulacaceae) complex in North 


_____, _____, and _____. 1994. The seed surface morphology 

and cytology of six species of Portulaca. Castanea 

59:331–337. 

MATTHEWS,J.F.and P.A. LEVINS. 1985a. The genus Portulaca in 

the southeastern U.S. Castanea 50:96–104. 

_____ and _____. 1985b. Portulaca pilosa L., P. mundula I.M. 

Johnst. and P. parvula Gray in the southwest. Sida 11:45–61. 

MAY,R.A.(RUTH). Personal communication. Wildflower artist 

and naturalist, Dallas, TX; instrumental in conservation 

activities at Harry S. Moss Park, Dallas; Board Member of the 

Botanical Research Institute of Texas, Fort Worth. 

MAYFIELD, M.(MARK). Personal communication. Specialist in 

Eurphobiaceae. Louisiana State Univ., Baton Rouge. 

MCARTHUR, E.D.and B.L. WELCH. 1984. Proceedings – symposium 

on the biology of Artemisia and Chrysothamnus. 

Intermountain Research Station, Ogden, UT. 

MCCAIN,J.W.and J.F. HENNEN. 1982. Is the taxonomy of Berberis 

and Mahonia (Berberidaceae) supported by their rust 

pathogens Cumminsiella santa sp.nov.and other Cumminsiella 

species (Uredinales)? Syst. Bot. 7:48–59. 

_____ and _____. 1986a. Collection of plant materials damaged 

by pathogens: An expression of support.Taxon 35:119–121. 

_____ and _____. 1986b.“Big fleas have little fleas” (big plants 

have little plants), even in herbaria. Assoc. Syst. Coll. 

Newslett. 14:1–4. 

MCCARLEY, H.(HOWARD). Personal communication. Behavioral 

ecologist and mammalogist retired from a career at 

Austin College, Sherman, TX; also taught at Univ. of 

Oklahoma Biological Station. 

MCCARLEY,H.1986. Chapter 13. Ecology. In: L.J. Klosterman, L.S. 

Swenson, Jr., and S. Rose, eds. 100 years of science and 

technology in Texas. Pp. 227–242. Rice Univ. Press, 

Houston, TX. 

MCCLINTOCK, E.1953. The cultivated species of the genus 

Erythrina.Baileya 1:53–58. 

_____. 1993. Haloragaceae. In: J.C. Hickman, ed. The Jepson 



_____ and C. EPLING. 1942. A review of the genus Monarda 

(Lamiaceae). Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 20:147–194. 

_____ and _____. 1946. A revision of Teucrium in the New World, 

with observations on its variation, geographical distribution 

and history. Brittonia 5:491–510. 

MCCLURE,J.W.and R.E.ALSTON. 1966.A chemotaxonomic study 

of the Lemnaceae. Amer. J. Bot. 53:849–860. 

MCDANIEL,S.1971. The genus Sarracenia (Sarraceniaceae). Bull. 

Tall Timbers Res. Sta. 9:1–36. 

MCDERMOTT,L.F.1910. An illustrated key to the North American 

species of Trifolium.California Press, San Francisco. 

MCDONALD,C.B.1980. A biosystematic study of the Polygonum 

hydropiperoides (Polygonaceae) complex. Amer. J. Bot. 

67:664–670. 

MCDONNELL, M.J., E.W. STILES, G.P.CHEPLICK, and J.A. ARMESTO. 

1984. Bird-dispersal of Phytolacca americana L. and the 

influence of fruit removal on subsequent fruit development. 

Amer J. Bot. 71:895–901. 

MCDOUGALL,W.B. and O.E.SPERRY. 1951. Plants of Big Bend National 

Park. U.S.Government Printing Office,Washington, DC. 

MCGIVNEY, SISTER M.V. 1938. A revision of the subgenus 

Eucyperus found in the United States. Catholic Univ. Amer., 

Biol. Ser. 26:1–74. 

_____. 1941a.A revision of the subgenus Mariscus found in the 

United States. Catholic Univ. Amer., Biol. Ser. 33:1–147. 

_____. 1941b. A revision of the subgenus Pycreus found in the 

United States. Catholic Univ. Amer., Biol. Ser. 37:1–68. 

MCGOWEN,J.H., T.F. HENTZ,D.E.OWEN,M.K.PIEPER,C.A.SHELBY, 

and V.E.BARNES. 1991.Geologic atlas of Texas,Sherman sheet. 

Bureau of Economic Geology,The Univ. of Texas, Austin. 

MCGREGOR,R.L.1968a. A new species and two new varieties of 

Echinacea (Compositae).Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci. 70:366–370. 

_____. 1968b. The taxonomy of the genus Echinacea 

(Compositae). Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 48:113–142. 

_____. 1976. A statistical summary of Kansas vascular plant 

taxa. Rep. State Biol. Surv. Kansas 1:1–7. 

_____. 1984a. A study of Aesculus glabra variants in Kansas 

including presumed hybrids with Aesculus octandra and A. 

pavia.Contr. Univ. Kansas Herb. 7:1–6. 

_____. 1984b. Studies on the genus Apocynum (Apocynaceae) 

in Kansas. Contr. Univ. Kansas Herb. 9:1–12. 

_____. 1984c. Camelina rumelica, another weedy mustard 

established in North America. Phytologia 55:227–228. 

_____. 1985a. Panicum hillmanii Chase (Poaceae): Validity and 

distribution. Contr. Univ. Kansas Herb. 13:1–9. 

_____. 1985b. Musk thistle in Kansas: Observations from 

1940–1985. Contr. Univ. Kansas Herb. 14:1–13. 

_____. 1985c. Current status of the genus Camelina (Brassicaceae) 

in the prairies and plains of central North America.Contr.Univ. 

Kansas Herb.15:1–13. 

_____. 1985d. Studies on the variability of Lobelia spicata infra-

specific taxa in the prairies and plains of central North 

America with notes on Lobelia appendiculata.Contr.Univ. 

Kansas Herb. 16:1–10. 

_____. 1986. Apiaceae. In: Great Plains Flora Association. Flora of 


_____. 1986.Balsaminaceae.In:Great Plains Flora Association.Flora 

of the Great Plains.Pp.582–583.Univ.Press of Kansas,Lawrence. 

_____. 1986.Chenopodiaceae.In:Great Plains Flora Association. 

Flora of the Great Plains. Pp.160–179. Univ. Press of Kansas, 

Lawrence. 

_____. 1986. Fabaceae. In: Great Plains Flora Association. Flora of 

the Great Plains. Pp. 416–490. Univ. Press of Kansas, Lawrence. 

_____. 1986. Linaceae. In: Great Plains Flora Association. Flora of 

the Great Plains. Pp. 561–564. Univ. Press of Kansas, Lawrence. 

_____. 1986.Onagraceae.In:Great Plains Flora Association.Flora of 


_____. 1986.Polygalaceae.In:Great Plains Flora Association.Flora of 


_____. 1986. Sapindaceae. In: Great Plains Flora Association. Flora 

of the Great Plains.Pp.567–568.Univ.Press of Kansas,Lawrence. 

_____. 1986.Simaroubaceae.In:Great Plains Flora Association.Flora 

of the Great Plains.Pp.575.Univ.Press of Kansas, Lawrence. 

_____. 1986.Vitaceae.In:Great Plains Flora Association.Flora of the 

Great Plains. Pp. 557–561. Univ. Press of Kansas, Lawrence. 

_____ and R.E. BROOKS. 1986. Rubiaceae. In: Great Plains Flora 



MCGREGOR,R.L., J.L. GENTRY, and R.E. BROOKS. 1986. Solanaceae. 

In: Great Plains Flora Association. Flora of the Great Plains. 

Pp. 637–651. Univ. Press of Kansas, Lawrence. 

MCGUFFIN,M.,C. HOBBS,R.UPTON, and A. GOLDBERG, eds. 1997. 

American Herbal Products Association’s botanical safety 

handbook: Guidelines for the safe use and labeling for 

herbs in commerce. CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL. 

MCINTIRE, M.S., J.R. GUEST, and J.F. PORTERFIELD. 1992. 

Philodendron poisoning – a delayed death.In:L.F.James,R.F. 

Keeler, E.M. Bailey, Jr., P.R. Cheeke, and M.P. Hegarty, eds. 

Poisonous plants: Proceedings of the third international 

symposium. Pp. 515–520. Iowa State Univ. Press, Ames. 

MCKELVEY,S.D.1938. Yuccas of the southwestern United States, 

part 1.Arnold Arboretum of Harvard Univ.,Jamaica Plain,MA. 

_____. 1947.Yuccas of the southwestern United States, part 2. 

Arnold Arboretum of Harvard Univ., Jamaica Plain, MA. 

_____. 1955.Botanical exploration of the trans-Mississippi west 

1790–1850. Arnold Arboretum of Harvard Univ., Jamaica 

Plain, MA. 

_____. 1991.Botanical exploration of the trans-Mississippi west 

1790–1850.Reprinted with forward by J.Ewan and Introduction 

by S.D.Beckham,Oregon State Univ.Press,Corvallis,OR. 

MCKENZIE, P.M., L.E. URBATSCH, and C. AULBACH-SMITH. 1987. 

Eustachys caribaea (Poaceae), a species new to the United 

States and a key to Eustachys in the United States. Sida 

12:227–232. 

MCKINNEY, L.E.1992. A taxonomic revision of the acaulescent 

blue violets (Viola) of North America. Sida, Bot. Misc. 7:1–60. 

MCLAUGHLIN,S.P.1982. A revision of the southwestern species of 

MCGREGOR ET AL./LITERATURE CITED 1495 

Amsonia (Apocynaceae).Ann.Missouri Bot.Gard.69:336–350. 

MCLEROY,S.S.1993. Black Land, Red River, a pictorial history of 

Grayson County, Texas. The Donning Company Publishers, 

Virginia Beach,VA. 

MCNAIR,J.B.1925. The taxonomy of poison ivy with a note on 

the origin of the generic name.Publ.Field Columbian Mus., 

Bot. Ser. 4:55–70. 

MCNEILL,J.1980.The delimitation of Arenaria (Caryophyllaceae) 

and related genera in North America, with 11 new combinations 

in Minuartia.Rhodora 82:495–502. 

_____. 1981. Nomenclatural problems in Polygonum. Taxon 

30:630–641. 

MCVAUGH,R.1936. Studies in the taxonomy of eastern North 

American species of Lobelia. Rhodora 38:241–263, 

273–329, 346–362. 

_____. 1940. Campanulaceae (Lobelioideae). In: R.E. Woodson 

and R.W. Shery. Contributions towards a flora of Panama. 


_____. 1943. Campanulaceae (Lobelioideae).N.Amer.Fl.32a:1–134. 

_____. 1944. The genus Cnidoscolus:Generic limits and intrageneric 

groups. Bull.Torrey Bot. Club 71:457–474. 

_____. 1945. The genus Triodanis Rafinesque and its relationships 

to Specularia and Campanula.Wrightia 1:13–52. 

_____. 1948. Generic status of Triodanis and Specularia. 

Rhodora 50:38–49. 

_____. 1951. A revision of the North American black cherries 

(Prunus serotina Ehrh., and relatives). Brittonia 7:279–315. 

_____. 1961. Campanulaceae. In: C.L. Lundell, ed. Flora of Texas 


_____. 1982.The new synantherology vs. Eupatorium in Nueva 

Galicia. Contr. Univ. Michigan Herb. 15:181–190. 

_____. 1987. Flora Novo-Galiciana: A descriptive account of the 

vascular plants of western Mexico,Vol. 5, Leguminosae. 

MCWILLIAMS,E.(EDWARD). Personal communication. Horticulturist 

and specialist in Bromeliaceae;Texas A&M Univ.,College Station. 

MCWILLIAMS,E.1992. Chronology of the natural range expansion 

of Tillandsia recurvata (Bromeliaceae) in Texas.Sida 15:343–346. 

_____. 1995.Phytogeographical implications of long term winter 

precipitation patterns in central Texas. In: J. Norwine, J.R. 

Giardino,G.R.North,and J.B.Valdés,eds.The changing climate 

of Texas:Predictability and implications for the future.Chapter 

21.Pp. 294–299. GeoBooks,Texas A&M Univ., College Station. 

MEACHAM, C.A.1994. Phylogenetic relationships at the basal 

radiation of angiosperms: Further study by probability of 

character compatibility. Syst. Bot. 19:506–522. 

MEARS,J.A.1967. Revision of Guilleminea (Brayulinea) including 

Gossypianthus (Amaranthaceae). Sida 3:137–152. 

_____. 1975.The taxonomy of Parthenium section Partheniastrum 

DC. (Asteraceae-Ambrosiinae). Phytologia 31:463–482. 

_____. 1980. The Linnaean species of Gomphrena L. 

(Amaranthaceae).Taxon 29:85–95. 

MEESON, B.W.1977. The pollen morphology of Dalea section 

Cylipogon (Psoraleae: Leguminosae). Sida 7:13–21. 

MEIJER,W. 1993. Rafflesiaceae. In: K. Kubitzki, J.C. Rohwer, and V. 


II. Pp. 557–565. Springer-Verlag, Berlin.

1496 LITERATURE CITED/MELCHERT 

MELCHERT, T.E. 1963. Thelesperma curvicarpum T.E. Melchert 

(Compositae), new species. SouthW. Naturalist 8:179. 

MELDERIS,A.1972. Centaurium. In: T.G. Tutin, V.H. Heywood, N.A. 

Burges, D.M. Moore, D.H. Valentine, S.M. Walters, and D.A. 

Webb, eds. Flora Europaea 3:56–59. Cambridge Univ. Press, 


MELVILLE,R.1958. Notes on Alternanthera.Kew Bull. 13:171–175. 

MENAPACE,F.J., D.E.WUJEK, and A.A. REZNICEK. 1986. A systematic 

revision of the genus Carex (Cyperaceae) with respect to 

the section Lupulinae.Canad. J. Bot. 64:2785–2788. 

MENNEMA,J.1989.A taxonomic revision of Lamium (Lamiaceae). 

Leiden Bot. Ser. 11:1–198. 

MENZEL,M.Y.1951.The cytotaxonomy and genetics of Physalis. 

Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. 95:134–185. 

MENZIES,J.S., C.H. BRIDGES, and E.M. BAILEY,JR. 1979. A neurological 

disease of cattle associated with Solanum dimidiatum. 

SouthW.Veterin. 32:45–49. 

MERRILL,W.L.1977.An investigation of ethnographic and archaeological 

specimens of mescalbeans (Sophora secundiflora) 

in American museums. Tech. Rep. No. 6. Museum of 

Anthropology, Univ. of Michigan, Ann Arbor. 

MERTENS,T.R. and P.H. RAVEN. 1965.Taxonomy of Polygonum,section 

Polygonum (Avicularia) in North America.Madroño 18:85–92. 

MES,T.H.M,N.FRIESEN,R.M.FRITSCH,M.KLAAS, and K.BACHMANN. 

1997 [1998]. Criteria for sampling in Allium based on 

chloroplast DNA PCR-RFLP’S. Syst. Bot. 22:701–712. 

MÉSEZÁROS,S.,J.DE LAET, and E. SMETS. 1996. Phylogeny of temperate 

Gentianaceae:A morphological approach.Syst.Bot. 

21:153–168. 

MESFIN,T.,D.J.CRAWFORD, and E.B.SMITH.1995. Pollen morphology 

of North American Coreopsis (Compositae—Heliantheae). 

Grana 34:21–27. 

_____, _____, and _____. 1995b. Comparative capitular morphology 

and anatomy of Coreopsis L. and Bidens L. 

(Compositae), including a review of generic boundaries. 


MESTEL,R.1993. Murder trial features tree’s genetic fingerprint. 

New Sci. 138:6. 

METZ,SISTER M.C. 1934.A flora of Bexar County,Texas.Contr.Biol. 

Lab. Catholic Univ. Amer. 16:1–214. 

MEYER,F.G.1997. Hamamelidaceae. In: Flora of North America 



MICHAELS,H.J., K.M. SCOTT,R.G.OLMSTEAD,T.SZARO,R.K.JANSEN, 

and J.D. PALMER. 1993. Interfamilial relationships of the 

Asteraceae: Insights from rbcL sequence variation. Ann. 


MICHENER,D.C.1986. Phenotypic instability in Gleditsia triacanthos 

(Fabaceae). Brittonia 38:360–361. 

MICKEL,J.T.1979.The fern genus Cheilanthes in the continental 

United States. Phytologia 41:431–437. 

_____. 1981. Revision of Anemia subgenus Anemiorrhiza 

(Schizaeaceae). Brittonia 33:413–429. 

_____. 1993. Anemiaceae. In: Flora of North America Editorial 



MIELKE, M.E.AND M.L. DAUGHTREY. 1990. How to identify and 

control dogwood anthracnose. U.S.D.A., Forest Serv., 

Northeastern Area. Bull. NA-GR-18. 

MILLÁN, R. 1941. Revisión de las especies del género 

Nierembergia (Solanaceae). Darwiniana 5:487–547. 

MILLAR, C.I.1993. Impact of the Eocene on the evolution of 

Pinus L. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 80:471–498. 

MILLER,D.H.and F.E. SMEINS. 1988. Vegetation pattern within a 

remnant San Antonio prairie as influenced by soil and 

microrelief variation. In: A. Davis and G. Stanford, eds. The 

prairie: Roots of our culture; foundation of our economy. 

Unpaged, paper number 0110. Proceedings of the Tenth 

North American Prairie Conference, Denton, TX. Native 

Prairie Association of Texas, Dallas. 

MILLER,G.N.1955.The genus Fraxinus,the ashes,in North America 

north of Mexico. Cornell Univ. Agric. Exp. Sta. Mem. 335:1–64. 

MILLER, J.M. 1988. Floral pigments and phylogeny in 

Echinocereus (Cactaceae). Syst. Bot. 13:173–183. 

MILLER,K.I.and G.L.WEBSTER. 1967. A preliminary revision of Tragia 

(Euphorbiaceae) in the United States. Rhodora 69:241–305. 

MILLER, N.G.1970. The genera of the Cannabaceae in the 


_____. 1971a.The genera of the Urticaceae in the southeastern 


_____. 1971b. The Polygalaceae in the southeastern United 


_____. 1990. The genera of Meliaceae in the southeastern 


MILLSPAUGH, C.F.and E.E. SHERFF. 1919. Revision of the North 

American species of Xanthium.Publ. Field Columbian Mus., 

Bot. Ser. 4:9–49. 

MIRANDA,F.and A.J. SHARP. 1950. Characteristics of the vegetation 

in certain temperate regions of eastern Mexico. Ecology 

31:313–333. 

MITCHELL, R.S.1968. Variation in the Polygonum amphibium 

complex and its taxonomic significance. Univ. Calif. Publ. 

Bot. 45:1–65. 

MOBBERLEY,D.G.1956.Taxonomy and distribution of the genus 

Spartina.Iowa State Coll. J. Sci. 30:471–574. 

MOHLENBROCK, R.H.1957 [1958]. A revision of the genus 

Stylosanthes.Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 44:299–355. 

_____. 1958. The Stylosanthes biflora complex. Bull. Torrey Bot. 

Club 85:341–346. 

_____. 1961. A monograph of the leguminous genus Zornia. 

Webbia 16:1–141. 

MOLDENKE, H.N.1948. Additional notes on the Eriocaulaceae, 

Avicenniaceae and Verbenaceae of Texas–I. Wrightia 

1:220–246. 

_____. 1961a. Eriocaulaceae. In: C.L. Lundell, ed. Flora of Texas 


_____. 1961b. Verbenaceae. In: C.L. Lundell, ed. Flora of Texas 


_____ and A.L. MOLDENKE. 1952. Plants of the Bible. Chronica 

Botanica Co.,Waltham, MA. 

MONTGOMERY,J.A.1993.The nature and origin of the blackland 

prairies of Texas. In: M.R. Sharpless and J.C. Yelderman, eds.

The Texas Blackland Prairie, land, history, and culture. Pp. 


MOORE,D.M., T.G. TUTIN, and S.M. WALTERS. 1976. Compositae. 

In: Tutin, T.G., V.H. Heywood, N.A. Burges, D.M. Moore, D.H. 

Valentine, S.M. Walters, and D.A. Webb, eds. Flora Europaea 

4:103–410.Cambridge Univ.Press,Cambridge,England,U.K. 

MOORE,H.E.,JR. and N.W. UHL. 1982. Major trends of evolution 

in palms. Bot. Rev. (Lancaster) 48:2–69. 

MOORE,L.A.and M.F.WILLSON. 1982.The effect of microhabitat, 

spatial distribution, and display size on dispersal of Lindera 

benzoin by avian frugivores. Canad. J. Bot. 60:557–560. 

MOORE,M.O.1987. A study of selected taxa of Vitis (Vitaceae) in 

the southeastern United States. Rhodora 89:75–91. 

_____. 1991.Classification and systematics of eastern North 

American Vitis L. (Vitaceae) north of Mexico. Sida 14:339–367. 

MOORE, R.J.1947. Cytotaxonomic studies in the Loganiaceae. I. 

Chromosome numbers and phylogeny in the Loganiaceae. 

Amer. J. Bot. 34:527–538. 

_____. 1972. Distribution of native and introduced knapweeds 

in Canada and the United States. Rhodora 74:331–346. 

_____ and C. FRANKTON. 1969. Cytotaxonomy of some Cirsium 

species of the eastern United States.Canad.J.Bot.47:1257–1275. 

_____ and _____. 1974. The thistles of Canada. Research 

Branch, Canada Dept. Agri., Monogr. 10:1–111. 

MORDEN, C.W.and S.L. HATCH. 1987. Anatomical study of the 

Muhlenbergia repens complex (Poaceae: Chloridoideae: 

Eragrostideae). Sida 12:347–359. 

_____ and _____. 1989. An analysis of morphological variation 

in Muhlenbergia capillaris (Poaceae) and its allies in the 


_____ and _____. 1996. Morphological variation and synopsis 

of the Muhlenbergia repens complex (Poaceae). Sida 

17:349–365. 

MOREFIELD, J.D.1992. Resurrection and revision of Hesperevax 

(Asteraceae: Inuleae). Syst. Bot. 17:293–310. 

MORENO,N.P.and F. ESSIG. 1997. Clematis subg. Clematis.In:Flora 



MORGAN,D.R.1997 [1998].Reticulate evolution in Machaeranthera 

(Asteraceae). Syst. Bot. 22:599–615. 

_____ and B.B. SIMPSON. 1992. A systematic study of 

Machaeranthera (Asteraceae) and related groups using restriction 

site analysis of chloroplast DNA.Syst.Bot.17:511–531. 

MORGAN,D.R.and D.E. SOLTIS. 1993. Phylogenetic relationships 

among members of Saxifragaceae s.l. based on rbcL 

sequence data. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 80:631–660. 

MORGAN, J.J.1966. A taxonomic study of the genus Boltonia 

(Asteraceae). Ph.D. dissertation, Univ. of North Carolina, 

Chapel Hill. 

MORIN, N.R.(NANCY). Personal communication. Specialist in 

Campanulaceae and Convening Editor of the Flora of 

North America; formerly of the Missouri Botanical Garden, 

currently Executive Director of the American Association of 

Botanical Gardens and Arboreta. 

MORONG, T. 1893. The Naiadaceae of North America. Mem. 


MOORE ET AL./LITERATURE CITED 1497 

MORRONE,O.and F.O. ZULOAGA. 1992. Revisión de las especies 

sudamericanas nativas e introducidas de los géneros 

Brachiaria y Urochloa (Poaceae: Panicoideae: Paniceae). 

Darwiniana 31:43–109. 

MORTON,C.M., M.W. CHASE,K.A.KRON, and S.M. SWENSEN. 1996 

[1997]. A molecular evaluation of the monophyly of the 

order Ebenales based upon rbcL sequence data. Syst. Bot. 

21:567–586. 

MORTON, C.V.1937. The correct names of the small-flowered 

mallows. Rhodora 39:98–99. 

MORTON,J.F.1977. Major medicinal plants: Botany, culture and 

uses. Charles C.Thomas, Springfield, IL. 

_____. 1982. Plants poisonous to people in Florida and other 

warm areas, 2nd ed. Southeastern Printing Co., Stuart, FL. 

MORTON, J.K.1972. On the occurrence of Stellaria pallida in 

North America. Bull.Torrey Bot. Club 99:95–97. 

MOSQUIN,T. 1970. Chromosome numbers and a proposal for classification 

in Sisyrinchium (Iridaceae). Madroño 20:269–275. 

_____. 1971. Biosystematic studies in the North American 

species of Linum,section Adenolinum (Linaceae). Canad. J. 

Bot. 49:1379–1388. 

MOSYAKIN,S.L.1996. A taxonomic synopsis of the genus Salsola 

(Chenopodiaceae) in North America. Ann. Missouri Bot. 

Gard. 83:387–395. 

MOYER, J.A.and B.L. TURNER. 1994. Systematic study of Texas 

populations of Phacelia patuliflora (Hydrophyllaceae). Sida 

16:245–252. 

MUENSCHER,W.C. 1951. Poisonous plants of the United States. 

Macmillan Co., New York. 

MÜHLENBACH, V. 1979. Contributions to the synanthropic 

(adventive) flora of the railroads in St. Louis, Missouri, U.S.A. 


MUKHERJEE, S.K.1958. Revision of the genus Erianthus Michx. 

(Gramineae). Lloydia 21:157–188. 

MÜLLER,C.H.1940.A revision of the genus Lycopersicon.U.S.D.A. 

Misc. Pub. 382:1–28. 

_____. 1951. The oaks of Texas. Contr. Texas Res. Found., Bot. 

Stud. 1:21–311. 

MULLIGAN, G.A.1980. The genus Cicuta in North America. 

Canad. J. Bot. 58:1755–1767. 

_____and I.J.BASSETT.1959. Achillea millefolium complex in Canada 

and portions of the United States.Canad.J.Bot.37:73–79. 

MULLIGAN, G.A.and D.B. MUNRO. 1989 [1990]. Taxonomy of 

species of North American Stachys (Labiatae) found north 

of Mexico. Naturaliste Canad. 116:35–51. 

_____ and _____. 1990. Poisonous plants of Canada. Agri. 

Canada, Publ. 1842E. Canadian Government Publishing 

Centre, Ottawa. 

MULLINS,M.G., A. BOUQUET, and L.E.WILLIAMS. 1992. Biology of the 

grapevine. Cambridge Univ. Press, Cambridge, England, U.K. 

MUNSON, T.V. 1883. Forests and forest trees of Texas. Amer. J. 

Forestry 1:433–451. 

_____. 1909. Foundations of American grape culture. Orange 

Judd Company, New York. 

MUNZ,P.A.1926. The Antirrhinoideae-Antirrhineae of the New 

World. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. 15:323–397.

1498 LITERATURE CITED/MURRAY 

_____. 1931.The North American species of Orobanche,section 

Myzorrhiza.Bull.Torrey Bot. Club 57:611–624. 

_____. 1938. Studies in Onagraceae XI. A revision of the genus 

Gaura.Bull.Torrey Bot. Club 65:105–122, 211–228. 

_____. 1944. Studies in Onagraceae-XIII. The American species 

of Ludwigia.Bull.Torrey Bot. Club 71:152–165. 

_____. 1946. Aquilegia: The cultivated and wild columbines. 


_____. 1961. Onagraceae. In: C.L. Lundell, ed. Flora of Texas 


_____. 1965. Onagraceae. N. Amer. Fl. II. 5:1–278. 

MURRAY,A.E.,JR. 1970. A monograph of the Aceraceae: A thesis 

in horticulture. Ph.D. dissertation, Pennsylvania State Univ., 

University Park. 

MUSSELMAN,L.J.1975 [1976].Parasitism and haustorial structure 

in Krameria lanceolata (Krameriaceae): A preliminary study. 

Phytomorphology 25:416–422. 

_____. 1977. Seed germination and seedlings of Krameria 

lanceolata (Krameriaceae). Sida 7:224–225. 

MYINT,T. 1966.Revision of the genus Stylisma (Convolvulaceae). 


NABHAN,G.P.1979. Southwestern Indian sunflowers. Desert Pl. 

1:23–26. 

NACZI,R.F.C.1992. Systematics of Carex section Griseae (Cyperaceae). 

Ph.D. dissertation, Univ. of Michigan, Ann Arbor. 

_____ and C.T. BRYSON. 1990. Noteworthy records of Carex 

(Cyperaceae) from the southeastern United States. 

Bartonia 56:49–58. 

NASH, G.V.1896. Revision of the genus Asimina in North 


_____. 1898. A revision of the genera Chloris and Eustachys in 


_____. 1909. Poaceae. N. Amer. Fl. 17:77–98. 

_____. 1912. Poaceae (cont.). N. Amer. Fl. 17:99–196. 

_____ and A.S. HITCHCOCK. 1915. Poaceae (cont.). N. Amer. Fl. 

17:197–288. 

NAUMAN, C.E.1993. Nephrolepis. In: Flora of North America 



NEE, M. (MICHAEL). Personal communication. Specialist in 

Solanaceae and Cucurbitaceae; botanist and plant collector 

(particularly Latin America) of the New York Bot. Garden, 

Bronx; trained at Univ. of Wisconsin, Madison. 

NEE,M.1986. Solanaceae I. Flora de Veracruz 49:1–191. 

_____. 1990. The domestication of Cucurbita (Cucurbitaceae). 

Econ. Bot. 44 (Suppl.):56–68. 

NELSON,E.1899.Revision of the western North American phloxes. 

Published as a part of the ninth report of the Wyoming 

Agricultural College, Laramie. 

NELSON, E.C.1991. Shamrock: Botany and history of an Irish 

myth. Boethius Press, Kilkenny, Ireland. 

NELSON,J.B.1980. Mitreola vs. Cynoctonum,and a new combination. 


_____. 1981. Stachys (Labiatae) in southeastern United States. 

Sida 9:104–123. 

NESOM, G.L.(GUY). Personal communication. Specialist in 

Asteraceae; formerly of the Univ. of Texas, Austin and the 

Texas Regional Institute of Environmental Studies, Sam 

Houston State Univ., Huntsville; currently with the Biota 

of North America Program of the North Carolina 

Botanical Garden at the University of North Carolina at 

Chapel Hill. 

NESOM, G.L.1978. Chromosome numbers in Erigeron and 

Conyza (Compositae). Sida 7:375–381. 

_____. 1988. Synopsis of Chaetopappa (Compositae-Astereae) 

with a new species and the inclusion of Leucelene. 


_____. 1989a. Infrageneric taxonomy of New World Erigeron 

(Compositae: Astereae). Phytologia 67:61–66. 

_____. 1989b. New species, new sections, and a taxonomic 

overview of American Pluchea (Compositae: Inuleae). 


_____. 1990a. Taxonomic status of Gamochaeta (Asteraceae: 

Inuleae) and the species of the United States. Phytologia 

68:186–198. 

_____. 1990b. Further definition of Conyza (Asteraceae: 

Astereae). Phytologia 68:229–233. 

_____. 1990c. Studies in the systematics of Mexican and Texan 

Grindelia (Asteraceae: Astereae). Phytologia 68:303–332. 

_____. 1990d. Taxonomy of Solidago petiolaris (Astereae: 

Asteraceae) and related Mexican species. Phytologia 

69:445–456. 

_____. 1991a. Union of Bradburia with Chrysopsis (Asteraceae: 

Astereae), with a phylogenetic hypothesis for Chrysopsis. 


_____. 1991b. A phylogenetic hypothesis for the goldenasters 

(Asteraceae: Astereae). Phytologia 71:136–151. 

_____. 1991c. Morphological definition of the Gutierrezia 

group (Asteraceae: Astereae). Phytologia 71:252–262. 

_____. 1992a. A new species of Castilleja (Scrophulariaceae) 

from southcentral Texas with comments on other Texas 

taxa. Phytologia 72:209–230. 

_____. 1992b. Species rank for the varieties of Grindelia microcephala 

(Asteraceae: Astereae). Phytologia 73:326–329. 

_____. 1993. Taxonomic infrastructure of Solidago and 

Oligoneuron (Asteraceae: Astereae) and observations on 

their phylogenetic position. Phytologia 75:1–44. 

_____. 1994a. Subtribal classification of the Astereae 

(Asteraceae). Phytologia 76:193–274. 

_____. 1994b. Review of the taxonomy of Aster sensu lato 

(Asteraceae: Astereae), emphasizing the New World 

species. Phytologia 77:141–297. 

_____. 1995. Revision of Chaptalia (Asteraceae: Mutisieae) from 

North America and continental Central America. 


_____. 1997a. Taxonomic adjustments in North American Aster 

sensu latissimo (Asteraceae:Astereae).Phytologia 82:281–288. 

_____. 1997b. Review: “A revision of Heterotheca sect. Phyllotheca 

(Nutt.) Harms (Compositae: Astereae)”by J.C. Semple. 


_____, Y. SUH,D.R.MORGAN,S.D.SUNDBERG, and B.B. SIMPSON. 

1991. Chloracantha, a new genus of North American

Astereae (Asteraceae). Phytologia 70:371–381. 

NESOM, G.L., Y. SUH, and B.B. SIMPSON. 1993. Prinopsis (Asteraceae:Astereae) 

united with Grindelia.Phytologia 75:341–346. 

NESOM, G.L.and B.L. TURNER. 1995. Systematics of the Sedum 

parvum group (Crassulaceae) in northeastern Mexico and 

Texas. Phytologia 79:257–268. 

_____ and _____. 1998. Variation in the Berlandiera pumila 

(Asteraceae) complex. Sida 18:493–502. 

NEUWINGER, H.D.1996. African ethnobotany, poisons and 

drugs, chemistry, pharmacology, toxicology. Chapman & 

Hall, New York. 

NEWSHOLME, C.W.1992. Willows: The genus Salix. B.T.Batsford, 

Ltd., London, England, U.K. 

NEWSOM, V.M. 1929. A revision of the genus Collinsia 

(Scrophulariaceae). Bot. Gaz. (Crawfordsville) 87:260–301. 

NICOLSON, D.H.1997. Hierarchical roots and shoots or Opera 

Jehovae Magna! (Psalms 111:2). Aliso 15:81–86. 

NIEFOFF,J.(JERRY). Personal communication.Soil Scientist, Idaho 

Panhandle National Forest. 

NIXON,E.S.1985. Trees, shrubs, and woody vines of East Texas. 

B.L. Cunningham Prod., Nacogdoches,TX. 

_____, G.A. SULLIVAN,S.D.JONES,G.D.JONES, and J.K. SULLIVAN. 

1990. Species diversity of woody vegetation in the Trinity 

River Basin,Texas. Castanea 55:97–105. 

NIXON, E.S.and J.R. WARD. 1982. Rhynchospora miliacea and 

Scirpus divaricatus new to Texas. Sida 9:367. 

_____, _____, and B.L. LIPSCOMB. 1983. Rediscovery of 

Lesquerella pallida (Cruciferae). Sida 10:167–175. 

NIXON, K.C.1984. A biosystematic study of Quercus series 

Virentes (the liveoaks) with phylogenetic analysis of 

Fagales, Fagaceae, and Quercus.Ph.D. dissertation, Univ. of 

Texas, Austin. 

_____. 1997a. Fagaceae. In: Flora of North America Editorial 



_____. 1997b. Quercus. In: Flora of North America Editorial 



NOKES, J.1997. In memoriam, Benny J. Simpson (29 February 

1928–27 December 1996).Sida 17:850–852.Originally published 

1997 in Native Pl. Soc.Texas News 15(2):1, 8. 

NORRIS, F.M.(FIONA). Personal communication. Specialist in 

Acanthaceae and flora of South Africa; Assistant Director 

and Head of Public Outreach, Botanical Research Institute 

of Texas, Fort Worth. 

NORTH,G.R.1995. Global warming. In: J. Norwine, J.R. Giardino, 

G.R. North, and J.B. Valdés, eds. The changing climate of 

Texas:Predictability and implications for the future.Chapter 

13.Pp.156–166.GeoBooks,Texas A&M Univ.,College Station. 

NORTHINGTON,D.K.1971.Taxonomy of Pyrrhopappus,a cytotaxonomic 

and chemotaxonomic study. Ph.D. dissertation, 


_____. 1974. Systematic studies of the genus Pyrrhopappus 

(Compositae, Cichorieae). Special Publ. No. 6.The Museum, 

Texas Tech Univ., Lubbock. 

NORTON, J.B.S. 1900. A revision of the American species of 

NESOM ET AL./LITERATURE CITED 1499 

Euphorbia of the section Tithymalus occurring north of 

Mexico. Rep. (Annual) Missouri Bot. Gard. 11:85–144. 

NORWINE,J.,J.R.GIARDINO,G.R.NORTH,and J.B.VALDÉS, eds.1995. 

The changing climate of Texas:Predictability and implications 

for the future. GeoBooks,Texas A&M Univ., College Station. 

NOVÁK,J.and V. PREININGER. 1987. Chemotaxonomic review of 

the genus Papaver.Preslia 59:1–13. 

NOVAK, S.J., D.E. SOLTIS, and P.S. SOLTIS. 1991. Ownbey’s 

Tragopogons: 40 years later. Amer. J. Bot. 78:1586–1600. 

NOWICKE, J.W.1969. Palynotaxonomic study of the Phytolaccaceae. 


_____. 1994. A palynological study of Crotonoideae (Euphorbiaceae). 


_____. 1996.Pollen morphology,exine structure and the relationships 

of Basellaceae and Didiereaceae to Portulacaceae. Syst. 

Bot. 21:187–208. 

_____ and J.J. SKVARLA. 1981. Pollen morphology and phylogenetic 

relationships of the Berberidaceae. Smithsonian Contr. 

Bot. 50:1–83. 

OBERHOLSER,H.C.1974.The bird life of Texas.Univ.of Texas Press,Austin. 

OCKENDON,D.J.1965. A taxonomic study of Psoralea subgenus 

Pediomelum (Leguminosae). SouthW. Naturalist 10:81–124. 

O’DONELL, C.A.1959. Las especies americanas de Ipomoea L. 

Sect. Quamoclit (Moench) Griseb. Lilloa 29:19–86. 

OERTLI,E.H., L.D. ROWE,S.L.LOVERING,G.W.IVIE, and E.M. BAILEY. 

1983.Phototoxic effect of Thamnosma texana (Dutchman’s 

breeches) in sheep. Amer. J.Veterin. Res. 44:1126–1129. 

OGDEN,E.C.1943.The broad-leaved species of Potamogeton of 

North America north of Mexico. Rhodora 45:57–105, 

119–163,171–214. 

_____. 1966. Potamogetonaceae. In: C.L. Lundell, ed. Flora of 


O’KENNON, R.J.1991. Paliurus spina-christi (Rhamnaceae) new 

for North America in Texas. Sida 14:606–609. 

_____, G.M. DIGGS, JR., and R.K. HOGGARD. 1998. Plantago 

coronopus (Plantaginaceae) new to Texas. Sida 18:356–358. 

O’KENNON,R.J., G.M. DIGGS,JR., and B.L. LIPSCOMB.1998. Lactuca 

saligna (Asteraceae),a lettuce new for Texas.Sida 18:615–619. 

O’KENNON,R.J.and G. NESOM. 1988. First report of Cirsium vulgare 

(Asteraceae) in Texas. Sida 13:115. 

OLMSTEAD,R.G., B. BREMER,K.M.SCOTT, and J.D. PALMER. 1993. A 

parsimony analysis of the Asteridae sensu lato based on 

rbcL sequences. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 80:700–722. 

OLMSTEAD, R.G., H.J. MICHAELS, K.M.SCOTT, and J.D. PALMER. 

1992. Monophyly of the Asteridae and identification of 

their major lineages inferred from DNA sequences of rbcL. 


OLMSTEAD,R.G.and J.D. PALMER. 1992. A chloroplast DNA phylogeny 

of the Solanaceae: Subfamilial relationships and 

character evolution. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 79:346–360. 

_____ and _____. 1997. Implications for the phylogeny, classification, 

and biogeography of Solanum from cpDNA 

restriction site variation. Syst. Bot. 22:19–29. 

OLMSTEAD, R.G.and P.A. REEVES. 1995. Evidence for the polyphyly 

of the Scrophulariaceae based on chloroplast rbcL 

and ndhF sequences. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 82:176–193.

1500 LITERATURE CITED/OLSEN 

OLSEN, J.1979. Taxonomy of the Verbesina virginica complex 

(Asteraceae). Sida 8:128–134. 

_____. 1985. Synopsis of Verbesina section Ochratinia 

(Asteraceae). Pl. Syst. Evol. 149:47–63. 

OLSEN,J.D.,G.D. MANNERS, and S.W. PELLETIER. 1990. Poisonous 

properties of larkspur (Delphinium spp.). Collect. Bot. 

(Barcelona) 19:141–151. 

OLWELL,M.1982.A population study of the exomorphic variations 

in Vicia minutiflora Dietr. including V. reverchonii Wats. 

(Leguminosae). Sida 9:215–222. 

O’NEILL,H.T.1940. Botany of the Maya area: The sedges of the 

Yucatan Peninsula. Carnegie Inst.Wash. Publ. No. 19. 

ØRGAARD, M.1991. The genus Cabomba (Cabombaceae)—A 

taxonomic study. Nordic J. Bot. 11:179–203. 

ORNDUFF, R.1966. The origin of dioecism from heterostyly in 

Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae). Evolution 20:309–314. 

_____. 1970.The systematics and breeding system of Gelsemium 

(Loganiaceae). J. Arnold Arbor. 51:1–17. 

OSBORN,J.M.and E.L.SCHNEIDER. 1988.Morphological studies of 

the Nymphaeaceae sensu lato. XVI. The floral biology of 

Brasenia schreberi.Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 75:778–794. 

OSTERHOUDT, K.C., S.K. LEE, J.M.CALLAHAN, and F.M. HENRETIG. 

1997. Catnip and the alteration of human consciousness. 

Veterin. Human Toxicol. 39:373–375. 

OSTERHOUT,G.E.1902. Hesperaster nudus (Pursh) Cockerell and 

its allies. Bull.Torrey Bot. Club 29:173–174. 

OTTLEY,A.M.1944.The American Loti with special consideration 

of a proposed new section, Simpeteria.Brittonia 5:81–123. 

OWENS, C.(CHETTA). Personal communication. Scientist. U.S. 

Army Corps of Engineers. Lewisville Aquatic Ecosystem 

Research Facility, Lewisville,TX. 

OWNBEY,G.B.1947. Monograph of the North American species 

of Corydalis.Ann. Missouri. Bot. Gard. 34:187–259. 

_____. 1951. On the cytotaxonomy of the genus Corydalis,section 

Eucorydalis.Amer. Midl. Naturalist 45:184–186. 

_____. 1958. Monograph of the genus Argemone for North 

America and the West Indies.Mem.Torrey Bot.Club 21:1–159. 

_____. 1997. Argemone. In:Flora of North America Editorial 



OWNBEY, M.1950a. Natural hybridization and amphiploidy in 

the genus Tragopogon.Amer. J. Bot. 37:487–499. 

_____. 1950b. The genus Allium in Texas. Res. Stud. State Coll. 

Wash. 18:181–222. 

_____ and H.C. AASE. 1955. Cytotaxonomic studies in Allium I. 

The Allium canadense alliance. Res. Stud. State Coll. Wash., 

Monogr. Suppl. 1–106. 

OWNBEY,R.P.1944. The liliaceous genus Polygonatum in North 

America. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 31:373–413. 

PACKARD,J.M.and T.L. COOK. 1995. Effects of climate change on 

biodiversity and landscape linkages in Texas.In:J.Norwine,J.R. 

Giardino,G.R.North,and J.B.Valdés,eds.The changing climate 

of Texas:Predictability and implications for the future.Chapter 

23. Pp. 322–336. GeoBooks,Texas A&M Univ., College Station. 

PACLT,J.1998. (1334) Proposal to amend the gender of Nuphar, 

nom. cons. (Nymphaeaceae), to neuter.Taxon 47:167–169. 

PAGE,C.N.1976.The taxonomy and phytogeography of bracken–A 

review.J.Linn.Soc.,Bot.73:1–34. 

PALMER,E.J.1920. The canyon flora of the Edwards Plateau of 

Texas. J. Arnold Arbor. 1:233–239. 

_____. 1925. Synopsis of North American Crataegi. J. Arnold 

Arbor. 6:5–128. 

_____. 1946. Crataegus in the northeastern and central United 

States and adjacent Canada. Brittonia 5:471–490. 

_____. 1948.Hybrid oaks of North America.J.Arnold Arbor.29:1–48. 

_____. 1960. Key to Crataegus species. In: R.A. Vines. Trees, 

shrubs, and woody vines of the Southwest. Pp. 329–334. 


PAMMEL, L.H.1911. A manual of poisonous plants. The Torch 

Press, Cedar Rapids, IA. 

PARFITT, B.D.1997. Adonis. In: Flora of North America Editorial 



PARIS,C.A.1993. Adiantum. In: Flora of North America Editorial 



PARK, K.1998. Monograph of Euphorbia sect. Tithymalopsis 

(Euphorbiaceae). Edinb. J. Bot. 55:161–208. 

PARK, M.M.and D. FESTERLING, JR. 1997. Thalictrum. In: Flora of 



PARKER,W.B. 1856.Through unexplored Texas [notes taken during 

the 1854 Marcy Expedition]. Hayes and Zell, Philadelphia. 

Reprinted 1990 by the Texas State Historical Association,Austin. 

PARKS, H.B.and V. CORY. 1936. The fauna and flora of the Big 

Thicket area.Texas Agric. Exp. Sta., College Station. 

PARRY,C.C.1889. Ceanothus,L.: A synoptical list, comprising thirtythree 

species, with notes and descriptions. Proc. Davenport 

Acad. Nat. Sci. 5:162–176. 

PATON,A.1990. A global taxonomic investigation of Scutellaria 

(Labiatae). Kew Bull. 45:399–450. 

PAYNE, W.W. 1964. A re-evaluation of the genus Ambrosia 

(Compositae). J. Arnold Arbor. 45:401–430. 

PAYSON,E.B.1918. The North American species of Aquilegia. 


_____. 1921. A monograph of the genus Lesquerella. Ann. 


_____. 1922a.Species of Sisymbrium native to America north of 

Mexico. Univ.Wyoming Publ. Bot. 1:1–27. 

_____. 1922b. A synoptical revision of the genus Cleomella. 

Univ.Wyoming Publ. Bot. 1:29–46. 

_____. 1926. The genus Thlaspi in North America. Univ. 

Wyoming Publ. Bot. 1:145–163. 

PEABODY,F.J.1984.Revision of the genus Robinia (Leguminosae: 

Papilionoideae). Ph.D. dissertation, Iowa State Univ., Ames. 

PEACOCK,H.1982. Just plain poke.Texas Highways 29:8–11. 

PEATTIE,D.C.1948. A natural history of trees of eastern and central 

North America. Houghton Mifflin Co., Boston, MA. 

PELLMYR, O.and E.J. AUGENSTEIN. 1997. Pollination biology of 

Hesperaloe parviflora.SouthW. Naturalist 42:182–187. 

PENG,C.I.1988. The biosystematics of Ludwigia sect.Microcarpium 

(Onagraceae). Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 75:970–1009.

_____. 1989. The systematics and evolution of Ludwigia sect. 

Microcarpium (Onagraceae). Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 

76:221–302. 

PENNELL,F.W.1916. Commelina in the United States. Bull.Torrey 

Bot. Club 43:96–111. 

_____. 1920. Scrophulariaceae of the southeastern United 

States. Contr. New York Bot. Gard. 221:224–291. Reprinted 

from Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1919. 

_____. 1921.“Veronica” in North and South America. Rhodora 

23:1–22, 28–41. 

_____. 1928. Agalinus and allies in North America–I. Proc. Acad. 

Nat. Sci. Philadelphia 80:339–449. 

_____. 1929. Agalinus and allies in North America–II. Proc.Acad. 

Nat. Sci. Philadelphia 81:111–249. 

_____. 1931. “Polygala verticillata” in eastern North America. 

Bartonia 13:7–17. 

_____. 1933. Polygala verticillata and the problem of typifying 

Linnean species. Bartonia 15:38–45. 

_____. 1935.The Scrophulariaceae of eastern temperate North 

America. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia Monogr. 1:i–xv, 1–650. 

_____. 1937. “Commelina communis” in the eastern United 

States. Bartonia 19:19–22. 

_____. 1938.What is Commelina communis? Proc.Acad.Nat.Sci. 

Philadelphia 90:31–39. 

_____. 1946. Reconsideration of the Bacopa-Herpestis problem 

of the Scrophulariaceae. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia 

98:83–98. 

PENNINGTON,T.D.1990. Sapotaceae.Fl. Neotrop. Monogr. 52:1–770. 

_____. 1991.The genera of Sapotaceae. Royal Botanic Gardens, 

Kew, England, U.K. and New York Bot. Garden, Bronx. 

PERDUE, R.E., JR. 1957. Synopsis of Rudbeckia subgenus 

Rudbeckia.Rhodora 59:293–299. 

PERRY,G.and J. MCNEILL. 1986. The nomenclature of Eragrostis 

cilianensis (Poaceae) and the contribution of Bellardi to 

Allioni’s Flora pedemontana.Taxon 35:696–701. 

PERRY,J.D.1971. Biosystematic studies in the North American 

genus Sabatia (Gentianaceae). Rhodora 73:309–369. 

PERRY,L.M.1933. A revision of the North American species of 

Verbena.Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 20:239–362. 

_____. 1935. Evolvulus pilosus an invalid name. Rhodora 37:63. 

_____. 1937. Notes on Silphium.Rhodora 39:281–297. 

PETERSON,K.A., W.J. ELISENS, and J.R. ESTES. 1990. Allozyme variation 

in Pyrrhopappus multicaulis and P. carolinianus 

(Asteraceae): Relation to mating system and purported 

hybridization. Syst. Bot. 15:534–543. 

PETERSON,P.M.and R.D. WEBSTER. (forthcoming). Gould’s grass 

systematics.Texas A&M Univ. Press, College Station. 

_____, _____, and J.VALDES-REYNA. 1997.Genera of New World 

Eragrostideae (Poaceae: Chloridoideae). Smithsonian 

Institution Press,Washington, D.C. 

PETERSON,R.E.1995. Regional climate of Northwest and North 

Central Texas. In: J. Norwine, J.R. Giardino, G.R. North, and J.B. 

Valdés, eds. The changing climate of Texas: Predictability 

and implications for the future. Chapter 10. Pp. 92–121. 

GeoBooks,Texas A&M Univ., College Station. 

PFEIFER,H.W.1966. Revision of the North and Central American 

PENNELL/LITERATURE CITED 1501 

hexandrous species of Aristolochia (Aristolochiaceae). Ann. 


PFEIFFER,N.E.1922.Monograph of the Isoëtaceae.Ann.Missouri 

Bot. Gard. 9:79–233. 

PHELAN,R.1976. Texas wild, the land, plants, and animals of the 

Lone Star state. Bookthrift, New York. 

PHILBRICK,C.T.1991. Hydrophily: Phylogenetic and evolutionary 

considerations. Rhodora 93:36–50. 

_____. 1993.Underwater cross-pollination in Callitriche hermaphroditica 

(Callitrichaceae): Evidence from randomly amplified 

polymorphic DNA markers. Amer. J. Bot. 80:391–394. 

_____ and G.J. ANDERSON. 1992. Pollination biology in the 

Callitrichaceae. Syst. Bot. 17:282–292. 

PHILBRICK,C.T.and R.K.JANSEN. 1991. Phylogenetic studies of North 

American Callitriche (Callitrichaceae) using Chloroplast DNA 

restriction fragment analysis. Syst. Bot. 16:478–491. 

PHILBRICK,C.T.and J.M.OSBORN. 1994.Exine reduction in underwater 

flowering Callitriche (Callitrichaceae): Implications for 

the evolution of hypohydrophily. Rhodora 96:370–381. 

PHIPPS, J.B. (JAMES). Personal communication. Specialist in 

Rosaceae, especially Maloideae worldwide and Crataegus 

of North America; Flora of North America Editorial 

Committee; Univ. of Western Ontario, London. 

PHIPPS,J.B.1983. Biogeographic, taxonomic, and cladistic relationships 

between east Asiatic and North American Crataegus. 


_____. 1988. Crataegus (Maloideae, Rosaceae) of the southeastern 

United States, I. Introduction and series Aestivales.J. 


_____. 1997. Monograph of northern Mexican Crataegus 

(Rosaceae, subfam. Maloideae). Sida, Bot. Misc. 15:1–94 

_____ and M. MUNIYAMMA. 1980. A taxonomic revision of 

Crataegus (Rosaceae) in Ontario. Canad. J. Bot. 58:1621–1699. 

PHIPPS, J.B.,K.R.ROBERTSON, J.R.ROHRER, and P.G. SMITH. 1991. 

Origins and evolution of subfam. Maloideae (Rosaceae). 

Syst. Bot. 303–332. 

PHIPPS,J.B.,K.R.ROBERTSON,P.G.SMITH, and J.R. ROHRER. 1990. A 

checklist of the subfamily Maloideae (Rosaceae). Canad. J. 

Bot. 68:2209–2269. 

PICKENS, M.A.1997. Benny Simpson’s legacy to NPSOT. Sida 

17:852–853. Originally published 1997 in Native Pl. Soc. 

Texas News 15(2):2. 

PIEHL,M.A.1962.The parasitic behavior of Dasistoma macrophylla. 

Rhodora 64:331–336. 

_____. 1963. Mode of attachment, haustorium structure, and 

hosts of Pedicularis canadensis.Amer. J. Bot. 50:978–985. 

_____. 1965. The natural history and taxonomy of Comandra 

(Santalaceae). Mem.Torrey Bot. Club 22:1–97. 

PIELOU, E.C.1988. The world of northern evergreens. Comstock 

Publishing Associates,a division of Cornell Univ.Press,Ithaca,NY. 

PIETROPAOLO,J.and P. PIETROPAOLO. 1986. Carnivorous plants of 

the world.Timber Press, Portland, OR. 

PIMENOV, M.G.and M.V. LEONOV. 1993. The genera of the 

Umbelliferae. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, England, U.K. 

PING-SHEN,H.,S.KURITA,YUZHI-ZHOU,and L.JIN-ZHEN.1994.Synopsis 

of the genus Lycoris (Amaryllidaceae).Sida 16:301–331.

1502 LITERATURE CITED/PINKAVA 

PINKAVA, D.J. 1967. Biosystematic study of Berlandiera 


PIPER,C.V.1906. North American species of Festuca. Contr. U.S. 

Natl. Herb. 10:1–48. 

_____ and K.S.BORT.1915.The early agricultural history of timothy. 

J. Amer. Soc. Agron. 7:1–14. 

PIPPEN,R.W.1978. Cacalia.N.Amer. Fl. II. 10:151–159. 

PLATT,S.G.and C.G. BRANTLEY. 1997. Canebrakes: An ecological 

and historical perspective. Castanea 62:8–21 

PLUNKETT, G.M., D.E. SOLTIS, and P.S. SOLTIS. 1996 [1997]. 

Evolutionary patterns in Apiaceae: Inferences based on 

matK sequence data. Syst. Bot. 21:477–495. 

POGAN,E.1963. Taxonomical value of Alisma trivale Pursh and 

Alisma subcordatum Raf. Canad. J. Bot. 41:1011-1013. 

POHL,R.W.1951.The genus Setaria in Iowa.Iowa State Coll.J.Sci. 

25:501–508. 

_____. 1959. Morphology and cytology of some hybrids 

between Elymus canadensis and E. virginicus. Proc.Iowa 

Acad. Sci. 66:155–159. 

_____. 1962. Notes of Setaria viridis and S. faberi (Gramineae). 


_____. 1969. Muhlenbergia,subgenus Muhlenbergia (Gramineae) 

in North America. Amer. Midl. Naturalist 82:512–542. 

POLHILL,R.M.and P.H. RAVEN, eds. 1981. Advances in legume systematics. 

Vols. 1, 2. Proc. Intern. Legume Conference, Kew, 

England, U.K. 

POOL,W.C. 1964. Bosque territory:A history of an agrarian community. 

Chaparral Press, Kyle,Texas. 

POOLE,M.M.and D.R. HUNT. 1980. Pollen morphology and the 

taxonomy of the Commelinaceae: An exploratory survey. 

American Commelinaceae:VIII. Kew Bull. 34:639–660. 

PORTER,C.L.1967. Taxonomy of flowering plants, 2nd ed. W.H. 

Freeman and Co., San Francisco, CA. 

PORTER, D.M.1969. The genus Kallstroemia (Zygophyllaceae). 


_____. 1972. The genera of Zygophyllaceae in the southeastern 


_____. 1974. Disjunct distributions in the New World 

Zygophyllaceae.Taxon 23:339–346. 

_____. 1976. Zanthoxylum (Rutaceae) in North America north 

of Mexico. Brittonia 28:443–447. 

POWELL, A.M.1973. Taxonomy of Perityle section Laphamia 

(Compositae-Helenieae-Peritylinae). Sida 5:61–128. 

_____. 1988. Trees and shrubs of Trans-Pecos Texas including Big 

Bend and Guadalupe Mountains National Parks. Big Bend 

Natural History Association, Inc., Big Bend National Park,TX. 

_____. 1994. Grasses of the Trans-Pecos and adjacent areas. 


_____. 1998.Trees and shrubs of the Trans-Pecos and adjacent 

areas. Univ. of Texas Press, Austin. 

PRICE, R.A.1989. The genera of Pinaceae in the southeastern 


_____. 1996.Systematics of the Gnetales:A review of morphological 

and molecular evidence. In: W.E. Friedman (symposium 

organizer). Biology and evolution of the Gnetales. Int. J. Pl. 

Sci. 157 (Nov. 1966 suppl.):S40–S49. 

_____ and J.M. LOWENSTEIN. 1989. An immunological comparison 

of the Sciadopityaceae, Taxodiaceae, and Cupressaceae. 

Syst. Bot. 14:141–149. 

PRICE,R.A.and J.D. PALMER. 1993. Phylogenetic relationships of 

the Geraniaceae and Geraniales from rbcL sequence comparisons. 


PRINGLE, J.S.(JAMES). Personal communication. Specialist in 

Gentianaceae and botanical history. Royal Botanical 

Gardens, Hamilton, Ontario, Canada. 

PRINGLE,J.S.1997. Clematis. In: Flora of North America Editorial 

Committee,eds.Fl.North Amer.3:158–159,164–176.Oxford 


PROCHER, R.D.1978. Boerhaavia diffusa L. (B. coccinea Mill.) 

(Nyctaginaceae) in the Carolinas. Castanea 43:172–174. 

PROCTOR, M.,P.YEO, and A. LACK. 1996. The natural history of 

pollination, Timber Press, Portland, OR. 

PRUSKI, J.F.and G.L. NESOM. 1992. Glandularia × hybrida 

(Verbenaceae), a new combination for a common horticultural 

plant. Brittonia 44:494–496. 

PUFF, C. 1976. The Galium trifidum group (Galium sect. 

Aparinoides,Rubiaceae). Canad. J. Bot. 54:1911–1925. 

_____. 1977. The Galium obtusum group (Galium sect. 

Aparinoides,Rubiaceae). Bull.Torrey Bot. Club 104:202–208. 

PULICH,W.M. 1988.The birds of North Central Texas.Texas A&M 


PUNT,W. 1962. Pollen morphology of the Euphorbiaceae with 

special reference to taxonomy.Wentia 7:1–116. 

PYRAH, G.L.1969. Taxonomic and distributional studies in 

Leersia (Gramineae). Iowa State J. Sci. 44:215–270. 

QIU,Y-L., M.W. CHASE,D.L.LES, and C.R. PARKS. 1993. Molecular 

phylogenetics of the Magnoliidae: Cladistic analyses of 

nucleotide sequences of the plastid gene rbcL. Ann. 


QUAYLE,J.(JEFF). Personal communication. Plant collector and 

naturalist of Fort Worth who has contributed numerous 

North Central Texas county records to the Botanical 

Research Institute of Texas, Fort Worth. 

QUIBELL, C.F.1993. Philadelphaceae. In: J.C. Hickman, ed. The 

Jepson manual: Higher plants of California. Pp. 816–818. 

Univ. of California Press, Berkeley. 

RABE, E.W.and M.W. WINDHAM. 1993. Cheilanthes. In: Flora of 



RABELER,R.K.(RICHARD). Personal communication. Specialist in 

Caryophyllaceae,especially introduced species;Collections 

Manager at Univ. of Michigan Herbarium, Ann Arbor. 

RABELER, R.K.1985. Petrorhagia (Caryophyllaceae) of North 

America. Sida 11:6–44. 

_____. 1988. Eurasian introductions to the Michigan flora. IV. 

Two additional species of Caryophyllaceae in Michigan. 

Michigan Bot. 27:85–88. 

_____. 1992. A new combination in Minuartia (Caryophyllaceae). 

Sida 15:95–96. 

_____ and A.A. REZNICEK.1997. Cerastium pumilum and Stellaria 

pallida (Caryophyllaceae) new to Texas. Sida 17:843–845. 

RABELER, R.K.and J.W. THIERET. 1988. Comments on the Caryo-

phyllaceae of the southeastern United States.Sida 13:149–156. 

RADFORD, A.E.,H.E.AHLES, and C.R. BELL. 1968. Manual of the 

vascular flora of the Carolinas. The Univ. of North Carolina 

Press, Chapel Hill. 

RADFORD,A.E.,W.C. DICKISON,J.R.MASSEY, and C.R. BELL. 1974. 

Vascular plant systematics. Harper and Row Publishers, 

New York. 

RAHN,K.1974. Plantago section Virginica,a taxonomic revision 

of a group of American plantains, using experimental, taximetric 

and classical methods. Dansk Bot. Ark. 30:1–178. 

RALPHS,M.H.1992. Ecology, control, and grazing management 

of locoweeds in the western U.S. In: L.F. James, R.F. Keeler, 

E.M. Bailey, Jr., P.R. Cheeke, and M.P. Hegarty, eds. Poisonous 

plants: Proceedings of the third international symposium. 

Pp. 528–533. Iowa State Univ. Press, Ames. 

RAMAMOORTHY,T.P. and E.M. ZARDINI. 1987. The systematics and 

evolution of Ludwigia sect. Myrtocarpus sensu lato 

(Onagraceae). Monogr. Syst. Bot. Missouri Bot. Gard. 19:1–120. 

RANDALL, J.B.,L.HUFFORD, and D.E. SOLTIS. 1996. Phylogenetic 

relationships in Sarraceniaceae based on rbcL and ITS 

sequences. Syst. Bot. 21:121–134. 

RANDALL, J.M.1997. Defining weeds of natural areas. In: J.O. 

Luken and J.W.Thieret, eds. Assessment and management 

of plant invasions. Springer-Verlag, New York. 

RANKER,T.A. and A.F. SCHNABEL. 1986. Allozymic and morphological 

evidence for a progenitor-derivative species pair in 

Camassia (Liliaceae). Syst. Bot. 11:433–445. 

RASMUSSEN, F.N.1985. Orchids. In: R.M.T. Dahlgren, H.T. Clifford, 

and P.F. Yeo. 1985. The families of the monocotyledons. Pp. 

249–274. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg. 

RAVEN,P.H.1963. The old world species of Ludwigia (including 

Jussiaea), with a synopsis of the genus (Onagraceae). 

Reinwardtia 6:327–427. 

_____. 1964. The generic subdivision of Onagraceae, tribe 

Onagreae. Brittonia 16:276–288. 

_____ and D.I. AXELROD. 1974.Angiosperm phylogeny and past 

continental movements.Ann.Missouri Bot.Gard. 61:539–673. 

RAVEN,P.H.,W.DEITRICH,and W. STUBBE. 1979. An outline of the systematics 

of Oenothera subsect. Euoenothera (Onagraceae). 

Syst. Bot. 4:242–252. 

RAVEN, P.H., R.F. EVERT, and S.E. EICHHORN. 1986. Biology of 

plants, 4th ed.Worth Publishers, Inc., New York. 

_____, _____, and _____. 1999. Biology of Plants, 6th ed. W.H. 

Freeman and Co., New York. 

RAVEN,P.H.and D.P. GREGORY. 1972a. A revision of the genus 

Gaura (Onagraceae). Mem.Torrey Bot. Club 23:1–96. 

_____ and _____. 1972b. Observations of meiotic chromosomes 

in Gaura (Onagraceae). Brittonia 24:71–86. 

RAY,M.F.1987. Soliva (Asteraceae: Anthemideae) in California. 

Madroño 34:228–239. 

_____. 1995. Systematics of Lavatera and Malva (Malvaceae, 

Malveae)—a new perspective. Pl. Syst. Evol. 198:29–53. 

RAY,P.M.and H.F. CHISAKI. 1957a. Studies on Amsinckia.I.A synopsis 

of the genus, with a study of heterostyly in it. Amer. J. 

Bot. 44:529–536. 

_____ and _____. 1957b. Studies on Amsinckia.II. Relationships 

RADFORD ET AL./LITERATURE CITED 1503 

among the primitive species. Amer. J. Bot. 44:537–544. 

_____ and _____. 1957c. Studies on Amsinckia. III. Aneuploid 

diversification in the Muricatae. Amer. J. Bot. 44:545–554. 

RAYNAL, J. 1976. Notes cypérologiques: 26. Le genere 

Schoenoplectus II. L’amphicarpie et al sect. Supini. 

Adansonia 16:119–155. 

RECHINGER,K.H.,JR. 1937.The North American species of Rumex. 

Field Mus. Nat. Hist., Bot. Ser. 17:1–151. 

REDMANN,R.E.1985.Adaptation of grasses to water stress—leaf 

rolling and stomate distribution. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 

72:833–842. 

REED, C.F.1969a. Chenopodiaceae. In: C.L. Lundell, ed. Flora of 


_____. 1969b. Amaranthaceae. In: C.L. Lundell, ed. Flora of Texas 


_____. 1969c. Nyctaginaceae. In: C.L. Lundell, ed. Flora of Texas 


_____. 1977.History and distribution of Eurasian watermilfoil in 

the United States and Canada. Phytologia 38:417–434. 

REESE, G. 1967. Cytologische and taxonomische Untersuchungen 

an Zannichellia palustris L. Biol. Zentralbl. 

86(Suppl.):277–306. 

REEVES, P.A. and R.G. OLMSTEAD. 1993. Polyphyly of the 

Scrophulariaceae and origin of the aquatic Callitrichaceae 

inferred from chloroplast DNA sequences.Amer.J.Bot.80:174. 

REEVES,R.G.1972.Flora of Central Texas. Grant Davis Inc., Dallas,TX. 

_____. 1977. Flora of Central Texas, revised ed. Grant Davis Inc., 

Dallas, TX. 

_____ and D.C. BAIN. 1947. Flora of South Central Texas. The 

Exchange Store,Texas A&M Univ., College Station. 

REHDER,A.1903. Synopsis of the genus Lonicera.Rep.(Annual) 


_____. 1920. The American and Asiatic species of Sassafras.J. 


REINERT,G.W.and R.K. GODFREY. 1962. Reappraisal of Utricularia 

inflata and U.radiata (Lentibulariaceae).Amer.J.Bot.49:213–220. 

REISEBERG,L.H., S.M. BRECKSTROM-STERNBERG,A.LISTON, and D.M. 

ARIAS. 1991. Phylogenetic and systematic inferences from 

chloroplast isozyme variation in Helianthus sect. Helianthus 


REISFIELD,A.S.1995. Central Texas plant ecology and oak wilt.In: 

D.N. Appel and R.F. Billings, eds. Oak wilt perspectives: The 

proceedings of the national oak wilt symposium. Pp. 

133–138. Information Development, Inc., Houston,TX. 

REJMÁNEK, M.and J.M. RANDALL. 1994. Invasive alien plants in 

California:1993 summary and comparison with other areas 

in North America. Madroño 41:161–177. 

RENFRO,H.B.,D.E.FERAY, and P.B. KING. 1973. Geological highway 

map of Texas.American Association of Petroleum Geologists, 

Tulsa, OK. 

REVEAL,J.L.1968. Notes on the Texas Eriogonums. Sida 3:195–205. 

_____. 1989. The eriogonoid flora of California (Polygonaceae, 

Eriogonoideae). Phytologia 66:295–414. 

_____. 1990a. The neotypification of Lemna minuta Humb., 

Bonpl. & Dunth, an earlier name for Lemna minuscula 

Herter (Lemnaceae).Taxon 39:328–330.

1504 LITERATURE CITED/REVERCHON 

_____. 1990b. Minor new combinations in Toxicodendron 

(Anacardiaceae). Phytologia 69:275. 

_____. 1993a.A splitter’s guide to the higher taxa of the flowering 

plants (Magnoliophyta) generally arranged to follow the 

sequence proposed by Thorne (1992) with certain modifications. 


_____. 1993b. Flowering plant families: An overview. In: Flora of 



REVERCHON, J.1879. Flora of Dallas County, Texas. Bot. Gaz. 


_____. 1880. Notes on some introduced plants in Dallas 

County,Texas. Bot. Gaz. (Crawfordsville) 5:10. 

_____. 1903.The fern flora of Texas. Fern Bull. 11:33–38. 

REZNICEK, A.A.1990. Evolution in sedges (Carex, Cyperaceae). 

Canad. J. Bot. 68:1409–1432. 

_____ and P.W. BALL. 1980. The taxonomy of Carex section 

Stellulatae in North America north of Mexico. Contr. Univ. 

Michigan Herb. 14:153–203. 

REZNICEK, A.A.and R.S.W. BOBBETTE. 1976. The taxonomy of 

Potamogeton subsection Hybridi in North America. 

Rhodora 78:650–673. 

REZNICEK,A.A.and R.F.C. NACZI. 1993. Taxonomic status, ecology, 

and distribution of Carex hyalina (Cyperaceae). Contr. 

Univ. Michigan Herb. 19:141–147. 

RHODES,A.M., W.P. BEMIS,T.W.WHITAKER, and S.G. CARMER. 1968. A 

numerical taxonomic study of Cucurbita.Brittonia 20:251–266. 

RHODES,D.G.1997. Menispermaceae. In: Flora of North America 



RICHARDS, E.L.1968. A monograph of the genus Ratibida. 

Rhodora 70:348–393. 

RICHARDSON, C.W.1993. Disappearing land: Erosion in the 

Blacklands.In:M.R.Sharpless and J.C.Yelderman,eds.The Texas 

Blackland Prairie,land,history, and culture.Pp.262–270.Baylor 

Univ. Program for Regional Studies,Waco,TX. 

RICHARDSON,J.W.1968. The genus Euphorbia of the high plains 

and prairie plains of Kansas, Nebraska, South and North 

Dakota. Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 48:45–112. 

RICK,C.M.and M.HOLLE. 1990.Andean Lycopersicon esculentum 

var. cerasiforme:Genetic variation and its evolutionary significance. 

Econ. Bot. 44 (Suppl.):69–78. 

RICKETT,H.W.1945a. Cornaceae. N. Amer. Fl. 28b:299–311. 

_____. 1945b. Nyssaceae. N. Amer. Fl. 28b:213–216. 

RIDLEY,M.1996. Evolution. Blackwell Science, Cambridge, MA. 

RIDSDALE, C.E.1976. A revision of the tribe Cephalantheae 

(Rubiaceae). Blumea 23:177–188. 

RIESEBERG, L.H. 1991. Homoploid reticulate evolution in 

Helianthus (Asteraceae): Evidence from ribosomal genes. 

Amer. J. Bot. 78:1218–1237. 

_____ and G.J. SEILER. 1990. Molecular evidence and the origin 

and development of the domesticated sunflower 

(Helianthus annus,Asteraceae). Econ. Bot. 44 (Suppl.):79–91. 

RIGGINS,R.1977. A biosystematic study of the Sporobolus asper 

complex (Gramineae). Iowa State J. Res. 51:287–321. 

_____, S.M. BECKSTROM-STERNBERG, A.LISTON, and D.M. ARIAS. 

1991.Phylogenetic and systematic inferences from chloroplast 

DNA and isosyme variation in Helianthus sect. Helianthus 


RISKIND, D.O.and O.B. COLLINS. 1975. The Blackland Prairie of 

Texas: Conservation of representative climax remnants. In: 

M.K. Wali. Prairie: A multiple view. Pp. 361–367. The Univ. of 

North Dakota Press, Grand Forks. 

RISKIND, D.O.and D.D. DIAMOND. 1988. An introduction to 

environments and vegetation.In:B.B.Amos and F.R.Gehlbach, 

eds. Edwards Plateau vegetation: Plant ecological studies in 

central Texas.Pp.1–15.Baylor Univ.Press,Waco,TX. 

RIVAS, M.1994. Seeking an antidote: Officials hope to learn 

prevalence of jimson weed abuse, avert new tragedy. 

Dallas Morning News, 28 August, p. 47–49A. 

ROBBINS,G.T.1944. North American species of Androsace.Amer. 


ROBERTS, R.P.(ROLAND). Personal communication. Specialist in 

Euphorbiaceae, especially Argythamnia and Ditaxis. 

Graduate student at Louisiana State Univ.,Baton Rouge,LA. 

ROBERTSON, K.R.1966. The genus Erythronium (Liliaceae) in 

Kansas. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 53:197–204. 

_____. 1971.The Linaceae in the southeastern United States. J. 


_____. 1972. The genera of Geraniaceae in the southeastern 


_____. 1973. The Krameriaceae in the southeastern United 


_____. 1974. The genera of Rosaceae in the southeastern United 

States. J. Arnold Arbor. 55:303–332, 344–401, 611–662. 

_____. 1975. The Oxalidaceae in the southeastern United 


_____. 1981. The genera of Amaranthaceae in the southeastern 


_____ and Y.-T. LEE. 1976. The genera of Caesalpinioideae 

(Leguminosae) in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold 

Arbor. 57:1–53. 

ROBERTSON,K.R., J.B. PHIPPS,J.R.ROHRER, and P.G. SMITH. 1991. A 

synopsis of genera in Maloideae (Rosaceae). Syst. Bot. 

16:376–394. 

ROBINSON,B.L.1917.A monograph of the genus Brickellia.Mem. 

Gray Herb. 1:1–151. 

_____ and J.M. GREENMAN. 1899. Synopsis of the genus 

Verbesina,with an analytical key to the species. Proc. Amer. 

Acad. Arts 34:534–566. 

ROBINSON,H.1974. Studies in the Senecioneae (Asteraceae). VI. 

the genus Arnoglossum.Phytologia 28:294–295. 

_____. 1977. Studies in the Heliantheae (Asteraceae).VIII. Notes 

on genus and species limits in the genus Viguiera. 


_____. 1978. Re-establishment of the genus Smallanthus. 


_____ and J. CUATRECASAS. 1973. The generic limits of Pluchea 

and Tessaria (Inuleae, Asteraceae). Phytologia 27:277–285. 

ROBINSON, H.and R.M. KING. 1985. Comments on the generic 

concepts in the Eupatorieae.Taxon 34:11–16. 

ROBSON, N.K.B. 1980. The Linnaean species of Ascyrum

(Guttiferae).Taxon 29:267–274. 

ROCK, H.F.L.1957.A revision of the vernal species of Helenium 

(Compositae).Rhodora 59:101–116,128–158,168–178,203–216. 

RODMAN, J.E.1990. Centrospermae revisited, part 1. Taxon 

39:383–393. 

_____, M.K. OLIVER, R.R.NAKAMURA, J.U.MCCLAMMER, JR., and 

A.H.BLEDSOE. 1984.A taxonomic analysis and revisited classification 

of Centrospermae. Syst. Bot. 9:297–323. 

ROEMER, F.1849. Texas with particular reference to German 

immigration and the physical appearance of the country. 

Translated from the German by O. Mueller. Standard 

Printing Company, San Antonio, TX. Reprinted 1983 by the 

German-Texan Heritage Society.Texian Press, Waco,TX. 

ROGERS, C.E.,T.E.THOMPSON, and G.J. SEILER. 1982. Sunflower 

species of the United States. National Sunflower 

Association, Bismarck, ND. 

ROGERS,C.M.1963. Studies in Linum: L. imbricatum and L. hudsonioides.Rhodora 

65:51–55. 

_____. 1964. Yellow-flowered Linum (Linaceae) in Texas. Sida 

1:328–336. 

_____. 1968. Yellow-flowered species of Linum in Central 

America and western North America.Brittonia 20:107–135. 

_____. 1984. Linaceae. N. Amer. Fl. II. 12:1–58. 

ROGERS,D.G.1951.A revision of Stillingia in the New World.Ann. 


ROGERS, G.K.1983. The genera of Alismataceae in the southeastern 


_____. 1984. The Zingiberales (Cannaceae, Marantaceae, and 

Zingiberaceae) in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold 

Arbor. 65:5–55. 

_____. 1985.The genera of Phytolaccaceae in the southeastern 


_____. 1986. The genera of Loganiaceae in the southeastern 


_____. 1987. The genera of Cinchonoideae (Rubiaceae) in the 


ROGERS,H.J.1949.The genus Galactia in the United States.Ph.D. 

dissertation, Duke Univ., Durham, NC. 

ROHWER,J.G.1993a. Lauraceae. In: K. Kubitzki, J.C. Rohwer, and V. 



_____. 1993b. Phytolaccaceae. In: K. Kubitzki, J.C. Rohwer, and V. 



_____ and C.C. BERG.1993. Moraceae. In: K. Kubitzki, J.C. Rohwer, 



ROLFSMEIER, S.B. 1995. Keys and distributional maps for 

Nebraska Cyperaceae, Part 1: Bulbostylis, Cyperus, Dulichium, 

Eleocharis, Eriophorum, Fimbristylis, Fuirena, Lipocarpha,and 

Scirpus.Trans.Nebraska Acad. Sci. 22:27–42. 

ROLLINS,R.C.1941. A monographic study of Arabis in western 

North America. Rhodora 43:289–325, 348–411, 425–481. 

_____. 1942. A systematic study of Iodanthus. Contr.Dudley 

Herb. 3:209–239. 

_____. 1947. Generic revisions in the Cruciferae: Sibara.Contr. 

ROCK/LITERATURE CITED 1505 

Gray Herb. 165:133–143. 

_____. 1950. The guayule rubber plant and its relatives. Contr. 

Gray Herb. 172:1–73. 

_____. 1955. The auriculate-leaved species of Lesquerella 

(Cruciferae). Rhodora 57:241–264. 

_____. 1956.On the identity of Lesquerella angustifolia.Rhodora 

58:199–202. 

_____. 1981. Weeds of the Cruciferae (Brassicaceae) in North 

America. J. Arnold Arbor. 62:517–540. 

_____. 1993. The Cruciferae of continental North America: 

Systematics of the mustard family from the Artic to 

Panama. Stanford Univ. Press, Stanford, CA. 

_____ and R.C. FOSTER. 1957. Studies in Sida (Malvaceae). A 

review of the genus and monograph of the sections 

Malacroideae, Physalodes, Pseudomalvastrum, Incanifolia, 

Oligandrae, Pseudonapaea, Hookeria, and Steninda. Contr. 

Gray Herb. 180:5–87. 

ROLLINS, R.C.and E.A. SHAW. 1973. The genus Lesquerella 

(Cruciferae) in North America. Harvard Univ. Press, 

Cambridge, MA. 

ROMINGER,J.M.1962.Taxonomy of Setaria (Gramineae) in North 

America. Illinois Biol. Monogr. 29:1–132. 

ROOSE,M.L.and L.D. GOTTLIEB. 1976. Genetic and biochemical 

consequences of polyploidy in Tragopogon. Evolution 

30:818–830. 

ROSATTI, T.J. 1984. The Plantaginaceae in the southeastern 


_____. 1986.The genera of Sphenocleaceae and Campanulaceae 

in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 67:1–64. 

_____. 1987.The genera of Pontederiaceae in the southeastern 


_____. 1989.The genera of suborder Apocynineae (Apocynaceae 

and Asclepiadaceae) in the southeastern United States. J. 

Arnold Arbor. 70:307–401, 443–514. 

ROSE, F.L.and R.W. STRANDTMANN. 1986. Wildflowers of the 

Llano Estacado.Taylor Publishing Co., Dallas,TX. 

ROSE, J.N.1909. Rafflesiaceae. The North American species of 

Pilosytles (Pp. 262–265). In: Studies of Mexican and Central 

American Plants—No. 6. Contr. U.S. Natl. Herb. 12:259–302. 

ROSENDAHL,C.O.,F.K.BUTTERS, and O. LAKELA. 1936. A monograph 

on the genus Heuchera.Minnesota Stud. Pl. Sci. 2:1–180. 

ROSSBACH,G.B.1939. Aquatic Utricularias. Rhodora 41:113–128. 

_____. 1958. The genus Erysimum in North America north of 

Mexico—a key to the species and varieties. Madroño 

14:261–267. 

ROSSBACH, R.P.1940. Spergularia in North America and South 

America. Rhodora 42:57–83, 105–143, 158–193, 203–213. 

ROTHROCK,P.E.1991.The identity of Carex albolutescens, C. festucacea,and 

C. longii (Cyperaceae). Rhodora 93:51–66. 

ROTHWELL, N.V. 1959. Aneuploidy in Claytonia virginica.Amer.J. 

Bot. 46:353–360. 

_____ and J.G. KUMP. 1965. Chromosome numbers in populations 

of Claytonia virginica from the New York metropolitan 

area. Amer. J. Bot. 52:403–407. 

ROWELL, C.M., JR. 1972. Lloyd Herbert Shinners, 1918–1971. In 

Memoriam.Texas J. Sci. 24:266–271.

1506 LITERATURE CITED/ROY 

ROY, G.P.1968. A systematic study of the Bouteloua hirsuta- 

Bouteloua pectinata complex. Ph.D. dissertation,Texas A&M 

Univ., College Station. 

_____ and F.W. GOULD. 1971. Biosystematic investigations of 

Bouteloua hirsuta and B. pectinata. I.Gross morphology. 


ROZEN,J.G., JR. and G.C. EICKWORT. 1997.The entomological evidence. 

J. Forensic Sci. 42:394–397. 

RUDD,V.E.1972. Leguminosae-Faboideae-Sophoreae. N. Amer. 

Fl. II 7:1–53. 

RUFFIN, J.1974. A taxonomic re-evaluation of the genera 

Amphiachyris, Amphipappus, Greenella, Gutierrezia, Gymnosperma, 

Thurovia,and Xanthocephalum (Compositae). Sida 

5:301–333. 

RUNEMARK,H.and W.K. HENEEN. 1968. Elymus and Agropyron,a 

problem of generic delimitation. Bot. Not. 121:51–79. 

RUPP, R. 1987. Blue corn & square tomatoes: unusual facts 

about common vegetables. Storey Communications, 

Inc., Pownal, VT. 

RUSSELL, N.H.1961. Notes: Keys to Louisiana violets (Viola- 

Violaceae). SouthW. Naturalist 6:184–186. 

_____. 1965.Violets (Viola) of central and eastern United States: 

An introductory survey. Sida 2:1–113. 

RUST, R.W. 1977. Pollination in Impatiens capensis and 

Impatiens pallida (Balsaminaceae). Bull. Torrey Bot. Club. 

104:361–367. 

RYDBERG,P.A.1896.The North American species of Physalis and 

related genera. Mem.Torrey Bot. Club 4:297–372. 

_____. 1908. Rosaceae. N. Amer. Fl. 22:239–388. 

_____. 1909. Elodeaceae. N. Amer. Fl. 17:67–71. 

_____. 1910. Balsaminaceae. N. Amer. Fl. 25:93–96. 

_____. 1913. Rosaceae (cont.). N. Amer. Fl. 22:389–480. 

_____. 1914–1927. Carduaceae. N. Amer. Fl. 34:1–360. 

_____. 1918. Rosaceae (cont.). N. Amer. Fl. 22:481–533. 

_____. 1919–1920. Fabaceae: Psoraleae. N. Amer. Fl. 24:1–136. 

_____. 1920.Notes on Rosaceae – XII.Bull.Torrey Bot.Club 47:45–66. 

_____. 1922. Ambrosiaceae. N. Amer. Fl. 22:3–44. 

_____. 1923. Notes on Rosaceae – XIV.Bull.Torrey Bot.Club 50:61–71. 

_____. 1923–1929. Fabaceae: Indigofereae, Galegeae. N. Amer. 

Fl. 24:127–462. 

_____. 1932. Portulacaceae. N. Amer. Fl. 21:279–336. 

SAFFORD,W.E.1921. Synopsis of the genus Datura.J.Wash. Acad. 

Sci. 11:173–189. 

_____. 1922. Daturas of the Old World and New: An account of 

their narcotic properties and their use in oracular and initiatory 

ceremonies. Rep. (Annual) Board Regents Smithsonian 

Inst. (for 1920). Publ. 2644:537–567.Washington, D.C. 

SANCHEZ, L.L.1997. Vascular plant list of Fort Hood Military 

Reservation, Bell and Coryell counties, Texas. The Nature 

Conservancy,Unpublished March 1997 update,copy in the 

library of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas. 

SANDERS, R.W.(ROGER). Personal communication. Specialist in 

Arecaceae, Lamiaceae, and Verbenaceae; formerly of 

Fairchild Tropical Garden, Miami, FL and currently Research 

Associate at the Botanical Research Institute of Texas, Fort 

Worth and adjunct assistant professor at Southern 

Methodist Univ., Dallas,TX. 

SANDERS,R.W.and W.S. JUDD. 1998. Incorporating phylogenetic 

data sets into treatments. Abstract of paper presented at 

the Flora of the Southeast US Symposium, Botanical 

Research Institute of Texas, Fort Worth, 23–25 April 1998. 

Manuscript to be published as part of a symposium proceedings 

volume in Sida, Bot. Misc. 

SARGENT,C.S.1918. Notes on North American trees. III. Tilia.Bot. 

Gaz. (Crawfordsville) 66:421–438, 494–511. 

____. 1922. Manual of the trees of North America.The Riverside 

Press, Cambridge, MA. 

SARKAR, N.M.1958. Cytotaxonomic studies on Rumex section 

Axillares.Canad. J. Bot. 36:947–996. 

SAUER,J.1955. Revision of the dioecious amaranths. Madroño 

13:5–46. 

_____. 1967.The grain amaranths and their relatives: A revised 

taxonomic and geographic survey. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 

54:103–137. 

_____. 1972. Revision of Stenotaphrum (Gramineae: Paniceae) 

with attention to its historical geography. Brittonia 

24:202–222. 

SAUNDERS, J.H.1961. The wild species of Gossypium and their 

evolutionary history. Oxford Univ. Press, London. 

SCHANDER,C.1998a.Types,emendations and names—a reply to 

Lidén et al.Taxon 47:401–406. 

_____. 1998b.Mandatory categories and impossible hierarchies— 

a reply to Sosef.Taxon 47:407–410. 

SCHERY, R.W.1942. Monograph of Malvaviscus. Ann.Missouri 

Bot. Gard. 29:183–245. 

SCHILLING, E.E.1981. Systematics of Solanum sect. Solanum 

(Solanaceae) in North America. Syst. Bot. 6:172–185. 

_____ and D.M. SPOONER. 1988. Floral flavonoids and the systematics 

of Simsia (Asteraceae:Heliantheae).Syst.Bot.13:572–575. 

SCHIPPERS,P.,S.J.TER BORG, and J.J. BOS. 1995. A revision of the 

infraspecific taxonomy of Cyperus esculentus (yellow 

nutsedge) with an experimentally evaluated character set. 

Syst. Bot. 20:461–481. 

SCHLESSMAN, M.A.1984. Systematics of tuberous Lomatiums 

(Umbelliferae). Syst. Bot. Monogr. 4:1–55. 

SCHMANDT,J.1995.Effects of climate change on biodiversity and 

landscape linkages in Texas. In: J. Norwine, J.R. Giardino, G.R. 

North, and J.B. Valdés, eds. The changing climate of Texas: 

Predictability and implications for the future. Chapter 17. 

Pp. 216–240. GeoBooks,Texas A&M Univ., College Station. 

SCHMID, R.1997. Some desiderata to make floras and other 

types of works user (and reviewer) friendly. Taxon 

46:179–194. 

SCHMIDLY,D.J.1983. Texas mammals east of the Balcones fault 

zone.Texas A&M Univ. Press, College Station. 

_____, D.L. SCARBROUGH, and M.A. HORNER. 1993. Wildlife diversity 

in the Blackland Prairies. In: M.R. Sharpless and J.C.Yelderman, 

eds. The Texas Blackland Prairie, land, history, and culture. Pp. 


SCHMUTZ, E.M.and L.B. HAMILTON. 1979. Plants that poison. 

Northland Publishing, Flagstaff, AZ. 

SCHNACK, B.and G. COVAS. 1944. Nota sobre la validez del

género Glandularia (Verbenáceas). Darwiniana 6:469–476. 

SCHNELL, D.E.and D.W. KRIDER. 1976. Cluster analysis of the 

genus Sarracenia L. in the southeastern United States. 

Castanea 41:165–176. 

SCHNEIDER,E.L.and S.CARLQUIST. 1996.Conductive tissue in Ceratophyllum 

demersum (Ceratophyllaceae). Sida 17:437–443. 

SCHNEIDER,E.L.and P.S. WILLIAMSON. 1993. Nymphaeaceae. In: K. 

Kubitzki, J.C. Rohwer, and V. Bittrich, eds. The families and 

genera of vascular plants, Vol. II. Pp. 486–493. Springer- 


SCHOFIELD,E.K.1986. Glossary. In: Great Plains Flora Association. 



SCHOLZ, U. 1981. Monographie der gattung Oplismenus 

(Gramineae). Phanerogamarum Monographiae Tomus 13. 

Pp. 1–213. J. Cramer, Hirschberg, Germany. 

SCHORES, D.M.(DANIEL). Personal communication. Sociologist 

and anthropologist; retired from a career at Austin College, 

Sherman,TX. 

SCHUBERT, B.G. 1950. Desmodium: Preliminary studies–III. 

Rhodora 52:135–155. 

_____. 1984.Donovan Stewart Correll,1908–1983.Econ.Bot.38: 

134–136. 

SCHUBERT,M.T.R.and B.-E. VAN WYK. 1995. Two new species of 

Centella (Umbelliferae) with notes on infrageneric taxonomy. 

Nord. J. Bot. 15:167–171. 

SCHULTES,R.E.and A.S. PEASE. 1963. Generic names of orchids: 

Their origin and meaning. Academic Press, New York. 

SCHULZ,E.D.1922. 500 wild flowers of San Antonio and vicinity. 

Published by the author, San Antonio,TX. 

_____. 1928.Texas wild flowers: A popular account of the common 

wild flowers of Texas. Laidlaw Brothers, Chicago, IL. 

_____ and R. RUNYON. 1930. Texas cacti: A popular and scientific 

account of the cacti native of Texas.Proc.Texas Acad.Sci.14:1–181. 

SCHULZ,O.E.1903. Monographie der Gattung Cardamine.Bot. 

Jahrb. Syst. 32:280–623. 

SCHUYLER,A.E.1966. The taxonomic delineation of Scirpus lineatus 

and Scirpus pendulus.Notul.Nat.Acad.Nat. Sci. Philadelphia 

390:1–3. 

_____. 1967.A taxonomic revision of North American leafy species 

of Scirpus.Proc.Acad.Nat.Sci.Philadelphia 119:295–323. 

_____. 1974. Typification and application of the names 

Scirpus americana Pers., S. olneyi Gray, and S. pungens Vahl. 

Rhodora 76:51–52. 

SCHWARZWALDER, R.N., JR. and D.L. DILCHER. 1991. Systematic 

placement of the Platanaceae in the Hamamelidae. Ann. 


SCORA, R.W.1967. Interspecific relationships in the genus 

Monarda (Labiatae). Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 41:1–59. 

SCOTT, J.A.1986. The butterflies of North America. Stanford 

Univ. Press, Stanford, CA. 

SCOTT, R.W.1990. The genera of Cardueae (Compositae; 

Asteraceae) in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold 

Arbor. 71:391–451. 

SCRIBNER,F.L.1907. Notes on Muhlenbergia.Rhodora 9:17–23. 

SEABROOK, J.A.and L.A. DIONNE. 1976. Studies on the genus 

SCHNELL & KRIDER/LITERATURE CITED 1507 

Apios. I.Chromosome number and distribution of Apios 

americana and A. priceana.Canad. J. Bot. 54:2567–2572. 

SEALY, J.R.1954. Review of the genus Hymenocallis. Kew Bull. 

9:201–240. 

SEELANAN,T.,A.SCHNABEL, and J.F. WENDEL. 1997. Congruence 

and consensus in the cotton tribe (Malvaceae). Syst. Bot. 

22:259–290. 

SEELIGMANN,P.and R.E. ALSTON. 1967. Complex chemical variation 

and the taxonomy of Hymenoxys scaposa (Compositae). 


SEIGLER, D.S.1994. Phytochemistry and systematics of the 

Euphorbiaceae. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 81:380–401. 

SELL, P.D.1976. Hedypnois. In: Tutin, T.G., V.H. Heywood, N.A. 


Webb, eds. Flora Europaea 4:151–152. 

SELLARDS,E.H.,W.S.ADKINS, and F.B. PLUMMER. 1932.The geology of 

Texas, Vol. 1, Stratigraphy. Bureau of Economic Geology, Univ. 

of Texas, Austin. 

SEMPLE, J.C.1974. The phytogeography and systematics of 

Xanthisma texanum DC.(Asteraceae);proper usage of infraspecific 

categories. Rhodora 76:1–19. 

_____. 1977. Cytotaxonomy of Chrysopsis and Heterotheca 

(Compositae-Astereae):A new interpretation of phylogeny. 

Canad. J. Bot. 55:2503–2513. 

_____. 1981. A revision of the goldenaster genus Chrysopsis 

(Nutt.) Ell. nom. cons. (Compositae-Astereae). Rhodora 

83:323–384. 

_____. 1992. Goldenrods of Ontario: Solidago and Euthamia. 

Univ.Waterloo Biol. Ser. 36:1–82. 

_____. 1993. Euthamia.In:J.C. Hickman, ed.The Jepson manual: 

Higher plants of California. Pp. 266. Univ. of California Press, 

Berkeley. 

_____. 1996. A revision of Heterotheca sect. Phyllotheca (Nutt.) 

Harms (Compositae: Asteraceae):The prairie and montane 

goldenasters of North America. Univ. Waterloo Biol. Ser. 

37:1–164. 

_____, V.C. BLOK, and P. HEIMAN.1980. Morphological, anatomical, 

habit,and habitat differences among the goldenaster genera 

Chrysopsis,Heterotheca,and Pityopsis (Compositae–Astereae). 

Canad. J. Bot. 58:147–163. 

SEMPLE,J.C.and F.D. BOWERS. 1985.A revision of the goldenaster 

genus Pityopsis Nutt. (Compositae: Asteraceae). Univ. 

Waterloo Biol.Ser.29:1–34. 

SEMPLE, J.C.and L. BROUILLET. 1980a. A synopsis of North 

American asters: The subgenera, sections and subsections 

of Aster and Lasallea.Amer. J. Bot. 67:1010–1026. 

_____ and _____. 1980b. Chromosome numbers and satellite 

chromosome morphology in Aster and Lasallea. Amer.J. 

Bot. 67:1027–1039. 

SEMPLE, J.C.and C.C. CHINNAPPA. 1984. Observations on the 

cytology, morphology, and ecology of Bradburia hirtella 

(Compositae-Astereae). Syst. Bot. 9:95–101. 

SEMPLE, J.C.and J.G. CHMIELEWSKI. 1987. Revision of the Aster 

lanceolatus complex, including A. simplex and A. hesperius 

(Compositae: Astereae): A multivariate morphometric 

study. Canad. J. Bot. 65:1047–1062.

1508 LITERATURE CITED/SEMPLE ET AL. 

SEMPLE, J.C., S.B. HEARD, and C.S. XIANG. 1996. The Asters of 

Ontario (Compositae: Astereae): Diplactis Raf., Oclemena 

Greene, Doellingeria Nees and Aster L. (including 

Canadanthus Nesom, Symphyotrichum Nees and Virgulus 

Raf.). Univ.Waterloo Biol. Ser. 38:1–94. 

SENN, H.A.1939. The North American species of Crotalaria. 

Rhodora 41:317–367. 

SETTLE,W.J. and T.R. FISHER. 1970.The varieties of Silphium integrifolium.Rhodora 

72:536–543. 

SEXTON,C.(CHUCK). Personal communication. Wildlife Biologist, 

Balcones Canyonlands National Wildlife Refuge, U.S. Fish 

and Wildlife Service, Austin,TX. 

SHAFFER-FEHRE, M.1991a. The enotegmen tuberculae: An 

account of little-known structures from the seed coat of 

the Hydrocharitoideae (Hydrocharitaceae) and Najas 

(Najadaceae). J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 107:169–188. 

_____. 1991b. The position of Najas within the subclass 

Alismatidae (Monocotyledones) in the light of new evidence 

from seed coat structures in the Hydrocharitoideae 

(Hydrocharitales). J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 107:189–209. 

SHAN, R.H. and L. CONSTANCE. 1951. The genus Sanicula 

(Umbelliferae) in the Old World and the New. Univ. Calif. 

Publ. Bot. 25:1–78. 

SHARP,W.M. 1935.A critical study of certain epappose genera of 

the Heliantheae-Verbesininae of the natural family 

Compositae. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 22:51–152. 

SHARPLESS,M.R.and J.C. YELDERMAN. 1993. Introduction. In: M.R. 

Sharpless and J.C. Yelderman, eds. The Texas Blackland 

Prairie, land, history, and culture. Pp. xv–xvi. Baylor Univ. 

Program for Regional Studies, Waco,TX. 

SHAW,E.A.1987. Charles Wright on the boundary, 1849–1852, 

or, Plantae Wrightianae revisited. Meckler Publishing Corp., 

Westport, CT. 

SHAW,R.B.and R.D.WEBSTER. 1987.The genus Eriochloa (Poaceae: 

Paniceae) in North and Central America. Sida 12:165–207. 

SHERFF, E.E.1936. Revision of the genus Coreopsis. Field Mus. 

Nat. Hist., Bot. Ser. 11:279–475. 

_____. 1937.The genus Bidens.Publ.Field Mus.Nat.Hist.,Bot.Ser. 

16:1–709. 

_____ and E.J. ALEXANDER. 1955. Compositae-Heliantheae- 

Coreopsidinae. N. Amer. Fl. II. 2:1–190. 

SHERMAN-BROYLES, S.L.1997. Ulmus.In:Flora of North America 



_____,W.T. BARKER, and L.M. SCHULZ. 1997a. Ulmaceae. In: Flora 



_____, _____, and _____. 1997b. Celtis. In: Flora of North 



SHERMAN-BROYLES, S.L., S.B. BROYLES, and J.L. HAMRICK. 1992. 

Geographic distribution of allozyme variation in Ulmus 

crassifolia.Syst.Bot.17:33–41. 

SHETLER,S.G.and N.R. MORIN. 1986. Seed morphology in North 

American Campanulaceae. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 

73:653–688. 

SHEVIAK,C.J.1982. Biosystematic study of the Spiranthes cernua 

complex. New York State Mus. Bull. 448:1–73. 

SHILLING, E.E.1981. Systematics of Solanum sect. Solanum 

(Solanaceae) in North America. Syst. Bot. 6:172–185. 

SHINNERS, L.H.1946a. Revision of the genus Chaetopappa. 

Wrightia 1:63–81. 

_____. 1946b.Revision of the genus Leucelene Greene.Wrightia 

1:82–89. 

_____. 1946c. Revision of the genus Aphanostephus DC. 

Wrightia 95–121. 

_____. 1946d.Revision of the genus Kuhnia L.Wrightia 1:122–144. 

_____. 1947a. Two anomalous new species of Erigeron L. from 

Texas.Wrightia 1:183–186. 

_____. 1947b. Revision of the genus Krigia Schreber. Wrightia 

1:187–206. 

_____. 1948a.The vetches and pea vines (Vicia and Lathyrus) of 


_____. 1948b. Geographic limits of some alien weeds in Texas. 

Texas Geogr. Mag. 12:16–25. 

_____. 1949a. Nomenclature of species of dandelion and 

goatsbeard (Taraxacum and Tragopogon) introduced into 


_____. 1949b. Transfer of Texas species of Petalostemum to 

Dalea (Leguminosae). Field & Lab. 17:81–85. 

_____. 1949c. The genus Dalea (including Petalostemum) in 

North-Central Texas. Field & Lab. 17:85–89. 

_____. 1949d. Arenaria drummondii Shinners, nom. nov. Field & 

Lab. 17:89. 

_____. 1949e. The Texas species of Conyza (Compositae). Field 

& Lab. 17:142–144. 

_____. 1949f. Nomenclature of Texas varieties of Descurainia 

pinnata (Cruciferae). Field & Lab. 17:145. 

_____. 1949g.Transfer of Texas species of Houstonia to Hedyotis 

(Rubiaeae). Field & Lab. 17:166–169. 

_____. 1949h.Early plant collections return to Texas.Texas J.Sci. 

1:69–70. [also published in Field & Lab. 17:66–68] 

_____. 1950a. The Texas species of Thelesperma (Compositae). 

Field & Lab. 18:17–24. 

_____. 1950b. The species of Matelea (including Gonolobus) in 

North Central Texas. Field & Lab. 18:73–78. 

_____. 1950c. The Texas species of Cacalia (Compositae). Field 

& Lab. 18:79–82. 

_____. 1950d. The north Texas species of Plantago 

(Plantaginaceae). Field & Lab. 18:113–119. 

_____. 1951a. The Texas species of Psoralea (Leguminosae). 

Field & Lab. 19:14–25. 

_____. 1951b.The north Texas species of Heterotheca,including 

Chrysopsis (Compositae). Field & Lab. 19:66–71. 

_____. 1951c. Notes on Texas Compositae.VII.Field & Lab.19:74–82. 

_____. 1951d. The north Texas species of Hymenocallis 

(Amaryllidaceae). Field & Lab. 19:102–104. 

_____. 1951e. The Texas species of Evax (Compositae). Field & 

Lab. 19:125–126. 

_____. 1951f. Agave lata,a new species from north Texas and 

Oklahoma. Field & Lab. 19:171–173. 

_____. 1951g. The north Texas species of Mirabilis (Nyctaginaceae).

Field & Lab. 19:173–182. 

_____. 1952.The Texas species of Palafoxia (Compositae). Field 

& Lab. 20:92–102. 

_____. 1953a. Synopsis of the United States species of Lythrum 

(Lythraceae). Field & Lab. 21:80–89. 

_____. 1953b. Nomenclature of the varieties of Monarda punctata 

L.(Labiatae).Field & Lab.21:89–92. 

_____. 1953c. The bluebonnets (Lupinus) of Texas. Field & Lab. 

21:149–153. 

_____. 1953d. Synopsis of the genus Brazoria (Labiatae). Field & 

Lab. 21:153–154. 

_____. 1953e.Notes on Texas Compositae–IX.Field & Lab.21:155–162. 

_____. 1953f. Botanical notes. Field & Lab. 21:164–165. 

_____. 1954. Notes on north Texas grasses. Rhodora 56:25–38. 

_____. 1955. The Texas species of Potentilla (Rosaceae). Field & 

Lab. 23:19-21. 

_____. 1956a. Authorship and nomenclature of burclovers 

(Medicago) found wild in the United States.Rhodora 58:1–13. 

_____. 1956b. Quercus shumardii Buckley var. microcarpa 

(Torrey) Shinners comb. nov. Field & Lab. 24:37. 

_____. 1956c. Argythamnia humilis (Engelm.& Gray) Muell.-Arg. 

var. laevis (A. Gray) Shinners, comb. nov. Field & Lab. 24:38. 

_____. 1956d. Yellow-flowered Oxalis (Oxalidaceae) of eastern 

Texas and Louisiana. Field & Lab. 24:39–40. 

_____. 1956e. Andropogon ischaemum L. var. songaricus 

Ruprecht:Technical name for King Ranch bluestem. Field & 

Lab. 24:101–103. 

_____. 1957. Synopsis of the genus Eustoma (Gentianaceae). 


_____. 1958a. Spring flora of the Dallas–Fort Worth area Texas. 

Published by author, Dallas,TX. 

_____. 1958b.Carthamus lanatus L.var.baeticus (Boissier & Reuter) 

P. Coutinho (Compositae): Another introduced thistle in 

Central Texas. SouthW. Naturalist 3:220. 

_____. 1961. Nomenclature of the Bignoniaceae of the southern 

United States. Castanea 26:109–118. 

_____. 1962a. Synopsis of United States Bonamia including 

Breweria and Stylisma (Convolvulaceae).Castanea 27:65–77. 

_____. 1962b. Annual Sisyrinchiums (Iridaceae) in the United 

States. Sida 1:32–42. 

_____. 1962c. New names in Arenaria (Caryophyllaceae). Sida 

1:49–52. 

_____. 1962d. Drosera (Droseraceae) in the southeastern 

United States: An interim report. Sida 1:53–59. 

_____. 1962e. Calamintha (Labiatae) in the southern United 

States. Sida 1:69–75. 

_____. 1963. Gilia and Ipomopsis (Polemoniaceae) in Texas.Sida 

1:171–179. 

_____. 1964a. Calylophus (Oenothera in part: Onagraceae) in 

Texas. Sida 1:337–345. 

_____. 1964b. Texas Asclepiadaceae other than Asclepias.Sida 

1:358–367. 

_____. 1965. Holosteum umbellatum (Caryophyllaceae) in the 

United States: Population and fractionated suicide. Sida 

2:119–128. 

_____. 1966a. Texas Polianthes, including Manfreda (Agave sub- 

SHULER/LITERATURE CITED 1509 

genus Manfreda) and Runyonia (Agavaceae).Sida 2:333–338. 

_____. 1966b. Hypochoeris microcephala var. albiflora (Compositae) 

in southeastern Texas:New to North America.Sida 2:393–394. 

_____. 1967. Stray notes on Texas Plantago (Plantaginaceae). 

Sida 3:120–122. 

_____. 1969. Petrorhagia prolifera (Dianthus prolifer, Tunica prolifera) 

(Caryophyllaceae) in Arkansas and Texas.Sida 3:345–346. 

_____. 1971. Kuhnia L. transferred to Brickellia.Sida 4:274. 

SHULER, E.W.1934. Collecting fossil elephants at Dallas, Texas. 

Field & Lab. 3:24–29. 

_____. 1935. Dinosaur track mounted in the band stand at 

Glen Rose,Texas. Field & Lab. 4:9–13. 

_____. 1937. Dinosaur tracks at the fourth crossing of the 

Paluxy River near Glen Rose,Texas. Field & Lab. 5:33–36. 

SIEREN, D.J.1981. The taxonomy of the genus Euthamia. 

Rhodora 83:551–579. 

SILVEUS,W.A.1933. Texas grasses. Published by the author, San 

Antonio,TX. 

_____. 1942. Grasses: Paspalum and Panicum of the United 

States. Published by the author, San Antonio,TX. 

SIMPSON, B.B.(BERYL). Personal communication. Expert on 

Asteraceae, Fabaceae (Caesalpinioideae), and Krameriaceae. 


SIMPSON,B.B.1978. Mutisieae. N. Amer. Fl. II. 10:1–13. 

_____. 1989. Krameriaceae. Fl. Neotrop. Monogr. 49:1–108. 

_____. 1996. Herbaria. In: R. Tyler, D.E. Barnett, R.R. Barkley, P.C. 

Anderson,and M.F.Odintz.The new handbook of Texas,Vol. 

3. Pp. 567.The Texas State Historical Association, Austin. 

_____. 1998. A revision of Pomaria (Fabaceae) in North 

America. Lundellia 1:46–71. 

_____ and B. MIAO. 1997. The circumscription of Hoffmannseggia 

(Fabaceae, Caesalpinioideae, Caesalpinieae) and its allies 

using morphological and cpDNA restriction site data.Pl.Syst. 

Evol. 205:157–178. 

SIMPSON, B.B.,J.L. NEFF, and G. DIERINGER. 1986. Reproductive 

biology of Tinantia anomala (Commelinaceae). Bull. Torrey 

Bot. Club 113:149–158. 

SIMPSON, B.B.and M.C. OGORZALY. 1986. Economic botany: 

Plants in our world. McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York. 

SIMPSON,B.B.and J.J. SKVARLA. 1981. Pollen morphology and ultrastructure 

of Krameria (Krameriaceae): Utility in questions of 

intrafamilial and interfamilial classification. Amer. J. Bot. 

68:277–294. 

SIMPSON,B.J.1988. A field guide to Texas trees. Texas Monthly 

Press, Austin. 

_____. 1993.The modern urban blacklands: From tallgrass prairie 

to soccer fields. In: M.R. Sharpless and J.C.Yelderman, eds.The 

Texas Blackland Prairie, land, history, and culture. Pp. 192–203. 

Baylor Univ. Program for Regional Studies,Waco,TX. 

_____ and B.W. HIPP.1984.Drought tolerant Texas native plants 

for amenity plantings. In: M.A. Collins, ed.,Water for the 21st 

century: Will it be there? Center for Urban Water Studies, 

Southern Methodist Univ., Dallas,TX. 

SIMPSON,B.J.and S.D. PEASE. 1995. The tall grasslands of Texas. In: 

Native Plant Society of Texas.The tallgrass prairies and its many 

ecosystems.Pp.1–10.1995 Symposium Proceedings,Waco.

1510 LITERATURE CITED/SIMPSON 

SIMPSON,M.G.1997. Plant collecting and documentation field 

notebook. San Diego State Univ. Press, San Diego, CA. 

SIMS,L.E.and J. PRICE. 1985. Nuclear DNA content variation in 

Helianthus (Asteraceae). Amer. J. Bot. 72:1213–1219. 

SINK,K.C., ed. 1984a. Petunia.Springer-Verlag, New York. 

_____. 1984b.Taxonomy. In: K.C. Sink. Petunia.Pp.5–9. Springer- 

Verlag, New York. 

SINNOTT,Q.P.1985. A revision of Ribes L. subg. Grossularia (Mill.) 

Pers. sect. Grossularia (Mill.) Nutt. (Grossulariaceae) in North 


SMALL,E.1997.Cannabaceae.In:Flora of North America Editorial 



_____ and A. CRONQUIST. 1976. A practical and natural taxonomy 

for Cannabis.Taxon 25:405–435. 

SMALL, E.and M. JOMPHE. 1989. A synopsis of the genus 

Medicago (Leguminosae). Canad. J. Bot. 67:3260–3294. 

SMALL,E.,J.Y.PERRY, and L.P. LEFKOVITCH. 1976. A numerical taxonomic 

analysis of Cannabis with special reference to 

species delimitation. Syst. Bot. 1:67–84. 

SMALL, J.K.1894. New and interesting species of Polygonum. 

Bull.Torrey Bot. Club 21:168–173. 

_____.1895. A monograph of the North American species of the 

genus Polygonum.Mem. Dept. Bot. Columbia Coll. 1:1–183. 

_____. 1907a. Oxalidaceae. N. Amer. Fl. 25:25–58. 

_____. 1907b. Linaceae. N. Amer. Fl. 25:67–87. 

_____. 1909. Alismaceae. N. Amer. Fl. 17:43–62. 

_____. 1911. Simaroubaceae. N. Amer. Fl. 25:227–239. 

_____. 1914a. Monotropaceae. N. Amer. Fl. 29:11–18. 

_____. 1914b. Ericaceae (in part). N. Amer. Fl. 29:33–92. 

_____.1922. The blue-stem – Sabal minor.J.New York Bot.Gard. 

23:161–168. 

_____. 1938. Ferns of the southeastern states. The Science 

Press, Lancaster, PA. 

_____ and P.A. RYDBERG. 1905a.Saxifragaceae.N.Amer.Fl.22:81–158. 

_____ and _____. 1905b. Hydrangeaceae. N. Amer. Fl. 22:159–178. 

SMART,R.M.(MICHAEL). Personal communication. Aquatic plant 

ecologist. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers. Lewisville Aquatic 

Ecosystem Research Facility, Lewisville,TX. 

SMEINS,F.E.(FRED). Personal communication. Expert on grassland 

ecology.Texas A&M Univ., College Station. 

SMEINS, F.E.1984. Origin of the brush problem—a geological 

and ecological perspective of contemporary distributions. 

In: K.W. McDaniel, ed. Brush Management Symposium. 

Texas Tech Univ. Press, Lubbock. 

_____. 1988. Grassland (savannah, woodland) regions of Texas— 

Past and present. In: A. Davis and G. Stanford, eds.The prairie: 

Roots of our culture; foundation of our economy. Unpaged. 

Proceedings of the Tenth North American Prairie Conference, 

Denton,TX. Native Prairie Association of Texas, Dallas. 

_____ and D.D. DIAMOND.1986. Grasslands and savannahs of East 

Central Texas: Ecology, preservation status and management 

problems. In: D.L. Kulhavy and R.M. Conner, eds. Wilderness 

and natural areas of the eastern United States: A management 

challenge. School of Forestry, Stephen F. Austin State 

Univ., Nacogdoches,TX. 

SMITH,A.C.1944. Araliaceae. N. Amer. Fl. 28b:3–41. 

SMITH,A.R.1971. Systematics of the neotropical species of Thelpyteris 

section Cyclosorus.Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 59:1–136. 

_____. 1993a. Thelypteridaceae. In: Flora of North America 



_____. 1993b. Dryopteridaceae (family description and key to 

genera). In: Flora of North America Editorial Committee, 

eds. Fl. North Amer. 2:246–249. Oxford Univ. Press, New York 

and Oxford. 

_____. 1993c. Polypodiaceae (family description and key to genera). 

In: Flora of North America Editorial Committee, eds. Fl. 

North Amer.2:312–313.Oxford Univ.Press,New York and Oxford. 

SMITH, A.W.1963. A gardener’s book of plant names: A handbook 

of the meaning and origins of plant names. Harper & 

Row, New York. 

SMITH,C.B.(CALVIN). Personal communication. Expert on Waco 

mammoth site; Director of Strecker Museum of Baylor 

Univ.,Waco,TX. 

SMITH,C.E.,JR.1971.Preparing herbarium specimens of vascular 

plants. U.S.D.A. Agric. Info. Bull. 348:1–29. 

SMITH,E.B.1965. Taxonomy of Haplopappus section Isopappus 


_____. 1974. Coreopsis nuecensis (Compositae) and a related 

new species from southern Texas. Brittonia 26:161–171. 

_____. 1976. A biosystematic survey of Coreopsis in eastern 

United States and Canada. Sida 6:123–215. 

_____. 1981. New combinations in Croptilon (Compositae- 

Astereae). Sida 9:59–63. 

_____. 1988. An atlas and annotated list of the vascular plants of 

Arkansas, 2nd ed. Published by the author, Fayetteville, AR. 

_____ and H.M. PARKER. 1971. A biosystematic study of 

Coreopsis tinctoria and C. cardaminefolia (Compositae). 


SMITH, J.G.1895. North American species of Sagittaria and 

Lophotocarpus.Rep. (Annual) Missouri Bot. Gard. 6:27–64. 

SMITH, J.M. 1976. A taxonomic study of Acleisanthes 

(Nyctaginaceae).Wrightia 5:261–276. 

SMITH, J.P., JR. 1971. Taxonomic revision of the genus 

Gymnopogon (Gramineae). Iowa State J. Sci. 45:319–385. 

_____. 1977.Vascular plant families.Mad River Press,Inc.,Eureka,CA. 

SMITH,L.B.1938. Bromeliaceae. N. Amer. Fl. 19:61–228. 

_____. 1961. Bromeliaceae. In: C.L. Lundell, ed. Flora of Texas 


_____ and C.E.WOOD. 1975.The genera of Bromeliaceae in the 

southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 375–397. 

SMITH, R.R.and D.B. WARD. 1976. Taxonomy of the genus 

Polygala series Decurrentes (Polygalaceae). Sida 6:284–310. 

SMITH, S.G. (GALEN). Personal communication. Specialist in 

Cyperaceae. Univ. of Wisconsin-Whitewater. 

SMITH, S.G.1967. Experimental and natural hybrids in North 

American Typha (Typhaceae).Amer.Midl.Naturalist 78:257–287. 

_____. 1995. New combinations in North American Schoenoplectus, 

Bolboschoenus, Isolepis, and Trichophorum 

(Cyperaceae). Novon 5:97–102. 

_____. 1996. Schoenoplectus.Unpublished manuscript of forth-

coming Flora of North America treatment. 

_____. 1997a. Bolboschoenus. Unpublished manuscript of 

forthcoming Flora of North America treatment. 

_____. 1997b. Isolepis.Unpublished manuscript of forthcoming 

Flora of North America treatment. 

_____ and G. YATSKIEVYCH. 1996. Notes on the genus Scirpus 

sensu lato in Missouri. Rhodora 98:168–179. 

SMYTHE,D.P.1852.A journal of the travels of D.Port Smythe,M.D., 

of Centerville, Texas, from that place to the mouth of the 

Palo Pinto, on the upper Brazos. Originally published in the 

Leon Weekly (Centerville in Leon Co., TX) from June 9 to 

July 14,1852.Reprinted in Texas Geogr.Mag.6(2):3–20.1942. 

SNOW, D.W.1981. Tropical frugivorous birds and their food 

plants: A world survey. Biotropica 13:1–14. 

SNOW,N.1996.The phylogenetic utility of lemmatal micromorphology 

in Leptochloa s.l. and related genera in subtribe 

Eleusininae (Poaceae, Chlorioideae, Eragrostideae). Ann. 


_____ and G. DAVIDSE. 1993. Leptochloa mucronata (Michx.) 

Kunth is the correct name for Leptochloa filiformis 

(Poaceae).Taxon 42:413–417. 

SNOWDEN,J.D.1936. The cultivated races of Sorghum.Adlard & 

Son, LTD., London, England, U.K. 

SODERSTROM, T.R. 1967. Taxonomic study of subgenus 

Podosemum and section Epicampes of Muhlenbergia 

(Gramineae). Contr. U.S. Natl. Herb. 34:75–189. 

_____ and J.H. BEAMAN. 1968. The genus Bromus (Gramineae) 

in Mexico and Central America. Publ. Mus. Michigan State 

Univ., Biol. Ser. 3:465–520. 

SODERSTROM, T.R., K.W. HILU, C.S. CAMPBELL, and M.E. 

BARKWORTH, eds. 1987. Grass systematics and evolution. 

Smithsonian Institution Press,Washington, D.C. 

SOKAL,R.R., T.J. CROVELLO, and R.S. UNNASCH. 1986. Geographic 

variation of vegetative characters of Populus deltoides.Syst. 

Bot. 11:419–432. 

SOLBRIG, O.T.1960. The status of the genera Amphipappus, 

Amphiachyris, Greenella, Gutierrezia, Gymnosperma and 

Xanthocephalum.Rhodora 62:43–54. 

_____. 1961. Synopsis of the genus Xanthocephalum 


_____. 1963. The tribes of Compositae in the southeastern 


_____ and K.S. BAWA. 1975. Isosyme variation in species of 

Prosopis (Leguminosae). J. Arnold Arbor. 56:398–412. 

SOLBRIG,O.T.and P.D. CANTINO. 1975. Reproductive adaptations 

in Prosopis (Leguminosae, Mimosoideae). J. Arnold Arbor. 

56:185–210. 

SOLOMON, J.D.,T.D.LEININGER, A.D.WILSON, R.L.ANDERSON, L.C. 

THOMPSON, and F.I. MCCRACKEN. 1993. Ash pests: A guide to 

major insects, diseases, air pollution injury, and chemical 

injury. U.S.D.A., Forest Serv., Southern Forest Exp. Sta. Gen. 

Tech. Rep. SO-96. 

SOLTIS,D.E.,D.R. MORGAN,A.GRABLE,P.S.SOLTIS, and R. KUZOFF. 

1993. Molecular systematics of Saxifragaceae sensu stricto. 

Amer. J. Bot. 80:1056–1081. 

SOLTIS, D.E.and P.S. SOLTIS. 1989. Allopolyploid speciation in 

SMYTHE/LITERATURE CITED 1511 

Tragopogon: Insights from chloroplast DNA. Amer. J. Bot. 

1119–1124. 

_____, _____, D.L.NICKRENT,L.A.JOHNSON,W.J.HAHN,S.B.HOOT, 

J.A. SWEERE, R.K. KUZOFF, K.A. KRON, M.W. CHASE, S.M. 

SWENSEN,E.A.ZIMMER,S.-M. CHAW,L.J.GILLESPIE,W.J.KRESS, 

and K.J. SYTSMA. 1997. Angiosperm phylogeny inferred 

from 18S ribosomal DNA sequences. Ann. Missouri Bot. 

Gard. 84:1–49. 

SOLTIS, P.S., G.M. PLUNKETT, S.J.NOVAK, and D.E. SOLTIS. 1995. 

Genetic variation in Tragopogon species: Additional origins 

of the allotetraploids T. mirus and T. miscellus (Compositae). 

Amer. J. Bot. 82:1329–1341. 

SOLTIS,P.S.and SOLTIS,D.E.1991. Multiple origins of the allotetraploid 

Tragopogon mirus (Compositae): rDNA evidence. 

Syst. Bot. 16:407–413. 

SOLYMOSY,S.L.1974. Hydrilla verticillata (Hydrocharitaceae):New 

to Louisiana. Sida 5:354. 

SØRENSEN,P.D.1995. Arbutus. In: J.L. Luteyn, ed. Ericaceae Part II, 

the superior-ovaried genera. Fl. Neotrop. Monogr. 

66:194–221. 

SOSEF, M.S.M. 1997. Hierarchical models, reticulate evolution 

and the inevitability of paraphyletic taxa.Taxon 46:75–85. 

SPEARING,D.1991. Roadside geology of Texas. Mountain Press 

Publishing Company, Missoula, MT. 

SPELLENBERG, R.W. (RICHARD). Personal communication. 

Specialist in Nyctaginaceae and floristics of the southwestern 

U.S. and northern Mexico; Flora of North America 

Editorial Committee; New Mexico State Univ., Las Cruces. 

SPERLIN,C.R.and V. BITTRICH. 1993. Basellaceae. In: In: K. Kubitzki, 

J.C. Rohwer, and V. Bittrich, eds. The families and genera of 

vascular plants,Vol. II. Pp. 143–146. Springer-Verlag, Berlin. 

SPERRY,B.1994. A toast to Thomas Volney Munson. Neil Sperry’s 

Gardens 8(8):18–21. 

SPERRY,N.1991. Neil Sperry’s complete guide to Texas gardening.Taylor 

Publishing Co., Dallas,TX. 

SPERRY, O.E.,J.W.DOLLAHITE, J.MORROW, and G.O. HOFFMAN. 

1955. Texas range plants poisonous to livestock. Texas 

Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. No. 796. 

SPJUT, R.W.1994. A systematic treatment of fruit types. Mem. 

New York Bot. Gard. 70:1–181. 

SPOERKE, D.G., JR. and S.C. SMOLINSKE. 1990. Toxicity of houseplants. 

CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL. 

SPONGBERG,S.A.1972.The genera of Saxifragaceae in the southeastern 


_____. 1975. Lauraceae hardy in temperate North America. J. 


_____. 1976. Styracaceae hardy in temperate North America. J. 


_____. 1977. Ebenaceae hardy in temperate North America. J. 


_____. 1978. The genera of Crassulaceae in the southeastern 


SPOONER, D.M.1987. The systematics of Simsia (Compositae: 

Heliantheae). Ph.D. dissertation, Ohio State Univ., Columbus. 

SPRAGUE, E.F.1962. Pollination and evolution in Pedicularis 

(Scrophulariaceae). Aliso 5:181–209.

1512 LITERATURE CITED/STACE & EDYE 

STACE,H.M.and L.A. EDYE, eds. 1984. The biology of agronomy 

of Stylosanthes.Academic Press,San Francisco. 

STAFLEU,F.A.and R.S. COWAN. 1976–1988.Taxonomic literature, 

2nd ed., 7 vols. Bohn, Scheltema & Holkema, Utrecht, 

Netherlands. Regnum Veg. 94, 98, 105, 110, 112, 115, 116. 

STAHLE,D.W.(DAVID). Personal communication. Dendrochronologist 

at Univ. of Arkansas, Fayetteville. 

STAHLE,D.W.1990.The tree-ring record of false spring in the southcentral 

USA. Ph.D. dissertation, Arizona State Univ.,Tempe. 

_____ 1996a.Tree rings and ancient forest history. In: M.B. Davis, 

ed. Eastern old-growth forests: Prospects for rediscovery 

and recovery. Chapter 22, Pp. 321–343. Island Press, 


_____. 1996b.Tree rings and ancient forest relics.Arnoldia 56:2–10. 

_____ and P.L. CHANEY. 1994. A predictive model for the location 

of ancient forests. Nat. Areas J. 14:151–158. 

STAHLE,D.W.and M.K. CLEAVELAND. 1988. Texas drought history 

reconstructed and analyzed from 1698 to 1980. J. 

Climate 1:59–74. 

_____ and _____. 1992. Reconstruction and analysis of spring 

rainfall over the southeastern U.S. for the past 1000 years. 

Bull. Amer. Meterological Soc. 73:1947–1961. 

_____ and _____. 1993. Southern oscillation extremes reconstructed 

from tree rings of the Sierra Madre Occidental and 

southern Great Plains. J. Climate 6:129–140. 

_____ and _____. 1995.Texas paleoclimatic data from daily to 

millennial time scales.In:J.Norwine, J.R.Giardino,G.R.North, 

and J.B. Valdés, eds. The changing climate of Texas: 

Predictability and implications for the future. Chapter 7. Pp. 

49–69. GeoBooks,Texas A&M Univ., College Station. 

_____, _____, and J.G. HEHR. 1988. North Carolina climate 

changes reconstructed from tree rings: A.D. 372 to 1985. 

Science 240:1517–1519. 

STAHLE,D.W.and J.G. HEHR. 1984. Dendroclimatic relationships of 

post oak across a precipitation gradient in the southcentral 

United States. Ann. Assoc. Amer. Geogr. 74:561–573. 

_____, _____, G.G. HAWKS, JR., M.K. CLEAVELAND, and J.R. 

BALDWIN. 1985.Tree-ring chronologies for the southcentral 

United States.Tree-Ring Laboratory and Office of the State 

Climatologist,Department of Geography,Univ.of Arkansas, 

Fayatteville. 

STANDLEY,L.A.1990. Anatomical aspects of the taxonomy of 

sedges (Carex,Cyperaceae). Canad. J. Bot. 68:1449–1456. 

STANDLEY,P.C.1916. Chenopodiaceae. N. Amer. Fl. 21:3–93. 

_____. 1917. Amaranthaceae. N. Amer. Fl. 21:95–169. 

_____. 1918. Allioniaceae. N. Amer. Fl. 21:171–254. 

_____. 1918–1934. Rubiaceae. N. Amer. Fl. 32:1–300. 

_____. 1922a.Hamamelidaceae.In:Trees and shrubs of Mexico. 


_____. 1922b. Leguminosae. In: Trees and shrubs of Mexico. 


_____. 1923a. Rhamnaceae. In: Trees and shrubs of Mexico. 


_____. 1923b. Malvaceae. In:Trees and shrubs of Mexico. Contr. 

U.S. Natl. Herb. 23:746–786. 

STANFORD,E.E.1925.The amphibious group of Polygonum,sub- 

genus Persicaria. Rhodora 27:109–112, 125–130, 146–152, 

156–166. 

STANFORD, G.1995. A chalkland prairie biome? In: Native Plant 

Society of Texas.The tallgrass prairies and its many ecosystems. 

Pp. 125–132. 1995 Symposium Proceedings,Waco. 

STANFORD, J.W.(JACK). Personal communication. Specialist in 

plants of the Edwards Plateau and Fabaceae, especially 

Mimosa;Howard Payne Univ., Brownwood,TX. 

STANFORD,J.W.1966. Species separation by pollen morphology 

of some Texas Mimosoideae. M.S. thesis,Texas Technological 

College, Lubbock. 

_____. 1971.Vascular plants of the three central Texas counties 

of Brown, Comanche, and Hamilton. Ph.D. Dissertation, 


_____. 1976. Keys to the vascular plants of the Texas Edwards 

Plateau and adjacent areas. Published by the author, 

Brownwood,TX. 

_____ and G.M. DIGGS,JR. 1998. Pteris vittata L. (Pteridaceae), a 

new fern for Texas. Sida 18:359–360. 

STANFORD,N.and B.L.TURNER. 1988.The natural distribution and 

biological status of Helenium amarum and H. badium 

(Asteraceae, Heliantheae). Phytologia 65:141–146. 

STARR,G.1995. Hesperaloe:Aloes of the west. Desert Pl. 11:3–8. 

_____. 1997. A revision of the genus Hesperaloe (Agavaceae). 

Madroño 44:282–296. 

STEARN,W.T. 1957. An introduction to the Species Plantarum 

and cognate botanical works of Carl Linnaeus. Facsimile of 

first edition of Carl Linnaeus, Species Plantarum. Ray 

Society, London, England, U.K. 

_____. 1983. Botanical Latin: History, grammar, syntax, terminology 

and vocabulary, 3rd ed. David & Charles Inc., North 

Pomfret, VT. 

_____. 1992. Botanical Latin, 4th ed.Timber Press, Portland, OR. 

STEBBINS,G.L.1937. Critical notes on Lactuca and related genera. 

J. Bot. 75:12–18. 

_____. 1949. Speciation, evolutionary trends, and distributional 

patterns in Crepis.Evolution 3:188–193. 

_____. 1981.Coevolution of grasses and herbivores.Ann.Missouri 

Bot. Gard. 68:75–86. 

_____. 1982.Major trends of evolution in the Poaceae and their 

possible significance. In: J.R. Estes, R.J. Tyrl, and J.N. Brunken. 

Grasses and grasslands: Systematics and ecology. Pp. 3–36. 

Univ. of Oklahoma Press, Norman. 

_____. 1985. Polyploidy, hybridization, and the invasion of new 

habitats. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 72:824–832. 

_____. 1993. Concepts of species and genera. In: Flora of North 



STEEVES,M.A.and E.S. BARGHOORN. 1959.The pollen of Ephedra. 


STEIGMAN, K.L.and L. OVENDEN. 1988. Transplanting tallgrass 

prairie with a sodcutter. In: A. Davis and G. Stanford, eds.The 

prairie: Roots of our culture; foundation of our economy. 

Unpaged, paper number 0901. Proceedings of the Tenth 

North American Prairie Conference, Denton, TX. Native 

Prairie Association of Texas, Dallas.

STEILA, D.1993. Soils. In: Flora of North America Editorial 



STEINMANN,V.W. and R.S. FELGER. 1997. The Euphorbiaceae of 

Sonora, Mexico. Aliso 16:1–71. 

STEPHENS,A.R.AND W.M. HOLMES. 1989. Historical atlas of Texas. 

Univ. of Oklahoma Press, Norman. 

STEPHENS, H.A.1980. Poisonous plants of the central United 

States. Univ. Press of Kansas, Lawrence. 

STERMITZ, F.R., D.E. NICODEM, C.C.WEI, and K.D. MCMURTREY. 

1969. Alkaloids of Argemone polyanthemos, A. corymbosa, 

A.chisosensis,A.sanguinea,A.aurantiaca and general Argemone 

systematics. Phytochemistry 8:615–620. 

STERN, K.R.1997a. Fumariaceae. In: Flora of North America 



_____. 1997b. Corydalis. In:Flora of North America Editorial 



STEVENS,P.F.1995. Familial and infrafamilial relationships. In: J.L. 

Luteyn, ed. Ericaceae, Part II, the superior-ovaried genera. Fl. 

Neotrop. Monogr. 66:1–12. 

STEVENSON,D.W.1993. Ephedraceae. In: Flora of North America 



STEVENSON,G.A.1969. An agronomic and taxonomic review of 

the genus Melilotus Mill. Canad. J. Pl. Sci. 49:1–20. 

STEWARD, K.K., T.K. VAN, V.CARTER, and A.H. PIETERSE. 1984. 

Hydrilla invades Washington,D.C.and the Potomac.Amer.J. 

Bot. 71:162–163. 

STEYERMARK,J.A.1932. A revision of the genus Menodora.Ann. 


_____. 1934. Studies in Grindelia. II. A monograph of the North 

American species of the genus Grindelia.Ann.Missouri Bot. 

Gard. 21:433–608. 

_____. 1963. Flora of Missouri.The Iowa State Univ. Press, Ames. 

STILES,E.W.1984. Fruit for all seasons. Nat. Hist. 93:42–53. 

STIRTON,C.H., ed. 1987. Advances in legume systematics. Part 3. 

Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, England, U.K. 

ST. JOHN, H.1916.A revision of the North American species of 

Potamogeton of the section Coleophylli.Rhodora 18:121–138. 

_____. 1965. Monograph of the genus Elodea:Part 4 and summary. 

Rhodora 67:1–35, 155–180. 

STOKES,S.G.1936. The genus Eriogonum. J.H. Neblett Press, San 

Francisco, CA. 

STONE, D.E.1959. A unique balanced breeding system in the 

vernal pool mouse-tails. Evolution 13:151–174. 

_____. 1993. Juglandaceae. In: K. Kubitzki, J.C. Rohwer, and V. 



_____. 1997a.Juglandaceae.In:Flora of North America Editorial 



_____. 1997b. Carya. In: Flora of North America Editorial 



STEILA/LITERATURE CITED 1513 

STRALEY, G.B.1977. Systematics of Oenothera sect. Kneiffia 

(Onagraceae). Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 64:381–424. 

STRAUSBAUGH, P.D.and E.L. CORE. 1978. Flora of West Virginia, 

2nd ed. Seneca Books, Inc., Grantsville,WV. 

STRAW,R.L.1966. A redefinition of Penstemon (Scrophulariaceae). 


STRECKER,J.K.1924. The mammals of McLennan County, Texas. 

Baylor Bull. 27:3–20. 

_____. 1926a. The mammals of McLennan County, Texas (supplementary 

notes). Contr. Baylor Univ. Mus. 9:1–15. 

_____. 1926b. The extension of the range of the nine-banded 

armadillo. J. Mamm. 7:206–210. 

STRICKLAND,S.S.and J.W. FOX. 1993. Prehistoric environmental 

adaptations in the Blackland Prairie. In: M.R. Sharpless and 

J.C.Yelderman, eds.The Texas Blackland Prairie, land, history, 



STRITCH,L.R.1984. Nomenclatural contributions to a revision of 

the genus Wisteria.Phytologia 56:183–184. 

STRONG, M.T.1993. New combinations in Schoenoplectus 

(Cyperaceae). Novon 3:202–203. 

_____. 1994. Taxonomy of Scirpus, Trichophorum, and 

Schoenoplectus (Cyperaceae) in Virginia. Bartonia 58:29–68. 

STROTHER, J.L.1966. Chromosome numbers in Hymenoxys 

(Compositae). SouthW. Naturalist 11:223–227. 

_____. 1969. Systematics of Dyssodia Cavanilles (Compositae: 

Tageteae). Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 48:1–88. 

_____. 1986. Renovation of Dyssodia (Compositae: Tageteae). 

Sida 11:371–378. 

_____. 1991. Taxonomy of Complaya, Elaphandra, Iogeton, Jefea, 

Wamalchitamia,Wedelia,Zexmenia,and Zyzyxia (Compositae- 

Heliantheae-Ecliptinae).Syst.Bot.Monogr.33:1–111. 

STUBBENDIECK,J.and E.C.CONARD.1989.Common legumes of the 

Great Plains:An illustrated guide.Univ.of Nebraska Press,Lincoln. 

STUCKEY, R.L.1972. Taxonomy and distribution of the genus 

Rorippa (Cruciferae) in North America. Sida 4:279–425. 

_____. 1978. Essays on North American plant geography from 

the nineteenth century. Arno Press, New York. 

_____. 1979. Distributional history of Potamogeton crispus 

(curly pondweed) in North America. Bartonia 46:22–42. 

_____. 1980. Distributional history of Lythrum salicaria (purple 

loosestrife) in North America. Bartonia 47:3–20. 

_____. 1985. Distributional history of Najas marina (spiny 

naiad) in North America. Bartonia 51:2–16. 

_____ and T.M. BARKLEY. 1993.Weeds.In:Flora of North America 



STUDHALTER,R.A.1931. Mrs.Young’s “Familiar Lessons in Botany, 

with Flora of Texas,”a forgotten text of fifty years ago.Texas 

Tech. Coll. Bull. 7(6):28–52. 

STUESSY,T.F. 1971.Systematic relationships in the white-rayed 

species of Melampodium (Compositae). Brittonia 23:177–190. 

_____. 1972.Revision of the genus Melampodium (Compositae: 

Heliantheae). Rhodora 74:1–70, 161–219. 

_____. 1979. Cladistics of Melampodium (Compositae). Taxon 

28:179–195.

1514 LITERATURE CITED/STUESSY & SOHMER 

_____. 1997. Classification: More than just branching patterns 

of evolution. Aliso 15:113–124. 

_____ and J.V. CRISCI. 1984. Phenetics of Melampodium 

(Compositae, Heliantheae). Madroño 31:8–19. 

STUESSY,T.F.and S.H. SOHMER, eds. 1996. Sampling the green 

world: Innovative concepts of collection, preservation, and 

storage of plant diversity. Columbia Univ. Press, New York. 

SUBILS,R.1984. Una nueva especie de Euphorbia sect. Poinsettia 

(Euphorbiaceae). Kurtziana 17:125–130. 

SUDWORTH,G.B.1934. Poplars, principle tree willows and walnuts 

of the Rocky Mountain region. U.S.D.A. Tech. Bull. 

420:1–112. 

SUFFNESS,M.1995. Discovery and development of taxol. In: M. 

Suffness, ed.Taxol®: Science and applications. Pp. 3–25. CRC 

Press, Boca Raton, FL. 

SUH,Y.1989. Phylogenetic studies of North American Astereae 

(Asteraceae) based on chloroplast DNA. Ph.D. dissertation, 


_____ and B.B.SIMPSON. 1990.Phylogenetic analysis of chloroplast 

DNA in North American Gutierrezia and related genera 

(Asteraceae: Astereae). Syst. Bot. 15:660–670. 

SULLIVAN,J.R.1985. Systematics of the Physalis viscosa complex 

(Solanaceae). Syst. Bot. 10:426–444. 

SULLIVAN, V.I. 1975. Pollen and pollination in the genus 

Eupatorium (Compositae). Canad. J. Bot. 53:582–589. 

SUMMERFIELD, R.J.and A.H. BUNTING, eds. 1980. Advances in 

legume science. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, England, U.K. 

SUN,V.G. 1946.The evaluation of taxonomic characters of cultivated 

Brassica with a key to species and varieties—I. The 

characters. Bull.Torrey Bot. Club 73:244–281, 370–377. 

SUNDBERG,S.D.1991. Infraspecific classification of Chloracantha 

spinosa (Benth.) Nesom (Asteraceae) Astereae. Phytologia 

70:382–391. 

SUNDELL, E.1981. The New World species of Cynanchum subgenus 

Mellichampia (Asclepiadaceae).Evol.Monogr.5:1–63. 

SUTHERLAND,D.1986. Poaceae. In: Great Plains Flora Association. 



SUTTON,D.A.1988. A revision of the tribe Anthirrhineae, Oxford 

Univ. Press, London, England, U.K. 

SVENSON,H.K.1929. Contributions from the Gray Herbarium of 

Harvard University—No. LXXXVI. Monographic studies in 

the genus Eleocharis. Rhodora 31:121–135, 152–163, 

167–191, 199–219, 224–242. 

_____. 1939. Monographic studies in the genus Eleocharis—V. 

Rhodora 41:1–19, 43–77, 90–110. 

_____. 1944. The New World species of Azolla. Amer.Fern J. 

34:69–84. 

_____. 1953. The Eleocharis obtusa-ovata complex. Rhodora 

55:1–6. 

_____. 1957. Poales: Cyperaceae: Scirpeae (Continuatio) 

[Fuirena, Hemicarpha, Eleocharis]. N. Amer. Fl. 18:505–540. 

SWANSON, S.D. and S.H. SOHMER. 1976. The biology of 

Podophyllum peltatum L. (Berberidaceae), the may apple. II. 

The transfer of pollen and success of sexual reproduction. 

Bull.Torrey Bot. Club 103:223–226. 

TAKAHASHI,M.,J.W. NOWICKE, and G.L.WEBSTER. 1995. A note on 

remarkable exines in Acalyphoideae (Euphorbiaceae). 

Grana 34:282–290. 

TAKHTAJAN, A.L.1997. Diversity and classification of flowering 

plants. Columbia Univ. Press, New York. 

TALALAJ,S.,D.TALALAJ, and J.TALALAJ. 1991.The strangest plants 

in the world. Hill of Content Publishing Co., Melbourne, 

Australia. 

TAMPION,J.1977. Dangerous plants. Universe Books, New York. 

TAMURA,M.1993. Ranunculaceae. In: K. Kubitzki, J.C. Rohwer, and 



TATEOKA,T. 1961. A biosystematic study of Tridens (Gramineae). 

Amer. J. Bot. 48:565–573. 

TAYLOR,C.E.S.(CONSTANCE). Personal communication. Specialist 

in Asteraceae, especially Solidago and Euthamia, and 

expert on the flora of Oklahoma; member of Oklahoma 

Flora Editorial Committee and Oklahoma Native Plant 

Society; Southeastern Oklahoma State Univ., Durant. 

TAYLOR,C.E.S.Euthamia gymnospermoides (Compositae). Ph.D. 

dissertation, Univ. of Oklahoma, Norman. 

_____. 1997. Keys to the Asteraceae of Oklahoma. 

Southeastern Oklahoma State Univ. Herbarium, Durant. 

_____ and R.J. TAYLOR. 1983. New species, new combinations 

and notes on the goldenrods (Euthamia and 

Solidago–Asteraceae). Sida 10:176–183. 

_____ and _____. 1984. Solidago (Asteraceae) in Oklahoma 

and Texas. Sida 10:223–251. 

TAYLOR,N.1909a. Zannichelliaceae. N. Amer. Fl. 17:13–27. 

_____. 1909b. Naiadaceae. N. Amer. Fl. 17:33–35. 

TAYLOR,N.P.1978. Review of the genus Escobaria.Cact.Succ.J. 

Gr. Brit. 40:31–37. 

_____. 1985.The genus Echinocereus.The Royal Botanic Gardens, 

Kew in association with Timber Press, Portland, OR. 

TAYLOR,P.1989. The genus Utricularia - a taxonomic monograph. 

Kew Bull., Addit. Ser. 14:1–724. 

TAYLOR,R.J.and C.E. TAYLOR. 1981. Plants new to Arkansas, 

Oklahoma and Texas. Sida 9:25–28. 

_____ and _____. 1994. An annotated list of the ferns, fern 

allies, gymnosperms and flowering plants of Oklahoma, 

3rd ed. Southeastern Oklahoma State Univ. Herbarium, 

Durant, OK. 

TAYLOR,T.H. n.d. Rangers lead the way. Roster, P. 153.Turner Publ. 

Co., Paducah, KY. 

TAYLOR,W.C. 1984. Arkansas ferns and fern allies. Milwaukee 

Public Museum, Milwaukee,WI. 

_____ and R.J. HICKEY. 1992. Habitat, evolution, and speciation 

of Isoëtes.Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 79:613–622. 

TAYLOR,W.C., N.T. LUEBKE, D.M.BRITTON, R.J.HICKEY, and D.F. 

BRUNTON. 1993. Isoëtaceae. In: Flora of North America 



TAYLOR,W.C., R.H. MOHLENBROCK, and J.A. MURRAY. 1975. The 

spores and taxonomy of Isoëtes butleri and I. melanopoda. 

Amer. Fern J. 65:33–38. 

TELLMAN, B. 1997. Exotic pest plant introduction in the

American southwest. Desert Pl. 13:3–9. 

TERRELL, E.E.1975. Relationships of Hedyotis fruticosa L. to 

Houstonia L. and Oldenlandia L. Phytologia 31:418–424. 

_____. 1986a. Nomenclatural notes on Hedyotis rosea 

Rafinesque and a new combination in Houstonia.Rhodora 

88:389–397. 

_____. 1986b. Taxonomic and nomenclatural notes on 

Houstonia nigricans (Rubiaceae). Sida 11:471–481. 

_____. 1990.Synopsis of Oldenlandia (Rubiaceae) in the United 

States. Phytologia 68:125–133. 

_____. 1991. Overview and annotated list of North American 

species of Hedyotis, Houstonia, Oldenlandia (Rubiaceae), 

and related genera. Phytologia 71:212–243. 

_____. 1996. Revision of Houstonia (Rubiaceae-Hedyotideae). 

Syst. Bot. Monogr. 48:1–118. 

_____, W.H. LEWIS, H. ROBINSON, and J.W. NOWICKE. 1986. 

Phylogenetic implications of diverse seed types, chromosome 

numbers, and pollen morphology in Houstonia 

(Rubiaceae). Amer. J. Bot. 73:103–115. 

TEUSCHER, H.1978. Pogonia and Nervilia with a discussion of 

Cleistes,Isotria and Triphora.Amer.Orchid Soc.Bull.47:16–23. 

TEXAS PARKS & WILDLIFE. 1995. State symbol quiz. Texas Parks & 

Wildlife 53(1): 48–53. 

THANIKAIMONI, G. and G. VASANTHY. 1972. Sarraceniaceae: 

Palynology and systematics. Pollen & Spores 14:143–155. 

THARP, B.C. 1922. Commelinantia, a new genus of the 

Commelinaceae. Bull.Torrey Bot. Club 49:269–275. 

_____. 1926. Structure of Texas vegetation east of the 98th 

Meridian. Univ.Texas Bull. 2606:1–99. 

_____. 1932.Tradescantia edwardsiana,nov.sp.Rhodora 34:57–59. 

_____. 1952.Texas range grasses. Univ. of Texas Press, Austin. 

_____. 1956. Commelinantia (Commelineae): An evaluation of 

its generic status. Bull.Torrey Bot. Club 83:107–112. 

_____ and F.A.BARKLEY.1949.Genus Ruellia in Texas.Amer.Midl. 


THARP, B.C.and M.C. JOHNSTON. 1961. Recharacterization of 

Dichondra (Convolvulaceae) and a revision of the North 

American species. Brittonia 13:346–360. 

THARP,B.C.and C.V. KIELMAN. 1962. Mary S. Young’s Journal of 

Botanical Explorations in Trans-Pecos, Texas, August- 

September, 1914. SouthW. Hist. Quar. 65: 366–393, 512–538. 

THIERET, J.W. (JOHN). Personal communication. Specialist in 

Cyperus (Cyperaceae), Poaceae, Scrophulariaceae, and 

introduced weedy plants;currently associate editor of Sida, 

Contributions to Botany, and on Flora of North America 

Editorial Committee; retired from a career at Northern 

Kentucky Univ., Highland Heights. 

THIERET, J.W.1955. The seeds of Veronica and allied genera. 

Lloydia 18:37–45. 

_____. 1964. Fatoua villosa (Moraceae) in Louisiana: New to 

North America. Sida 1:248. 

_____. 1966. Seeds of some United States Phytolaccaceae and 

Aizoaceae. Sida 2:352–360. 

_____. 1967.Supraspecific classification in the Scrophulariaceae: 

A review. Sida 3:87–106. 

_____. 1969a. Orobanchaceae. In: C.L. Lundell, ed. Flora of Texas 

TERRELL/LITERATURE CITED 1515 


_____. 1969b. Trifolium vesiculosum (Leguminosae) in Mississippi 

and Louisiana: New to North America. Sida 3:446–447. 

_____. 1971.The genera of Orobanchaceae in the southeastern 


_____. 1972. The Phrymaceae in the southeastern United 


_____. 1976. Floral biology of Proboscidea louisianica 

(Martyniaceae). Rhodora 78:169–179. 

_____. 1977a. The Martyniaceae in the southeastern United 


_____. 1977b. Juvenile leaves in Oklahoma Marsilea 

(Marsileaceae). Sida 7:218. 

_____. 1980. Louisiana ferns and fern allies. Lafayette Natural 

History Museum published in conjunction with the Univ. 

of Southwestern Louisiana, Lafayette. 

_____. 1993.Pinaceae (family description and key to genera).In: 



_____ and J.O.LUKEN. 1996.The Typhaceae in the southeastern 

United States. Harvard Pap. Bot. 8:27–56. 

THOMAS,C.C.1936. The Chinese Jujube (originally issued 1924, 

revised 1936). U.S.D.A. Bull. 1215:1–14. 

THOMAS,G.W.1962. Texas plants – An ecological summary. In: 

F.W. Gould.Texas plants — A checklist and ecological summary.Texas 

Agric. Exp. Sta. Misc. Publ. 585:5–14. 

THOMAS, R.D.1972. Botrychium lunarioides, Ophioglossum crotalophoroides, 

and Ophioglossum engelmanni in a 

Louisiana cemetery. SouthW. Naturalist 16:431–459. 

THOMAS,W.W. 1984. The systematics of Rhynchospora section 

Dichromena.Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 37:1–116. 

_____. 1992. A synopsis of Rhynchospora (Cyperaceae) in 

Mesoamerica. Brittonia 44:14–44. 

THOMPSON, C.H. 1897. North American Lemnaceae. Rep. 


THOMPSON, C.M.1993. More from less: Greater demand from 

fewer acres of productive soils. In: M.R. Sharpless and J.C. 

Yelderman, eds. The Texas Blackland Prairie, land, history, 



THOMPSON, H.J.and A.M. POWELL. 1981. Loasaceae of the 

Chihuahuan Desert Region. Phytologia 49:16–32. 

THOMPSON, J.C.and W.T. BARKER. 1986. Malvaceae. In: Great 

Plains Flora Association. Flora of the Great Plains. Pp. 

240–252. Univ. Press of Kansas, Lawrence. 

THOMPSON, S.W.and T.G. LAMMERS. 1997. Phenetic analysis of 

morphological variation in the Lobelia cardinalis complex 

(Campanulaceae: Lobelioideae). Syst. Bot. 22:315–331. 

THORNE, R.F.1992. An updated classification of the flowering 

plants. Aliso 13:365–389. 

_____. 1993a. Phytogeography. In: Flora of North America 



_____. 1993b. Hydrocharitaceae. In: J.C. Hickman, ed. The 

Jepson manual: Higher plants of California. Pp. 1150–1151. 

Univ. of California Press, Berkeley.

1516 LITERATURE CITED/TIFFNEY 

TIFFNEY,B.H.1985.Perspectives on the origin of the floristic similarity 

between eastern Asia and eastern North America. J. 


TIPPO,O.and W.L. STERN. 1977. Humanistic botany.W.W. Norton 

& Co., Inc., New York. 

TODZIA,C.A.1993. Ulmaceae. In: K. Kubitzki, J.C. Rohwer, and V. 



_____. 1998.The Texas plant collections of Mary Sophie Young. 

Lundellia 1:27–39. 

TOES (Texas Organization for Endangered Species). 1992. 

Endangered, threatened, and watch list of natural communities 

of Texas. Publ. No. 8. Texas Organization for 

Endangered Species, Austin. 

_____. 1993. Endangered, threatened and watch lists of Texas 

plants. Publ. No. 9. Texas Organization for Endangered 

Species, Austin. 

TÖLKIN,H.R.1977. A revision of the genus Crassula in southern 

Africa. Contr. Bolus Herb. 8:1–595. 

TOMB,A.S.1974. Hypochoeris in Texas. Sida 5:287–289. 

_____. 1980. Taxonomy of Lygodesmia (Asteraceae). Syst. Bot. 

Monogr. 1:1–51. 

TOMLINSON, P.B.1990. The structural biology of palms. Oxford 

Univ. Press, Oxford, England, U.K. 

_____ and U. POSLUSZNY. 1976. Generic limits in the 

Zannichelliaceae (sensu Dumortier).Taxon 25:273–279. 

TORRES,A.M.1963.Taxonomy of Zinnia.Brittonia 15:1–25. 

TORREY,J.1853. Appendix G. Botany. In: R.B. Marcy. Exploration of 

the Red River of Louisiana, in the year 1852. Pp. 277–304, 

Plates I–XX.Robert Armstrong,Public Printer,Washington,D.C. 

TOWNER,H.F.1977. The biosystematics of Calylophus (Onagraceae). 


TOWNSEND,C.C.1993.Amaranthaceae.In:K.Kubitzki, J.C.Rohwer, 



TRELEASE,W. 1902.The Yucceae.Rep.(Annual) Missouri Bot.Gard. 

13:27–133. 

_____. 1911.The desert group Nolineae. Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. 

50:404–443. 

_____. 1924. The American oaks. Mem. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 

20:1–255. 

TRYON, R.M., JR. 1941. A revision of the genus Pteridium. 

Rhodora 43:1–31, 37–67. 

_____. 1955. Selaginella rupestris and its allies.Ann.Missouri Bot. 

Gard. 42:1–99. 

_____. 1956. A revision of the American species of Notholaena. 


_____. 1957. A revision of the fern genus Pellaea section 

Pellaea.Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 44:125–193. 

_____ and A.F.TRYON. 1982.Ferns and allied plants with special 

reference to tropical America. Springer-Verlag, New York. 

TUCKER, A.O.,N.H.DILL, T.D.PIZZOLATO, and R.D. KRAL. 1983. 

Nomenclature, distribution, chromosome numbers, and 

fruit morphology of Oxypolis canbyi and O. filiformis 

(Apiaceae). Syst. Bot. 8:299–304. 

TUCKER, G.C.1983. The taxonomy of Cyperus (Cyperaceae) in 

Costa Rica and Panama. Syst. Bot. Monogr. 2:1–85. 

_____. 1984. A revision of the genus Kyllinga Rottb. (Cyperaceae) 

in Mexico and Central America. Rhodora 86:507–538. 

_____. 1986. The genera of Elatinaceae in the southeastern 


_____. 1987. The genera of Cyperaceae in the southeastern 


_____. 1988. The genera of Bambusoideae (Gramineae) in the 


_____. 1989. The genera of Commelinaceae in the southeastern 


_____. 1990. The genera of Arundinoideae (Gramineae) in the 


_____. 1994. Revision of the Mexican species of Cyperus 

(Cyperaceae). Syst. Bot. Monogr. 43:1–213. 

_____. 1996.The genera of Poöideae (Gramineae) in the southeastern 


TUCKER, S.C.1993. Utility of ontogenetic and conventional 

characters in determining phylogenetic relationships of 

Saururaceae and Piperaceae (Piperales). Syst. Bot. 18:614–641. 

TURNER, B.L.1950a. Vegetative key to Texas Desmanthus 

(Leguminosae) and similar genera. Field & Lab. 18:51–54. 

_____. 1950b. Texas species of Desmanthus (Leguminosae). 

Field & Lab. 18:54–65. 

_____. 1951. Revision of the United States species of Neptunia 

(Leguminosae). Amer. Midl. Naturalist 46:82–92. 

_____. 1955. The Cassia fasciculata complex (Leguminosae) in 


_____. 1956. A cytotaxonomic study of the genus Hymenopappus 

(Compositae). Rhodora 58:163–186, 208–242, 

250–269, 295–308. 

_____. 1957.The chromosomal and distributional relationships 

of Lupinus texensis and L. subcarnosus (Leguminosae). 

Madroño 14:13–16. 

_____. 1958. Chromosome numbers in the genus Krameria: 

Evidence for familial status. Rhodora 60:101–106. 

_____. 1959.The legumes of Texas. Univ. of Texas Press, Austin. 

_____. 1983.The Texas species of Paronychia (Caryophyllaceae). 


_____. 1984. Taxonomy of the genus Aphanostephus 

(Asteraceae-Astereae). Phytologia 56:81–101. 

_____. 1988a. New species and combinations in Wedelia 

(Asteraceae-Heliantheae). Phytologia 65:348–358. 

_____. 1988b. A new species of, and observations on, the 

genus Smallanthus (Asteraceae-Heliantheae). Phytologia 

64:405–407. 

_____. 1989.An overview of the Brickellia (Kuhnia) eupatorioides 

(Asteraceae, Eupatorieae) complex. Phytologia 67:121–131. 

_____. 1991a.Texas species of Ruellia (Acanthaceae).Phytologia 

71:281–299. 

_____. 1991b. An overview of the North American species of 

Menodora (Oleaceae). Phytologia 71:340–356. 

_____. 1992. New species of Wedelia (Asteraceae, Heliantheae) 

from Mexico and critical assessment of previously 

described taxa. Phytologia 72:115–126. 

_____. 1993a.The Texas species of Centaurium (Gentianaceae).


_____. 1993b. Texas species of Mirabilis (Nyctaginaceae). 


_____. 1994a. Taxonomic overview of Gilia, sect. Giliastrum 

(Polemoniaceae) in Texas and Mexico.Phytologia 76:52–68. 

_____. 1994b. A taxonomic overview of Scutellaria, section 

Resinosa (Lamiaceae). Phytologia 76:345–382. 

_____. 1994c. Taxonomic study of the Stachys coccinea 

(Lamiaceae) complex. Phytologia 76:391–401. 

_____. 1994d. Texas species of Schrankia (Mimosaceae) transferred 

to the genus Mimosa.Phytologia 76:412–420. 

_____. 1994e.Regional variation in the North American elements 

of Oxalis corniculata (Oxalidaceae). Phytologia 77:1–7. 

_____. 1994f. Taxonomic treatment of Monarda (Lamiaceae) 

for Texas and Mexico. Phytologia 77:56–79. 

_____. 1995a. Synopsis of the genus Onosmodium 

(Boraginaceae). Phytologia 78:39–60. 

_____. 1995b. Paronychia virginica (Caryophyllaceae), a first 

report of its occurrence in Mexico. Phytologia 78:446–447. 

_____. 1995c [1996].Taxonomic overview of Hedyotis nigricans 

(Rubiaceae) and closely allied taxa. Phytologia 79:12–21. 

_____. 1995d [1996]. Cerastium texanum (Caryophyllaceae) 

does not occur in Texas. Phytologia 79:356–363. 

_____. 1998. Texas species of Glandularia (Verbenaceae). 

Lundellia 1:3–16. 

_____ and R. ALSTON. 1959. Segregation and recombination of 

chemical constituents in a hybrid swarm of Baptisia laevicaulis 

× B. viridis and their taxonomic implications. Amer. J. 

Bot. 46:678-686. 

TURNER,B.L.and J. ANDREWS. 1986. Lectotypification of Lupinus 

subcarnosus and L. texensis (Fabaceae). Sida 11:255–257. 

TURNER,B.L.and D. DAWSON.1980.Taxonomy of Tetragonotheca 

(Asteraceae-Heliantheae). Sida 8:296–303. 

TURNER,B.L.and L.K. ESCOBAR. 1991. Documented chromosome 

numbers 1991: 1. Chromosome numbers in Hybanthus 

(Violaceae). Sida 14:501–503. 

TURNER,B.L.and O.S. FEARING. 1964. A taxonomic study of the 

genus Amphicarpaea (Leguminosae). SouthW. Naturalist 

9:207–218. 

TURNER, B.L.and R. HARTMAN. 1976. Infraspecific categories of 

Machaeranthera pinnatifida (Compositae).Wrightia 5:308–315. 

TURNER, B.L.and M.C. JOHNSTON. 1956. Chromosome numbers 

and geographic distribution of Lindheimera, Engelmannia, 

and Berlandiera (Compositae-Heliantheae-Melampodinae). 


TURNER, B.L.and K.-J. KIM. 1990. An overview of the genus 

Pyrrhopappus (Asteraceae: Lactuceae) with emphasis on 

chloroplast DNA restriction site data. Amer. J. Bot. 

77:845–850. 

TURNER, B.L.and R.M. KING. 1962. A cytotaxonomic survey of 

Melampodium (Compositae-Heliantheae). Amer. J. Bot. 

49:263–269. 

TURNER,B.L.and M.MENDENHALL. 1993.A revision of Malvaviscus 

(Malvaceae). Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 80:439–457. 

TURNER, B.L.and M.I. MORRIS. 1976. Systematics of Palafoxia 

(Asteraceae: Helenieae). Rhodora 78:567–628. 

TURNER & ANDREWS/LITERATURE CITED 1517 

TURNER,B.L.and M.WHALEN. 1975.Taxonomic study of Gaillardia 

pulchella (Asteraceae-Heliantheae).Wrightia 5:189–192. 

TURNER,B.L.and L.WOODRUFF. 1993. Annotated distribution of the 

monotypic genus Lindheimera (Asteraceae: Heliantheae). 

Sida 15:533–537. 

TURNER, M.W.1996. Systematic study of the genus Brazoria 

(Lamiaceae), and Warnockia (Lamiaceae), a new genus 

from Texas. Pl. Syst. Evol. 203:65–82. 

TURNER, N.W.and A.F. SZCZAWINSKI. 1991. Common poisonous 

plants and mushrooms of North America. Timber Press, 

Portland, OR. 

TUTIN, T.G. 1976. Soliva and Gymnostyles. In: Tutin, T.G., V.H. 

Heywood, N.A. Burges, D.M. Moore, D.H. Valentine, S.M. 

Walters, and D.A.Webb, eds. Flora Europaea 4:178. 

_____, V.H. HEYWOOD, N.A. BURGES, D.H. VALENTINE, S.M. 

WALTERS, and D.A. WEBB, eds. 1964. Flora Europaea, Vol. 1, 

Lycopodiaceae to Plantanaceae. Cambridge Univ. Press, 


TUTIN, T.G., V.H. HEYWOOD, N.A. BURGES, D.M. MOORE, D.H. 

VALENTINE, S.M.WALTERS, and D.A. WEBB, eds. 1972. Flora 

Europaea, Vol. 3, Diapensiaceae to Myoporaceae. 


_____, _____, _____, _____, _____, _____, and _____, eds. 

1980. Flora Europaea, Vol. 5. Cambridge Univ. Press, 


TVETEN,J.L.and G.A. TVETEN. 1993. Wildflowers of Houston and 

southeast Texas. Univ.Texas Press, Austin. 

TYRL,R.J., S.C. BARBER,P.BUCK,J.R.ESTES,P.FOLLEY,L.K.MAGRATH, 

C.E.S.TAYLOR, and R.A.THOMPSON (Oklahoma Flora Editorial 

Committee). 1994 (revised 1 Sep 1997). Key and descriptions 

for the vascular plant families of Oklahoma. Flora 

Oklahoma Incorporated, Noble, OK. 

TYRL, R.J., J.L. GENTRY, JR., P.G. RISSER, and J.J. CROCKETT. 1978. 

Unpublished status report on Physostegia micrantha,copy 

in the library of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas. 

UMBER, R.E.1979. The genus Glandularia (Verbenaceae) in 

North America. Syst. Bot. 4:72–102. 

URBATSCH, L.E.1972. Systematic study of the Altissimae and 

Giganteae species groups of the genus Vernonia 


_____ and R.K. JANSEN. 1995. Phylogenetic affinities among 

and within the coneflower genera (Asteraceae, 

Heliantheae), a chloroplast DNA analysis. Syst. Bot. 

20:28–39. 

URICH, R.W.,D.L.BOWERMAN, J.A.LEVISKY, and J.L. PFLUG. 1982. 

Datura stramonium: A fatal poisoning. J. Forensic Sci. 

27:948–954. 

URSHEL,S.(SUSAN). Personal communication. Professional gardener 

and horticulturalist, Fort Worth,TX. 

USDA FOREST SERVICE (United States Department of 

Agriculture). 1993. Pacific yew draft environmental impact 

statement. U.S. Government Printing Office. 

VAIL, A.M.1895. A study of the genus Galactia in North 


_____ and P.A. RYDBERG. 1910. Zygophyllaceae. N. Amer. Fl. 

25:103–116.

1518 LITERATURE CITED/VALDER 

VALDER,P.1995.Wisterias:A comprehensive guide.Timber Press, 

Portland, OR. 

VALDÉS, B.1993. The role of herbaria in scientific research. 

Webbia 48:163–171. 

VALDESPINO,I.A.1993. Selaginellaceae. In: Flora of North America 



VALDÉS-REYNA, J.1985. A biosystematic study of the genus 

Erioneuron Nash (Poaceae: Eragrostideae). Ph.D. dissertation,Texas 

A&M Univ., College Station. 

_____ and S.L. HATCH. 1997. A revision of Erioneuron and 

Dasyochloa (Poaceae: Eragrostideae). Sida 17:645–666. 

VALENTINE,D.H.1962.Variation and evolution in the genus Viola. 

Preslia 34:190–206. 

VAN DEN BORRE,A.and L.WATSON. 1994.The infrageneric classification 

of Eragrostis (Poaceae).Taxon 43:383–422. 

VANDER KLOET,S.P.1988.The genus Vaccinium in North America. 

Research Branch Agric. Canada Publ. No. 1828. 

VAN DER WERFF,H.1997a. Lauraceae. In: Flora of North America 



_____. 1997b. Sassafras. In: Flora of North America Editorial 



_____ and H.G. RICHTER. 1996. Toward an improved classification 

of Lauraceae. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 83:409–418. 

VAN HORN,G.S.1973.The taxonomic status of Pentachaeta and 

Chaetopappa with a revision of Pentachaeta. Univ. Calif. 

Publ. Bot. 65:1–41. 

VAN OOSTSTROOM,S.J.1934.A monograph of the genus Evolvulus. 

Meded. Bot. Mus. Herb. Rijks Univ. Utrecht 14:1–267. 

VAN VLEET,R.L.1951. Phenotypic variations of Erigeron strigosus 

Muhl. (Compositae) in eastern Texas. Field & Lab. 

19:161–163. 

VELDKAMP, J.F., R. DE KONING, and M.S.M. SOSEF. 1986. Generic 

delimitation of Rottboellia and related genera (Gramineae). 

Blumea 31:281–307. 

VENTER,H.J.T. and R.L.VERHOEVEN. 1997. A tribal classification of 

the Periplocoideae (Apocynaceae).Taxon 46:705–720. 

VERDCOURT, B.1976. Rubiaceae (Part 1). In: R.M. Polhill, ed. Fl. 

Tropical East Africa. Pp. 1–414. Crown Agents for Oversea 

Governments and Administrations, London, U.K. 

VERHOEK-WILLIAMS, S.E.1975. A study of the tribe Poliantheae 

(including Manfreda) and revisions of Manfreda and 

Prochyanthes (Agavaceae). Unpublished doctoral dissertation, 

Cornell Univ. Diss. Abstr. Int. 36:356. 

VERNON,L.1965. Biosystematic studies in the Heterotheca subaxillaris 

complex (Compositae: Astereae). Trans. Kansas 

Acad. Sci. 68:244–257. 

VINES,R.A.1960. Trees, shrubs and woody vines of the southwest. 


VON BOTHMER, R.,N.JACOBSEN, C.BADEN, R.B.JØRGENSEN, and I. 

LINDE-LAURSEN.1991. An ecogeographical study of the genus 

Hordeum. Syst.Ecogeogr. Stud. Crop Genepools 7:1–127. 

International Board for Plant Genetic Resources, Rome, Italy. 

VOSS,E.G.1958. Confusion in Alisma.Taxon 7:130–133. 

VOSS,J.W.1937. A revision of the Phacelia crenulata group for 


VUILLEUMIER, B.S.1969a. The genera of Senecioneae in the 

southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arb. 50:104–121. 

_____. 1969b. The tribe Mutisieae (Compositae) in the southeastern 


_____. 1973. The genera of Lactuceae (Compositae) in the 


WAGENITZ,G.1992.The Asteridae:Evolution of a concept and its 

present status. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 79:209–217. 

WAGENKNECHT, B.L.1960. Revision of Heterotheca section 

Heterotheca.Rhodora 62:61–76, 97–107. 

WAGNER, D.H.1993. Polystichum. In: Flora of North America 



WAGNER,F.H.1948. The bur clovers (Medicago) of Texas. Field & 

Lab. 16:3–7. 

WAGNER,W.H., JR.(HERB). Personal communication. Specialist in 

pteridophytes and evolution of vascular plants; Flora of 

North America Editorial Committee;retired from a career at 

the Univ. of Michigan, Ann Arbor. 

WAGNER,W.H., JR. 1954.Reticulate evolution in the Appalachian 

Aspleniums. Evolution 8:103–118. 

_____ and J.M. BEITEL. 1992. Generic classification of modern 

North American Lycopodiaceae. Ann. Missouri. Bot. Gard. 

79:676–686. 

_____ and _____. 1993. Lycopodiaceae. In: Flora of North 

America Editorial Committee, eds. Fl. North Amer. 2:18–37. 


WAGNER, W.H., JR., R.C. MORAN, and C.R. WERTH. 1993. 

Aspleniaceae. In: Flora of North America Editorial 



WAGNER,W.H., JR. and A.R. SMITH. 1993. Pteridophytes. In: Flora 



WAGNER,W.H., JR. and F.S. WAGNER. 1993. Ophioglossaceae. In: 



WAGNER, W.L. 1983. New species and combinations in the 

genus Oenothera (Onagraceae). Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 

70:194–196. 

_____. 1986. New taxa in Oenothera (Onagraceae). Ann. 


_____, D.R. HERBST, and S.H. SOHMER. 1990. Manual of the flowering 

plants of Hawaii, 2 vols. Univ. Hawaii Press and Bishop 

Museum Press, Honolulu. 

WAGNON, H.K.1952. A revision of the genus Bromus, section 

Bromopsis,of North America. Brittonia 7:415–480. 

WAGSTAFF,S.J.and R.G. OLMSTEAD. 1997. Phylogeny of Labiatae 

and Verbenaceae inferred from rbcL sequences. Syst. Bot. 

22:165–179. 

WAHL,H.A.1954. A preliminary study of the genus Chenopodium 

in North America. Bartonia 27:1–46. 

WALKER, K.R.(KEVIN). Personal communication. Alumnus of 

Austin College currently in graduate school at Univ.of New

Mexico doing research on the evolutionary ecology of the 

soapberry bug (Jadera haematoloma). 

WALLACE,G.D.1975.Studies of the Monotropoideae (Ericaceae): 

Taxonomy and distribution.Wasmann J. Biol. 33:1–88. 

_____. 1993. Ericaceae. In: J.C.Hickman, ed.The Jepson manual: 

Higher plants of California. Pp. 544–567. Univ. of California 

Press, Berkeley. 

_____. 1995. Ericaceae Subfamily Monotropoideae. In: J.L. 

Luteyn, ed. Ericaceae Part II, the superior-ovaried genera. Fl. 

Neotrop. Monogr. 66:13–27. 

WALTERS,D.R.and D.J. KEIL. 1996. Vascular plant taxonomy, 4th 

ed. Kendall/Hunt Publishing Company, Dubuque, Iowa. 

WALTERS, S.M.and D.A. WEBB. 1972. Veronica.In:T.G.Tutin, V.H. 

Heywood, N.A. Burges, D.M. Moore, D.H. Valentine, S.M. 

Walters, and D.A.Webb, eds. Flora Europaea 3:242–251. 

WANG,J.K.,ed.1983.Taro:A review of Colocasia esculenta and its 

potentials. Univ. of Hawaii Press, Honolulu. 

WARD, D.B.1977. Nelumbo lutea, the correct name for the 

American lotus.Taxon 26:227–234. 

_____. 1987. North American collections of Lepuropetalon 

spathulatum (Saxifragaceae). Florida Agric. Exp. Sta. J. Ser. 

63:15–35. 

_____. 1998. Pueraria montana:The correct scientific name of 

the kudzu. Castanea 63:76–77. 

_____ and A.K. GHOLSON. 1987. The hidden abundance of 

Lepuropetalon spathulatum (Saxifragaceae) and its first 

reported occurrence in Florida. Castanea 52:59–67. 

WARNOCK,M.J.1981. Biosystematics of the Delphinium carolinianum 

complex (Ranunculaceae). Syst. Bot. 6:38–54. 

_____. 1987a. Synopsis of Delphinium (Ranunculaceae) in continental 

Mexico. Rhodora 89:47–74. 

_____. 1987b. An index to epithets treated by King and 

Robinson:Eupatorieae (Asteraceae).Phytologia 62:345–431. 

_____. 1995. A taxonomic conspectus of North American 

Delphinium.Phytologia 78:73–101. 

_____. 1997a. Delphinium. In: Flora of North America Editorial 



_____. 1997b. Consolida. In: Flora of North America Editorial 



WASOWSKI, S.(SALLY). Personal communication. Professional 

landscape designer and author on gardening and native 

plants; founding member and past president of the Native 

Plant Society of Texas; currently living in Santa Fe, NM. 

WASSHAUSEN,D.C.1966. Acanthaceae. In: C.L. Lundell, ed. Flora of 


WATERFALL,U.T.1951.The genus Callirhoe (Malvaceae) in Texas. 

Field & Lab. 19:107–119. 

_____. 1958. A taxonomic study of the genus Physalis in North 

America north of Mexico. Rhodora 60:107–114, 128–142, 

152–173. 

_____. 1971 [1972]. New taxa, combinations and distribution 

records for the Oklahoma flora. Rhodora 73:552–555. 

_____. 1972. Keys to the flora of Oklahoma, 5th ed. Published 

by the author for sale by the Student Union Bookstore, 

WALLACE/LITERATURE CITED 1519 


WATSON,F.D.1985.The nomenclature of pondcypress and baldcypress.Taxon 

34:506–509. 

_____ and J.E. ECKENWALDER. 1993. Cupressaceae (family 

description and key to genera). In: Flora of North America 



WATSON,L.E.and J.E. ESTES. 1990. Biosystematic and phenetic 

analysis of Marshallia (Asteraceae). Syst. Bot. 15:403–414. 

WATT,G.1907. The wild and cultivated cotton plants of the 

world. A revision of the genus Gossypium. Longmans, 

Green, and Co., New York. 

WEATHERBY, C.A.and S.F. BLAKE. 1916. Galium pilosum and its 

varieties. Rhodora 18:190–195. 

WEAVER, J.E.and F.E. CLEMENTS. 1938. Plant ecology, 2nd. ed. 

McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York. 

WEBB, D.A.1980. Leucojum. In: Tutin, T.G., V.H. Heywood, N.A. 


Webb, eds. Flora Europaea 5:76–77. Cambridge Univ. Press, 


WEBB,R.G.1970. Reptiles of Oklahoma. Univ. of Oklahoma Press, 

Norman. 

WEBBER, J.M.1953. Yuccas of the southwest. Agric. Monogr. 

U.S.D.A. 17:1–97. 

WEBSTER, G.L.(GRADY). Personal communication. Specialist in 

Euphorbiaceae; Flora of North America Editorial 

Committee; Univ. of California, Davis. 

WEBSTER,G.L.1956.Studies of the Euphorbiaceae,Phyllanthoideae 

II. The American species of Phyllanthus described by 

Linnaeus. J. Arnold Arbor. 37:1–14. 

_____. 1967.The genera of Euphorbiaceae in the southeastern 


_____. 1970. A revision of Phyllanthus (Euphorbiaceae) in the 

continental United States. Brittonia 22:44–76. 

_____. 1992.Realignments in American Croton (Euphorbiaceae). 

Novon 2:269–273. 

_____. 1993. A provisional synopsis of the sections of the 

genus Croton (Euphorbiaceae).Taxon 42:793–823. 

_____. 1994a. Classification of the Euphorbiaceae. Ann. 


_____. 1994b. Synopsis of the genera and suprageneric taxa of 

Euphorbiaceae. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 81:33–144. 

_____ and K.I. MILLER. 1963. The genus Reverchonia. Rhodora 

65:193–207. 

WEBSTER,R.D.1987. Taxonomy of Digitaria section Digitaria in 

North America (Poaceae: Paniceae). Sida 12:209–222. 

_____. 1988.Genera of the North American Paniceae (Poaceae: 

Panicoideae). Syst. Bot. 13:576–609. 

_____. 1992. Character significance and generic similarities in 

the Paniceae (Poaceae: Panicoideae). Sida 15:185–213. 

_____. 1993. Nomenclature of Setaria (Poaceae: Paniceae). Sida 

15:447–489. 

_____. 1995. Nomenclatural changes in Setaria and 

Paspalidium (Poaceae: Paniceae). Sida 16:439–446. 

_____, J.H. KIRKBRIDE, and J.V. REYNA. 1989. New World genera 

of the Paniceae (Poaceae: Panicoideae). Sida 13:393–417.

1520 LITERATURE CITED/WEBSTER & SHAW 

WEBSTER, R.D.and R.B. SHAW. 1995. Taxonomy of the native 

North American species of Saccharum (Poaceae: 

Andropogoneae). Sida 16:551–580. 

WELLS,E.F.1984.A revision of the genus Heuchera (Saxifragaceae) 

in eastern North America. Syst. Bot. Monogr. 3:45–121. 

WELLS,J.R.1965. A taxonomic study of Polymnia (Compositae). 


WELZEN, P.C.VAN. 1997. Paraphyletic groups or what should a 

classification entail.Taxon 46:99–103. 

_____. 1998. Phylogenetic versus Linnaean taxonomy, the continuing 

story.Taxon 47:413–423. 

WEMPLE, D.K. 1970. Revision of the genus Petalostemon 

(Leguminosae). Iowa State J. Sci. 45:1–102. 

_____ and N.R.LERSTEN. 1966.An interpretation of the flower of 

Petalostemum (Leguminosae). Brittonia 18:117–126. 

WEN,J.and T.F. STUESSY. 1993. The phylogeny and biogeography 

of Nyssa (Cornaceae). Syst. Bot. 18:68–79. 

WENDEL,J.F.and V.A. ALBERT. 1992. Phylogenetics of the cotton 

genus (Gossypium): Character-state weighted parsimony 

analysis of chloroplast-DNA restriction site data and its systematic 

and biogeographic implications.Syst.Bot.17:115–143. 

WENDT, T. 1979. Notes on the genus Polygala in the United 

States and Mexico. J. Arnold Arbor. 60:504–514. 

WENIGER, D.1970. Cacti of the southwest. Univ. of Texas Press, 

Austin. 

_____. 1984. Cacti of Texas and neighboring states. Univ. of 

Texas Press, Austin. 

_____. 1996. Catalpa (Catalpa bignonioides,Bignoniaceae) and 

bois d’arc (Maclura pomifera, Moraceae) in early Texas 

records. Sida 17:231–242. 

WERNER,G.,R.K. BRUMMITT,E.FARR,N.KILIAN,P.M.KIRK, and P.C. 

SILVA. 1993. Names in current use for extant plant genera. 


WESTBROOKS,R.G.and R.E. EPLEE. 1996. Regulatory exclusion of 

harmful non-indigenous plants from the United States by 

USDA APHIS PPQ. Castanea 61:305–312. 

WESTBROOKS,R.G.and J.W. PREACHER. 1986. Poisonous plants of 

eastern North America. Univ. of South Carolina Press, 

Columbia. 

WETHERWAX, M.1993. Linaria. In: J.C.Hickman, ed. The Jepson 



WHALEN,M.D.1979. Taxonomy of Solanum section Androceras. 


WHEELER,L.C.1936. Revision of the Euphorbia polycarpa group 

of the southwestern United States and adjacent Mexico; a 

preliminary treatment. Bull.Torrey Bot. Club 63:397–416. 

_____. 1941. Euphorbia subgenus Chamaesyce in Canada and 

the United States exclusive of southern Florida. Rhodora 

43:97–154, 168–205, 223–286. 

_____. 1943. The genera of living Euphorbiaceae. Amer. Midl. 


WHERRY, E.T.1955. The genus Phlox. Morris Arbor., Monogr. 3. 

Philadelphia, PA. 

_____. 1966. Polemoniaceae. In: C.L. Lundell, ed. Flora of Texas 


WHETSTONE, R.D.1983. The Sterculiaceae in the flora of the 


_____ and T.A. ATKINSON. 1993.Osmundaceae.In:Flora of North 



_____, _____, and D.D. SPAULDING. 1997a.Berberidaceae (family 

description and key to genera). In: Flora of North America 



_____, _____, and _____. 1997b. Nandina. In: Flora of North 



WHITAKER, T.W. and W.P. BEMIS. 1964. Evolution in the genus 

Cucurbita.Evolution 18:553–559. 

_____ and _____. 1975. VIII. Origin and evolution of the cultivated 

Cucurbita.Bull.Torrey Bot. Club 102:362–368. 

WHITE,H.L., J.R. BRANCH,W.C.HOLMES, and J.R. SINGHURST. 1998. 

Comments on the distribution of Sedum pulchellum 

(Crassulaceae) in Texas. Sida 18:622–626. 

WHITEHEAD,F.H.and R.P.SINHA. 1967.Taxonomy and taximetrics 

of Stellaria media (L.) Vill., S. neglecta Weihe and S. pallida 

Dumont.) Piré. New Phytol. 66:769–784. 

WHITEHOUSE, E.1935. Notes on Texas phloxes. Bull. Torrey Bot. 

Club 62:381–386. 

_____. 1936. Texas flowers in natural colors. Published by the 

author, Dallas,TX. 

_____. 1939. A study of the annual Phlox species.Ph.D.dissertation, 


_____. 1945. Annual Phlox species. Amer.Midl.Naturalist 34:388–401. 

_____. 1949.Revision of Salvia L., section Salviastrum Gray.Field 

& Lab. 17:151–165. 

_____ and F. MCALLISTER. 1954. The mosses of Texas. A catalogue 

with annotations. Bryologist 57:63–146. 

WHITTEMORE,A.T.1997a. Ranunculus.In:Flora of North America 



_____. 1997b. Myosurus. In:Flora of North America Editorial 



_____. 1997c. Aquilegia. In: Flora of North America Editorial 



_____. 1997d. Berberis. In: Flora of North America Editorial 



_____ and B.D. PARFITT. 1997. Ranunculaceae. In: Flora of North 



WHITTEMORE,A.T.and D.E. STONE. 1997. Juglans. In:Flora of North 



WIDRLECHNER, M.P.1983. Historical and phenological observations 

on the spread of Chaenorrhinum minus across North 

America. Canad. J. Bot. 61:179–187. 

WIEGAND,K.M.1900. Juncus tenuis Willd. and some of its North 

American allies. Bull.Torrey Bot. Club. 27:511–527.

_____. 1912. Amelanchier in eastern North America. Rhodora 

14:117–161. 

_____. 1925. Oxalis corniculata and its relatives in North 

America. Rhodora 27:113–124, 133–139. 

WIEGREFE,S.J., K.J. SYTSMA, and R.P. GURIES. 1994. Phylogeny of 

elms (Ulmus,Ulmaceae): Molecular evidence for a sectional 

classification. Syst. Bot. 19:590–612. 

WIENS, D.1964. Revision of the acataphyllous species of 

Phoradendron.Brittonia 16:11–54. 

WIERSEMA, J.H.1987. A monograph of Nymphaea subgenus 

Hydrocallis (Nymphaeaceae). Syst. Bot. Monogr. 16:1–112. 

_____. 1988. Reproductive biology of Nymphaea (Nymphaeaceae). 


_____. 1997a. Nelumbonaceae. In: Flora of North America 



_____. 1997b. Nymphaea. In: Flora of North America Editorial 



_____. 1997c. Cabombaceae. In: Flora of North America 



_____ and C.B. HELLQUIST. 1994. Nomenclatural notes in 

Nymphaeaceae for the North American Flora. Rhodora 

96:170–178. 

_____ and _____. 1997. Nymphaeaceae. In: Flora of North 



WIGHT,W.F. 1915. Native American species of Prunus. U.S.D.A. 

Bull. 179:1–75. 

WIJNANDS, D.O.,J.J. BOS, H.J.W. WIJSMAN, F.SCHNEIDER, C.D. 

BRICKELL, and K. ZIMMER. 1986. Proposal to conserve 7436 

Petunia with P. nyctaginiflora as typ. cons. (Solanaceae). 

Taxon 35:748–749. 

WIJSMAN, H.J.W. 1990. On the inter-relationships of certain 

species of Petunia VI. New names for the species of 

Calibrachoa formerly included into Petunia (Solanaceae). 

Acta Bot. Neerl. 39:101–102. 

_____ and J.H. DE JONG. 1985. On the interrelationships of certain 

species of Petunia IV. Hybridization between P. linearis 

and P. calycina and nomenclatorial consequences in the 

Petunia group. Acta Bot. Neerl. 34:337–349. 

WILBUR, R.L.1955. A revision of the North American genus 

Sabatia (Gentianaceae). Rhodora 57:1–33, 43–71, 78–104. 

_____. 1966. Notes on Rafinesque’s species of Lechea 

(Cistaceae). Rhodora 68:192–208. 

_____. 1969. Cistaceae. In: C.L. Lundell, ed. Flora of Texas 2:1–17. 

Texas Research Foundation, Renner. 

_____. 1970. Taxonomic and nomenclatural observations on 

the eastern North American genus Asimina (Annonaceae). 

J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 86:88–96. 

_____. 1975. A revision of the North American genus Amorpha 

(Leguminoseae–Psoraleae). Rhodora 77:337–409. 

_____. 1994.The Myricaceae of the United States and Canada: 

Genera, subgenera, and series. Sida 16:93–107. 

_____ and H.S. DAOUD. 1961. The genus Lechea (Cistaceae) in 

WIEGREFE ET AL./LITERATURE CITED 1521 

the southeastern United States. Rhodora 63:103–118. 

_____ and _____. 1964. The genus Helianthemum (Cistaceae) 

in the southeastern United States. J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 

80:38–43. 

WILKEN, D.H.1986a. Polemoniaceae. In: Great Plains Flora 



_____. 1986b. Hydrophyllaceae. In: Great Plains Flora 



_____. 1993a. Chenopodiaceae. In: J.C.Hickman, ed.The Jepson 



_____. 1993b. Verbenaceae. In: J.C.Hickman, ed. The Jepson 



_____, R.R. HALSE, and R.W. PATTERSON. 1993. Phacelia. In: 

J.C.Hickman, ed. The Jepson manual: Higher plants of 

California. Pp. 691–706. Univ. of California Press, Berkeley. 

WILLIAMS, J.K.(JUSTIN). Personal communication. Specialist on 

Amsonia (Apocynaceae) and floristics of the Texas panhandle; 

graduate student at Univ. of Texas, Austin. 

WILLIAMSON,P.S.and E.L. SCHNEIDER. 1993a. Cabombaceae. In: K. 

Kubitzki, J.C. Rohwer, and V. Bittrich, eds. The families and 

genera of vascular plants, Vol. II. Pp. 157–161. Springer- 


_____ and _____. 1993b. Nelumbonaceae. In: K. Kubitzki, J.C. 



WILLS, M.M.and H.S. IRWIN. 1961. Roadside flowers of Texas. 


WILLSON,M.F.and J.N. THOMPSON. 1982. Phenology and ecology 

of color in bird-dispersed fruits, or why some fruits are 

red when they are “green.”Canad. J. Bot. 60:701–713. 

WILSON, H.D.1990. Quinua and relatives (Chenopodium sect. 

Chenopodium subsect.Cellulata).Econ.Bot.44 (Suppl.):92–110. 

WILSON,J.S.1964 [1965].Variation of three taxonomic complexes 

of the genus Cornus in eastern United States. Trans. 

Kansas Acad. Sci. 67:747–817. 

WILSON, K.A.1960a. The genera of Arales in the southeastern 


_____. 1960b. The genera of Hydrophyllaceae and Polemoniaceae 


41:197–212. 

_____. 1960c.The genera of Convolvulaceae in the southeastern 


_____ and C.E. WOOD,JR. 1959. The genera of Oleaceae in the 


WILSON,P.1909.Typhaceae. N. Amer. Fl. 17:3–4. 

_____. 1911. Rutaceae. N. Amer. Fl. 25:173–224. 

_____. 1924. Meliaceae. N. Amer. Fl. 25:263–296. 

_____. 1932. Basellaceae. N. Amer. Fl. 21:337–339. 

WINDHAM,M.D.1987a.Chromosomal and electrophoretic studies 

of the genus Woodsia in North America. Amer. J. Bot. 74:715. 

_____. 1987b. Argyrochosma, a new genus of cheilanthoid 

ferns. Amer. Fern J. 77:37–41.

1522 LITERATURE CITED/WINDLER 

_____. 1993a.Pteridaceae (family description and key to genera). 

In: Flora of North America Editorial Committee, eds. Fl. North 


_____. 1993b. Argyrochosma. In: Flora of North America 



_____. 1993c. Pellaea. In: Flora of North America Editorial 



_____. 1993d. Woodsia. In:Flora of North America Editorial 



_____ and E.W. RABE. 1993. Cheilanthes. In:Flora of North 



WINDLER,D.R.1974.A systematic treatment of the native unifoliate 

crotalarias of North America (Leguminosae). Rhodora 

76:151–204. 

WINKLER,C.H.1915.The botany of Texas, an account of botanical 

investigations in Texas and adjoining territory. Univ. Texas 

Bull. 18:1–27. 

WIPFF, J.K. (JOSEPH). Personal communication. Specialist in 

Poaceae trained at Texas A&M Univ.; Taxonomist and 

Assistant Plant Breeder, Pure Seed Testing, Inc., Hubbard, OR. 

WIPFF, J.K. 1996. Nomenclatural combinations in the 

Andropogon gerardii complex (Poaceae: Andropogoneae). 


_____ and S.L.HATCH.1994.A systematic study of Digitaria sect. 

Pennatae (Poaceae: Paniceae) in the New World. Syst. Bot. 

19:613–627. 

WIPFF,J.K.and S.D. JONES. 1994 [1995]. Nomenclatural combinations 

in Poaceae and Cyperaceae. Phytologia 77:456–464. 

_____ and _____. 1995. Nomenclatural combination in 

Poaceae. Phytologia 78:244–245. 

_____ and _____. 1996. A new combination in Bouteloua 

(Poaceae). Sida 17:109–110. 

WIPFF, J.K., R.I. LONARD, S.D.JONES, and S.D. HATCH. 1993. The 

genus Urochloa (Poaceae:Paniceae) in Texas,including one 

previously unreported species for the state. Sida 15:405–413. 

WITHERSPOON, J.T. 1977. New taxa and combinations in 

Eragrostis (Poaceae). Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 64:324–329. 

WOFFORD, B.E.1981. External seed morphology of Arenaria 

(Caryophyllaceae) of the southeastern United States. Syst. 

Bot. 6:126–135. 

_____. 1997. Lindera. In: Flora of North America Editorial 



_____ and R. KRAL. 1993. Checklist of the vascular plants of 

Tennessee. Sida, Bot. Misc. 10:1–66. 

WOLF, S.J.and J. MCNEILL. 1986. Synopsis and achene morphology 

of Polygonum section Polygonum (Polygonaceae) 

in Canada. Rhodora 88:457–479. 

WOOD, C.E.,JR. 1949. The American barbistyled species of 

Tephrosia (Leguminosae). Rhodora 51:193–231, 233–302, 

305–364, 369–384. 

_____. 1958. The genera of the woody Ranales in the south- 

eastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 39:296–346. 

_____. 1959. The genera of the Nymphaeaceae and 

Ceratophyllaceae in the southeastern United States. J. 


_____. 1960.The genera of Sarraceniaceae and Droseraceae of 


_____. 1961. The genera of Ericaceae in the southeastern 


_____. 1966. On the identity of Drosera brevifolia. J.Arnold 

Arbor. 47:89–99. 

_____. 1970.Some floristic relationships between the southern 

Appalachians and western North America. In: P.C. Holt and 

R.A. Paterson, eds. The distributional history of the biota of 

the southern Appalachians, Part II: Flora. Pp. 321–404. 

Research Division Monog. 2, Virginia Polytechnic Institute 

and State Univ., Blacksburg,VA. 

_____. 1971. The Saururaceae in the southeastern United 


_____. 1975. The Balsaminaceae in the southeastern United 


_____. 1983a.The genera of Burmanniaceae in the southeastern 


_____. 1983b.The genera of Menyanthaceae in the southeastern 


_____ and P. ADAMS. 1976.The genera of Guttiferae (Clusiaceae) 


WOOD,C.E.,JR. and R.B.CHANNELL. 1960.The genera of Ebenales 

in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 41:1–35. 

WOOD, C.E.,JR. and R.E. WEAVER, JR. 1982. The genera of 

Gentianaceae in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold 

Arbor. 63:441–487. 

WOODLAND, D.W.1982. Biosystematics of the perennial North 

American taxa of Urtica. II.Taxonomy. Syst. Bot. 7:282–290. 

_____. 1997. Contemporary plant systematics, 2nd ed. 

Andrews Univ. Press, Berrien Springs, MI. 

_____, I.J. BASSETT, and C.W. CROMPTON. 1976. The annual 

species of stinging nettle (Hesperocnide and Urtica) in 

North America. Canad. J. Bot. 54:374–383. 

WOODRUFF,L.(LINDSAY). Personal communication. Specialist in 

Thamnosma (Rutaceae) trained at Univ. of Texas, Austin; 

Associate Collections Manager at the Botanical Research 

Institute of Texas, Fort Worth. 

WOODSON, R.E.,JR. 1928. Studies in the Apocynaceae. III. A 

monograph of the genus Amsonia.Ann.Missouri Bot.Gard. 

15:379–434. 

_____. 1929. Studies in the Apocynaceae. III. A new species of 

Amsonia from the south-central states. Ann. Missouri Bot. 

Gard. 16:407–410. 

_____. 1930. Studies in the Apocynaceae. I. A critical study of 

the Apocynoideae. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 17:1–182. 

_____. 1938. Apocynaceae. N. Amer. Fl. 29:103–192. 

_____. 1941.The North American Asclepiadaceae.I.Perspective 

of the genera. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 28:193–244. 

_____. 1942. Commentary on the North American genera of 

Commelinaceae. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 29:141–154. 

_____. 1947. Some dynamics of leaf variation in Asclepias

tuberosa.Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 34:353–432. 

_____. 1953. Biometric evidence of natural selection in 

Asclepias tuberosa.Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 39:74–79. 

_____. 1954. The North American species of Asclepias. Ann. 


_____. 1962. Butterflyweed revisited. Evolution 16:168–185. 

_____, R.W.SCHERY, and H.J.KIDD. 1961.Nyctaginaceae.In:Flora 

of Panama. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 48:51–65. 

WOOLFE,J.A.1992. Sweet potato: An untapped food resource. 


WOOTEN, J.W.1973. Taxonomy of seven species of Sagittaria 

from eastern North America. Brittonia 25:64–74. 

_____ and A.F. CLEWELL. 1971. Fleischmannia and Conoclinum 

(Compositae, Eupatorieae) in eastern North America. 

Rhodora 73:566–574. 

WU,Z.1983. On the significance of Pacific intercontinental discontinuity. 


WUNDERLIN, R.P.1997. Moraceae. In: Flora of North America 



WURDACK,J.J.and R. KRAL. 1982.The genera of Melastomataceae 


WYATT,R.and L.N. LODWICK. 1981. Variation and taxonomy of 

Aesculus pavia L. (Hippocastanaceae). Brittonia 33:39–51. 

WYNNE,F.E.1944. Drosera in eastern North America. Bull. Torrey 

Bot. Club 71:166–174. 

XIANG, Q.-Y.,S.J.BRUNSFELD, D.E.SOLTIS, and P.S. SOLTIS. 1996 

[1997]. Phylogenetic relationships in Cornus based on 

chloroplast DNA restriction sites: Implications for biogeography 

and character evolution. Syst. Bot. 21:515–534. 

XIANG, Q.-Y.,D.E.SOLTIS, D.R.MORGAN, and P.S. SOLTIS. 1993. 

Phylogenetic relationships of Cornus L. sensu lato and 

putative relatives inferred from rbcL sequence data. Ann. 


XIANG,Q.-Y., D.E. SOLTIS, and P.S. SOLTIS. 1998. Phylogenetic relationships 

of Cornaceae and close relatives inferred from 

matK and rbcL sequences. Amer. J. Bot. 85:285–297. 

YATES, H.O. 1966a. Morphology and cytology of Uniola 

(Gramineae). SouthW. Naturalist 11:145–189. 

_____. 1966b. Revision of grasses traditionally referred to 

Uniola II. Chasmanthium.SouthW. Naturalist 11:415–455. 

YATSKIEVYCH,G.and R.W. SPELLENBERG. 1993. Plant conservation. In: 


Amer. 1:207–226.Oxford Univ. Press, New York and Oxford. 

YELDERMAN,J.C.1993.The water: Nature and distribution in the 

Blacklands. In: M.R. Sharpless and J.C. Yelderman, eds. The 

Texas Blackland Prairie, land, history, and culture. Pp. 48–65. 

Baylor Univ. Program for Regional Studies,Waco,TX. 

YING,T.S. 1983.The floristic relationships of the temperate forest 

regions of China and the United States. Ann. Missouri Bot. 

Gard. 70:597–604. 

YOON,C.K.1993. Botanical witness for the prosecution. Science 

260:894–895. 

YOUNG,M.J.1873. Familiar lessons in botany with flora of Texas. 

A.S. Barnes & Co., New York. 

YOUNG,M.S.1917. A key to the families and genera of the wild 

WOOLFE/LITERATURE CITED 1523 

plants of Austin Texas. Univ.Texas Bull. 1754:1–71. 

_____. 1920.The seed plants, ferns, and fern allies of the Austin 

region. Univ.Texas Bull. 2065:1–98. 

YUNCKER,T.G. 1932. The genus Cuscuta.Mem.Torrey Bot. Club 

18:111–331. 

_____. 1961. Convolvulaceae: Cuscuta.In:C.L. Lundell, ed. Flora 

of Texas 3:123–150.Texas Research Foundation, Renner. 

_____. 1965. Cuscuta.N.Amer.Fl.II. 4:1–51. 

ZARDINI, E.and P.H. RAVEN. 1992. A new section of Ludwigia 

(Onagraceae) with a key to the sections of the genus. Syst. 

Bot. 17:481–485. 

ZHICHENG, S.1992. Research on the pathogenesis of oak leaf 

poisoning in cattle.In:L.F.James,R.F.Keeler,E.M.Bailey,Jr.,P.R. 

Cheeke, and M.P. Hegarty, eds. Poisonous plants: Proceedings 

of the third international symposium. Pp. 509–516. 

Iowa State Univ. Press, Ames. 

ZIMAN, S.N.and C.S. KEENER. 1989. A geographical analysis of 

the family Ranunculaceae. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 

76:1012–1049. 

ZOHARY,D.and M. HOPF. 1994. Domestication of plants in the 

Old World, 2nd ed. Oxford Univ. Press, New York. 

ZOHARY, M.1982. Plants of the Bible. Cambridge Univ. Press, 


_____ and D. HELLER. 1984.The genus Trifolium.Israel Academy 

of Sciences and Humanities, Jerusalem, Israel. 

ZOMLEFER,W.B. 1994. Guide to flowering plant families. Univ. of 

North Carolina Press, Chapel Hill. 

ZONA,S.1990. A monograph of Sabal (Arecaceae: Coryphoideae). 

Aliso 12:583–666. 

_____. 1997. The genera of Palmae (Arecaceae) in the southeastern 


ZULOAGA, F.O.1987. Systematics of New World species of 

Panicum (Poaceae: Paniceae). In: T.R. Soderstrom, K.W. Hilu, 

C.S. Campbell, and M.E. Barkworth, eds. Grass systematics 

and evolution. Pp. 287–306. Smithsonian Institution Press, 


_____, R.P. ELLIS, and O. MORRONE. 1993. A revision of Panicum 

subg. Dichanthelium sect. Dichanthelium (Poaceae: 

Panicoideae: Paniceae) in Mesoamerica, the West Indies, 

and South America. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 80:119–190. 

ZULOAGA, F.O.and O. MORRONE. 1996. Revisíon de las especies 

Americanas de Panicum subgénero Panicum sección 

Panicum (Poaceae: Panicoideae: Paniceae). Ann. Missouri 

Bot. Gard. 83:200–280. 

A

References - Botanical Research Institute of Texas

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

Delete template?

Save as template?